As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 18, 2017

Registration No. 333-      

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

British Virgin Islands   4950   Not applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

c/o Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai City

Shandong Province

People’s Republic of China 264000

(+86) 535-6212280

 

Vcorp Agent Services, Inc.

25 Robert Pitt Dr., Suite 204

Monsey, New York 10952

(888) 528-2677

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of principal executive offices)

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone

number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Bradley A. Haneberg, Esq.   Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Matthew B. Chmiel, Esq.

Haneberg Hurlbert PLC

 

Matthew L. Ogurick, Esq.

Damien A. Grierson, Esq.

1111 East Main St., Suite 2010 Richmond, VA 23219

  K&L Gates LLP
Telephone: (804) 814-2209  

200 South Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 3900

Miami, Florida 33131

    Telephone: (305) 539-3300

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company   ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act .☒

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

    Amount to be
Registered (2)
     

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Price

Per Share

     

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price (1)

     

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

 
Common Shares, $0.001 per share to be sold by Registrant     1,600,000     $ 5.00     $ 8,000,000     $ 927 .20  
Total     1,600,000     $ 5.00     $ 8,000,000     $ 927.20

 

 

(1) This registration fee is based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price of the securities pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes common shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States. These common shares are not being registered for the purposes of sales outside the United States.
(3) Paid herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 18, 2017

 

1,600,000 Common Shares

 

  

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

This is the initial public offering of Newater Technology, Inc. We are offering 1,600,000 common shares. We expect the initial public offering price will be between $4.00 to $5.00 per common share. No public market currently exists for our common shares. We have reserved the symbol “NEWA” for quotation on the NASDAQ Capital Market for the common shares we are offering. We believe that upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we will meet the standards for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

 

Investing in our common shares involves significant risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

 

    Per Share     Total  
Initial public offering price                
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)                
Proceeds, before expenses                

 

 

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” for more information regarding underwriting compensation.

 

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about , 2017.

 

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

  

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

 

Prospectus dated      , 2017

   

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1
RISK FACTORS 10
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 31
USE OF PROCEEDS 33
DIVIDEND POLICY 34
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION 35
CAPITALIZATION 36
DILUTION 37
POST-OFFERING OWNERSHIP 38
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 39
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK 53
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE 55
OUR BUSINESS 56
REGULATION 74
MANAGEMENT 78
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 83
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 86
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL 87
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 94
TAX MATTERS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES 95
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES 101

UNDERWRITING

102
EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING 105
LEGAL MATTERS 105
EXPERTS 105
INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL 105
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION 105
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION 106
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Through and including      , 2017 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers effecting transaction in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus and any sale of our common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information that we present more fully in the rest of this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying common shares in this offering. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the financial statements and the notes to those statements, before deciding whether to invest in this offering.

 

Our Company

 

We are a wastewater purification treatment company that focuses on the development, manufacture and sale of disk tube reverse osmosis (“DTRO”) and disk tube nanofiltration (“DTNF”) membrane filtration products that are used in the treatment, recycling and discharge of wastewater. We also supply hardware and engineered systems necessary to implement integrated solutions with our DTRO and DTNF products. We provide engineering support and installation, technical advice and service, and other project-related solutions to filter wastewater into valuable, clean water. Our DTRO expertise enables us to develop an array of core materials and technologies that can be applied in a variety of ways to solve complex filtration, separation and purification challenges related to wastewater treatment. We also offer traditional wastewater treatment solutions, such as activated carbon and resins. Our products can be used across a wide spectrum of industries that include a wastewater treatment component and applications to treat wastewater for discharge or filtration into high quality, re-useable clean water, including:

 

Treatment of leachate from landfills;

 

Treatment of power plant wastewater;

 

Treatment of wastewater from oilfields;

 

Treatment of wastewater from gas production;

 

Treatment of high acid wastewater;

 

Treatment of high alkali wastewater; and

 

Desalination.

 

We currently service the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries. Our deep customer process knowledge, scientific expertise, and related engineering know-how enable us to provide cost-effective solutions for our customers, with products that are specifically targeted to meet their needs.

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd (“Jinzheng”) was founded in 2012 by our Chief Executive Officer, Yuebiao Li, and our Chief Financial Officer, Zhuo Zhang. Mr. Li has approximately 10 years of experience in the water treatment industry. Ms. Zhang has 15 years of experience in financial related jobs. Jinzheng is located in Yantai City, Shandong Province, China and employs 95 people on a full-time basis. We have 24 employees in management, 19 employees in sales and marketing, 26 employees in research and development and 26 employees in manufacturing and installation.

 

We rely on our technology patents to protect our domestic business interests and ensure our competitive position in our industry. We have placed a high priority on the management of our intellectual property. Some products that are material to our operating results incorporate patented technology. Although patented technology is important to the continued success of our products, we do not believe that our business, as a whole, is dependent on, or that its profitability would be materially affected by the revocation, termination, expiration or infringement upon any particular patent.

 

We own eight patents in China covering our water filtration production technology, and we rely on a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws and non-disclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights.

 

  1  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Industry and Market Background

 

China’s Membrane Filtration Market and Opportunity

 

The Chinese market for water treatment membranes is currently growing at a rate that exceeds that of the global membrane market and that of the Chinese gross domestic product. Over the past 10 years, the compound growth rate of the membrane industry is estimated at over 20%. The Membrane Industry Association of China expects the Chinese membrane industry to generate an output value of more than RMB 210 billion (approximately $32 billion) and an annual export value of RMB 10 billion (approximately $1.5 billion) by 2020, more than double the output value of 2016.

 

A number of key macroeconomic factors shape the water filtration membrane industry, including population growth, an increasing water supply demand, urbanization, industrialization, and consumers’ health and environmental awareness. We believe, however, that the market is influenced most by China’s recent initiatives towards clean water, specifically the ‘Water Pollution Prevention and Control Action Plan’ (or known as the “Water Ten Plan”) and China’s 13th Five Year Plan (2016-2020). These initiatives focus upon the improvement of living standards through the implementation and enforcement of more stringent environmental laws and regulations for clean water. Compliance with Chinese law will be become more arduous and difficult for industries to achieve. Therefore, we believe that demand for new technology and applications in water filtration will significantly increase.

 

Global Market

 

Globally, sales for membranes and membrane modules reached $18.7 billion in 2014. Further , the global membrane market is projected to grow at a rate of approximately 9% from 2015 to 2020 to reach a value of $32 billion. We currently do not have a significant international presence, however, we believe our operational expertise positions us to take advantage of the expansion of the global membrane filtration market.

 

Opportunities

 

We believe the following Chinese industries will provide us with a significant opportunity in which to sell our products and water purifying installation projects (“project sales”) because we currently have clients in these industries making it easier for us to market our business to other clients in these industries:

 

the energy market;

   

the industrial market; and

 

the chemical (titanium-dioxide) market.

 

Since we currently have clients in these industries, we believe our current experience and connections will allow us to market our services to other clients in these industries.

 

Products and Projects

 

Our product line is focused primarily on the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries. Our primary products are DTRO membranes, DTNF membranes and water purification equipment. 

 

We use reverse osmosis and nanofiltration in our water filtration products to achieve higher levels of water filtration compared to conventional filtration methods. Reverse osmosis is a process in which solutes (such as salts) are removed from a liquid solution (such as water). This is accomplished by pressure pushing the liquid solution through a semi-permeable filtration membrane.

 

Nanofiltration functions similar to reverse osmosis, but it is generally targeted to remove only divalent (able to form two chemical bonds) and larger ions. Nanofiltration membranes have pore sizes from 1-10 nanometers, just larger than that of reverse osmosis membranes. The pressure needed to push the liquid solution through a nanofiltration membrane is less than what is needed to push fluid though reverse osmosis membranes.

 

  2  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

All of our products are produced in compliance with China Good Manufacturing Practices. We believe our products enjoy a good reputation in the industry. The following products are examples illustrating our expertise and research and development capability.

 

DTRO Membranes

 

Our DTRO membranes offer our highest level of filtration and are able to treat highly concentrated sewage and are able to withstand high pressure and contamination. The DTRO membrane is used to treat and recycle wastewater, and has the following advantages:

 

high quality of outflowing water;

 

consistent quality of permeate water after filtration;

 

usage in a variety of industries;

 

  efficient construction and start up;

 

high degree of automation;

 

compact structure;

 

low energy consumption coupled with high recovery rate (the amount of clean water that can be produced from treated wastewater);

 

low cost of operation;

 

simplified pretreatment process;

 

fewer clogs than traditional membranes;

 

reduced scaling and contamination;

 

longer lifespan; and

 

easy maintenance and low replacement costs.

 

We produce three types of DTRO membranes, all of which can withstand different pressure amounts (75 Bar, 90 Bar and 120 Bar).

 

DTNF Membranes

 

Our DTNF membranes have larger pore sizes than our DTRO membranes, and unlike DTRO membranes, do not reject all ions. They have higher water permeability than our DTRO membranes and operate at much lower pressure. Our DTNF membranes are used in different industries than our DTRO membranes, and are generally used for our clients that have acidic wastewater or wastewater containing high levels of alkali. These clients use DTNF membranes because they are able to achieve the required levels of filtration, but cost less than DTRO membranes to operate because less energy is needed in the filtration process.

 

The DTNF membrane is used to treat and recycle wastewater, and has the following advantages:

 

  the ability to process large volumes of water;
     
  reduction of heavy metals;
     
  proficient nitrate and sulfate reduction qualities;
     
  the ability to soften hard water; and
     
  color removal from water.

 

  3  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We produce three types of DTNF membranes, each to address different contaminants in our clients’ wastewater.

 

Projects

 

We specialize in producing and installing wastewater membrane filtration systems for customers that require customized wastewater filtration systems to treat wastewater upon discharge or to reuse such water in their systems. We also offer traditional wastewater treatment solutions. Currently, we have customers primarily in the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries. We are targeting expansion of our customer base into the industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination industries. Due to the unique requirements of clients in these different industries, we focus on designing filtration systems that are tailored to fit specific client needs.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success.

 

Product Advantages . We believe that our DTRO membranes possess better characteristics than traditional reverse osmosis membranes because our membrane technology offers industrial water users the ability to clean their wastewater output or reuse it as clean water in the production process. We believe that our DTRO membranes will allow us to take advantage of dynamic market demands for advanced membranes generated by stricter Chinese environmental laws and regulations.

 

Production Advantages . We have the ability to cost-effectively manufacture a variety of membrane filtration components.

 

Experienced Management Team and Personnel with a Demonstrated Track Record . Our management team, led by our Chief Executive Officer Yuebiao Li, and our Chief Financial Officer, Zhuo Zhang, have approximately 15 years of collective industry experience.

 

Innovation Products . We have the technology to produce clean water from sewage wastewater though the use of DTRO membranes.

 

  Strong Gross Margins. We believe that our gross margin, approximately 37% in 2016, allows us to compete effectively in a rapidly changing and increasingly complex Chinese market.

 

We provide a full range of water treatment solutions and are not limited to the supply of water filtration products. We provide customers with complete solutions, including engineering support and installation. In addition, our ability to provide total solutions creates a larger market for our membrane products.

 

Our Challenges and Risks

 

Our ability to realize our business objectives and execute our strategies is subject to risks and uncertainties, including the following:

 

our limited operating history;

 

our ability to compete in a competitive environment;

 

our operations are subject to geographic market risks;

 

our ability to adapt to the evolving market of wastewater treatment;

 

we may be exposed to intellectual property infringement and other claims by third parties;

 

our ability to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

our future growth depends on new products and new technology innovation;

 

negative publicity surrounding U.S.-listed Chinese companies may unfairly harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to access capital markets to grow our business;

 

  the regulatory and legal system in China is complex and developing, and future regulations may impose additional requirements on our business;
     
  we rely significantly on related party transactions and a decline in sales to related parties may adversely impact our revenue;
     
  collectability of our accounts receivable has adversely impacted our operating cash flow; and
     
  we rely on short-term borrowings for our liquidity and we may not be able to continue to obtain financing on favorable terms, if at all.

  

  4  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our Strategies

 

We provide technical solutions in engineering projects, support and installation, technical advice and services and other water treatment related solutions. Our goal is to become one of China’s premier water treatment solution companies by implementing the following strategies:

 

targeting intermediate customers such as engineering companies, design institutes and water companies;

 

enhancing our range of water treatment solutions;

 

expanding our business to new industries beyond our current scope;

 

broadening our business network to other provinces throughout China;

 

seizing the opportunity presented by China’s current environmental initiatives; and

 

continuing to develop filtration membrane products.

  

Foreign Private Issuer Status

 

We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, and more than 50 percent of our outstanding voting securities are not directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States. Therefore, we are a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4(c) under the Exchange Act. As a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

 

Corporate Information

 

On September 30, 2015, Newater Technology, Inc. (“Newater Technology”) was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. On the same day, the company issued 10,000 common shares at $0.001 per share to its incorporator with cash proceeds of $10.

 

Organization Structure and Purpose

 

Newater Technology, Inc. – We formed Newater Technology, our British Virgin Islands holding company, on September 30, 2015.

 

Newater HK Limited (“Newater HK”) – We formed Newater HK, our wholly owned Hong Kong subsidiary, on November 4, 2015.

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd – We formed Jinzheng, our principal operating company in China and wholly owned subsidiary of Newater HK, on July 5, 2012. Jinzheng is registered in the Laishan District of Yantai. Its business scope includes the design, development, manufacturing and sale of DTRO membranes and related equipment and the installation of those products.

 

Shandong Jinmo Recycled Water Resource Co., Ltd (“Jinmo”) – We formed Jinmo, a former operating company in China wholly owned by Jinzheng, on March 19, 2015 and disposed of it on December 8, 2016. Prior to being disposed of, Jinmo primarily engaged in the sale of products manufactured by Jinzheng.

 

  5  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Corporate History

 

On January 25, 2016, and February 5, 2016, respectively, Newater HK entered into an equity transfer agreement and supplementary equity transfer agreement with the shareholders of Jinzheng at the time, Yuebiao Li, Zhuo Zhang, and Yue Zhang, to acquire 100% of their equity interests in Jinzheng. Pursuant to the terms of the January 25, 2016 equity transfer agreement, Newater HK agreed to pay RMB 20,000,000 for 100% of the equity interests of Jinzheng’s shareholders as follows: 1) RMB 11,000,000 to Yuebiao Li for his 55% equity interests in Jinzheng; 2) RMB 8,000,000 to Zhuo Zhang for her 40% equity interests in Jinzheng; and 3) RMB 1,000,000 to Yue Zhang for her 5% equity interests in Jinzheng. Further, pursuant to the terms of the February 5, 2016 supplementary equity transfer agreement the parties agreed that an additional RMB 8,537,365 would be paid for the equity interests in Jinzheng allocated as follows: 1) RMB 4,695,551 to Yuebiao Li; 2) RMB 3,414,946 to Zhuo Zhang; and 3) RMB 426,868 to Yue Zhang.

 

On March 27, 2016, the company issued 73,000 common shares at $0.65 per share to the incorporator with total gross proceeds of $47,450. Further, on March 27, 2016, a total of 8,117,000 shares were issued at $0.65 per share, to six individuals and seven companies with total cash proceeds of $5,276,050. The six individuals and seven companies are: Zhuo Zhang, Zuhua Zou, Dandan Liu, Xiumei Lan, Qingling Liu, Yusheng Yuan, Tigerwind Group Limited (representing Yuebiao Li), Pro Water Holdings Limited (representing Yue Zhang), Forwater Holdings Limited, Apple Tree Management Limited, JDL International Limited, China Pacific Equity Ltd, and Telecare Global Services Limited. On June 6, 2016, Newater Technology, Jinzheng and Newater HK entered into three separate Convertible Debt Investment Agreements with three individuals. Pursuant to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreements the loans from the three individuals in the aggregate amount of RMB 20,000,000 were converted into 724,000 common shares of Newater Technology. Furthermore, on June 6, 2016, Newater Technology, Jinzheng and Newater HK entered into a Convertible Debt Investment Agreement with a fourth individual. Pursuant to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement the loan from this individual in the aggregate amount of RMB 5,000,000 was converted into 275,000 common shares of Newater Technology.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not made a decision whether to take advantage of any or all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find our common shares less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our common shares and the price of our common shares may be more volatile.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed US$1 billion, (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

 

  6  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The Offering

 

Common shares to be offered:   1,600,000  
     
Common shares outstanding immediately after this offering:   10,799,000 (1)  
     
Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market Symbol:   We reserved the symbol “NEWA” for quotation on the Nasdaq Capital Market.  
     
Use of Proceeds:   We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $5.7 million from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The net proceeds from this offering must be remitted to China before we will be able to use the funds to grow our business.
     
    We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows after we complete the remittance process:
     
    ●     approximately $5.2 million for the purchase of equipment and supplies including assembly, process and testing equipment, membranes and modules;
     
    ●     approximately $500,000 in escrow for indemnity claims of the underwriters, which sum could be returned to us after two years from the date of this offering; and  
     
    ●     the balance for additional working capital.  
     
    See “Use of Proceeds.”
     
Risk Factors:   Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common shares.
     

 

 

(1)   The number of common shares to be outstanding following this offering is based on 9,199,000 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

  7  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Prospectus Conventions

 

Except where the context otherwise requires, “we”, “us”, “company”, “Company”, “our” and “Newater” collectively refer to Newater Technology, Inc., a British Virgin Islands holding company (“Newater Technology”); Newater HK Limited, a Hong Kong limited company (“Newater HK”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Newater Technology; Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co. Ltd (“Jinzheng”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Newater HK ; and Shandong Jinmo Recycled Water Resource Co. Ltd (“Jinmo”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Jinzheng, prior to it being disposed of in December 2016.

 

All references to “RMB,” and “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of China, and all references to “USD,” and “U.S. Dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States.

 

This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at a specified rate solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all translations made in this prospectus are based on a rate of RMB 6.9448 to $1.00, which was the exchange rate on December 31, 2016. Unless otherwise stated, we have translated balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity, at December 31, 2016 at RMB 6.9448 to $1.00 as compared to RMB 6.4917 to $1.00 at December 31, 2015. We have stated equity accounts at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to income statement accounts for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 were RMB 6.6441 and RMB 6.2288, respectively. We make no representation that the RMB or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On April 17, 2017, the Forex exchange rate was RMB 6.8821 to $1.00. See “Risk Factors – Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations” for discussions of the effects of fluctuating exchange rates on the value of our common shares. Any discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

 

For the sake of clarity, this prospectus follows the English naming convention of first name followed by last name, regardless of whether an individual’s name is Chinese or English. For example, the name of our Chief Executive Officer will be presented as “Yuebiao Li,” even though, in Chinese, his name would be presented as “Li Yuebiao.”

 

We have relied on statistics provided by a variety of publicly-available sources regarding China’s expectations of growth, which have not been independently verified by us, the underwriters or any of their respective affiliates or advisers. We did not, directly or indirectly, sponsor or participate in the publication of such materials, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. We have sought to provide current information in this prospectus and believe that the statistics provided in this prospectus remain up-to-date and reliable.

 

  8  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

 

In the table below, we provide you with summary consolidated financial data of our Company. This information is derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. When you read this historical summary consolidated financial data, it is important that you read it along with the historical statements and notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Consolidated Statement of Income and Other Comprehensive Loss Data (in U.S. dollars)

 

    Years Ended  
      December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
             
Net Revenues     11,985,055       3,318,833  
Net Revenues from related parties     294,666       3,659,421  
Total revenues     12,279,721       6,978,254  
Cost of revenues     7,182,081       778,903  
Cost of revenues from related party     556,692       2,984,968  
Total cost of revenues     7,738,773       3,763,871  
Gross profit     4,540,948       3,214,383  
Total operating expenses     3,146,521       1,643,313  
Income from operations     1,394,427       1,571,070  
Other (income) and expenses                
Interest expense     155,553       164,613  
Other expenses (income)     (1,743,283 )     8,030  
Total other expense (income)     (1,587,730 )     172,643  
Income before provision for income taxes     2,982,157       1,398,427  
Income tax provisions     548,437       452,850  
Net income     2,433,720       945,577  
Other comprehensive loss                
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (383,947 )     (166,349 )
Total comprehensive income     2,049,773       779,228  
Earnings per common share – basic and fully diluted     0.28/0.28     0.12/0.10

 

   

 

As of December 31, 2016

 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period)   Actual    

Pro Forma  

 
(in U.S. dollars)            
Cash and cash equivalents     1,484,762       7,200,762  
Total current assets     14,244,220       19,960,220  
Total non-current assets     3,347,204       3,347,204  
Total assets     17,591,424       23,307,424  
Total liabilities     6,838,202       6,838,202  
Total shareholders’ equity     10,753,222       16,469,222  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     17,591,424       23,307,424  

 

The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects our sale of 1,600,000 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  9  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and results of operations, and we face certain risks and uncertainties as an early stage company, which, if we are unsuccessful in addressing such risks, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We have a limited operating history. Jinzheng was established in 2012. Newater Technology and Newater HK were established in 2015. Jinmo was established in 2015 and disposed of in December 2016. As our operating history is limited, the revenues and income potential of our business and markets are unproven. Our limited operating history and the early stage of development of the industry in which we operate makes it difficult to evaluate our business and future prospects. We cannot assure that we will maintain our profitability or that we will not incur net losses in the future. Any failure to realize anticipated revenue growth could result in significant operating losses. Accordingly, you should consider our future prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties experienced by early stage companies in evolving markets such as the growing market for water treatment businesses in China. In addition, we face numerous risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies at an early stage of development. We will continue to encounter risks and difficulties in implementing our business model, including potential failure to:

 

increase our revenue and market share by targeting specific markets;
     
expand our operations and business to other provinces;
     
attract additional customers and increase spending per customer;
     
attract a wider client base;
     
increase visibility of our brand and maintain customer loyalty;
     
respond to competitive market conditions;
     
anticipate and adapt to changing conditions in the markets in which we operate as well as changes in government regulations, mergers and acquisitions involving our competitors, technological developments and other significant competitive and market dynamics;
     
manage risks associated with intellectual property rights;
     
maintain effective control of our costs and expenses;
     
raise sufficient capital to sustain and expand our business;
     
attract, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel, continue to train, motivate and retain our existing employees, attract and integrate new employees, including into our senior management; and
     
upgrade our technology to support additional research and development of new water treatment filtration products.

 

We cannot predict whether we will be successful in addressing any or all of these risks. If we were unsuccessful in addressing these risks and uncertainties, our business, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

 

  10  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Wage increases in China may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and could reduce our profit margins.

 

Labor costs in China have increased with China's economic development, including Yantai where our offices are based. Rising inflation in China is also putting pressure on wages. Wage costs for our employees form a significant part of our costs. For instance, in 2016 and 2015, our compensation and benefit costs for our employees were $1.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively. These amounts accounted for 10% of our 2016 total revenues and 11% of our 2015 total revenues. In addition, we are required by Chinese laws and regulations to pay various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing funds, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated governmental agencies for the benefit of our employees. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase, particularly as we seek to remain competitive in retaining the quality and number of employees that our business requires. In addition, the future issuance of equity-based compensation to our professional staff and other employees would also result in additional stock dilution for our shareholders. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our customers by increasing prices for our products and projects, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, the Chinese government has promulgated new laws and regulations to enhance labor protections in recent years, such as the Labor Contract Law and the Social Insurance Law. As the interpretation and implementation of these new laws and regulations are still evolving, our employment practice may not at all times be deemed in compliance with the new laws and regulations. If we are subject to penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection with labor disputes or investigation, our business and profitability may be adversely affected.

 

Our revenue will decrease if the industries in which our customers operate experience a protracted slowdown.

 

Our customers generally operate in the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries. Therefore, we are subject to general changes in economic conditions impacting these industry segments of the economy. If these industries do not grow or if there is a contraction in these industries, demand for our business will decrease. Demand for our business is typically affected by a number of overarching economic factors, including interest rates, environmental laws and regulations, the availability and magnitude of private and governmental investment in infrastructure projects and the health of the overall economy. If there is a decline in economic activity in China and the markets in which we operate or a protracted slowdown in industries upon which we rely for our sales, demand for our projects, products and our revenue will likewise decrease which could have a materially adverse effect on our business. 

 

Any decline in the availability or increase in the cost of raw materials could materially impact our earnings.

 

Our filtration products and project installation operations depend heavily on the ready availability of various raw materials. The availability of raw materials may decline, and their prices may fluctuate greatly. If our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with raw materials on terms favorable to us, we may be unable to produce certain products. The inability to produce certain filtration products or installation projects for customers could result in a decrease in profit and damage to our corporate reputation. In the event our raw material costs increase, we may not be able to pass these higher costs on to our customers in full or at all.

 

We rely on a limited number of vendors, and the loss of any significant vendor could harm our business, and the loss of any one of such vendors could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We consider our major vendors to be those vendors that accounted for more than 10% of overall purchases in any given fiscal period. For the year ended December 31, 2016, Dalian Huarui Heavy Industry Group Limited by Share Ltd. accounted for 54% of our raw material purchases. We have not entered into a long-term contract with this major vendor and instead rely on individual contracts with such vendor. Although we believe that we can locate a replacement vendor readily on the market for prevailing prices, any difficulty in replacing such a vendor could negatively affect our company’s performance to the extent it results in higher prices or a slower supply chain.

 

Historically we have relied significantly on related party transactions, and a decline in sales to related parties may adversely impact our revenue in the event we do not generate revenue from unrelated third parties.

 

In 2015, 52% of our sales revenues were generated from related parties, among which, 35% of revenues were generated from Mojie Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd (“Mojie”) and 17% of revenues were generated from Heilongjiang Binteer Environmental Protection Equipment Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (“Heilongjiang Binteer”). In 2016, 2% of our sales revenues were generated from related parties, among which, 2% of revenues were generated from Heilongjiang Binteer and less than 1% from Mojie. While our dependence on related parties decreased in 2016, there can be no assurance that such dependence will not increase, potentially significantly, in the future. Mojie is a related party company founded by our Chief Financial Officer, Zhuo Zhang, and our Chief Executive Officer, Yuebiao Li. On July 5, 2015, Zhuo Zhang and Yuebiao Li transferred 100% of their equity interests in Mojie to a third party individual but continue to have significant influence on Mojie. Yuebiao Li, our Chief Executive Officer, established Heilongjiang Binteer. Mr. Li then transferred his 60% equity interest in May 2014 to his brother, Yuefeng Li. Due to health issues Yuefeng Li then transferred his equity interest for zero consideration to his business partner. We believe we have traditionally been Heilongjiang Binteer’s major vendor and customer and have significant influence on its operations. In the event we are unable to continue to generate sales to unrelated parties to replace revenue from Mojie and Heilongjiang Binteer, our revenues will likely decrease.

 

  11  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Collectability of our accounts receivable has adversely impacted our operating cash flow, and may continue to do so.

 

We reported negative cash flow from operations for the years ended 2016 and 2015 in the amounts of $663,655 and $2,958,430, respectively. Negative cash flow from operations in 2015 was mainly due to the increase in balances of net accounts receivable from both third parties and related parties. Negative cash flow from operations in 2016 was partly due to the increase in balance of net accounts receivable from third parties. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance of net accounts receivable from third parties were $2,637,236 and $1,443,005, respectively; the balance of net accounts receivable from related parties were $1,060,977 and $3,636,027, respectively. If the accounts receivables cannot be collected in time, or at all, a significant amount of bad debt expense will occur, and our business, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We face substantial inventory risk, which if such risk is not addressed could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We must order materials for our products and projects and build inventory in advance of production. We typically acquire materials through a combination of purchase orders, supplier contracts and open orders, in each case based on projected demand.

 

Our inventory includes raw materials, work-in progress products and finished goods. As of December 31, 2016, our inventory was $4,840,234. Inventory turnover for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 170 days. As our markets are competitive and subject to rapid technology and price changes, there is a risk that we will forecast incorrectly and order or produce incorrect amounts of products or not fully utilize firm purchase commitments. If we were unsuccessful in accurately quantifying appropriate levels of inventory, our business, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Any disruption in the supply chain of raw materials and our products could adversely impact our ability to produce and deliver products which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

In order to optimize our product manufacturing, we must manage our supply chain for raw materials and delivery of our products. Supply chain fragmentation and local protectionism within China further complicates supply chain disruption risks. Local administrative bodies and physical infrastructure built to protect local interests may pose transportation challenges for raw material transportation as well as product delivery. In addition, profitability and volume could be negatively impacted by limitations inherent within the supply chain, including competitive, governmental, legal, natural disasters, and other events that could impact both supply and price. Any of these occurrences could cause significant disruptions to our supply chain, manufacturing capability and distribution system that could adversely impact our ability to produce and deliver products. If we were unsuccessful in maintaining efficient operation of our supply chain, our business, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We do not maintain a reserve for warranty or defective products and installation claims. Our costs could increase if we experience a significant number of claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We generally obtain customers’ acceptance when we deliver products or projects. In practice, we allow our customers to reserve approximately 5-20% of the agreed purchase or installation price as a security retention for a period of one or two years after we deliver or implement a solution. We consider this one or two years term as a warranty period for our products or projects sold. Historically, we have not experienced significant customer complaints concerning our products or projects, and none of our customers have claimed damages for any loss incurred due to quality problems. In addition to our one to two years reserve, China’s Product Quality Law generally allows customers two years to seek compensation for damages caused by product quality deficiencies in cases in which a product lacks an expiration period.

 

We expect our customer support teams and our quality assurance and manufacturing monitoring procedures to continue to keep claims at a level that does not support a need for a financial reserve. However, if we experience significant increases in claims or customers’ failure to pay the final 5-20% of a purchase/installation price as a result of quality concerns, our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

Our operations are subject to geographic market risks, which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

 

In 2016, approximately 60% of our revenues were realized from three geographic markets, with approximately 30%, 20% and 10% of our revenues from clients located in the Jiangsu Province, Liaoning Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, respectively. Accordingly, we are subject to risks related to the economies of these geographic markets. In addition to economic conditions, the geographic concentration of our primary clients suggests that regional specific legislation, taxes and disasters such as earthquakes could disproportionately affect us and our financial performance. A downturn in wastewater treatment demand or economic conditions in these regions could result in a material decline in our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

We face certain risks in collecting our accounts receivable and we have a small number of customers who account for a significant amount of our revenues, the failure to collect could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

With the recent expansion of our business, our accounts receivable has increased significantly. At the end of 2016 and 2015, our accounts receivable from both third parties and related parties were $3,698,213 and $5,079,032, respectively. These amounts represented 30.1% of our total revenues in 2016 and 72.8% of our total revenues in 2015. In 2015, accounts receivable turnover was 137 days, and in 2016, it decreased to 130 days. This decrease is primarily because in 2016 the sales to Mojie and Heilongjiang Binteer significantly decreased, as a result the impact of the relaxed credit standards applicable to those two related parties was limited.

 

  12  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Although we believe that we have developed a robust receivables management system and have not incurred a situation where an accounts receivable has become uncollectable, as our business continues to scale, we believe that our accounts receivable balance will continue to grow. This, in turn, increases our risks for bad debts and uncollectible receivables. To the extent we incur additional bad debts and/or uncollectible receivables, our business, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our return on investment in client projects may be different from our projections.

 

Our return on investment in client projects will take some time to materialize. At the initial stages of project investment and construction, the depreciation of newly added materials and fixed assets will negatively affect our operating results. In addition, the projects may be subject to changes in market conditions during the installation and implementation phases. Changes in industry policy, the progress of the projects, project management, raw materials supply, market conditions and other variables may affect the profitability and the time in which we profit on projects, which may be different from our initial forecast, thus affecting the actual return on investment of the projects.

 

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and address competitive challenges, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We increased our number of full-time employees from 75 at December 31, 2015 to 95 at December 31, 2016, and our total revenues from $7 million in 2015 to $12 million in 2016. This expansion has resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial demands on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Furthermore, we intend to grow by expanding our business, increasing market penetration of our existing products, developing new products and increasing our targeting of industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination markets in China. To manage this growth, we must develop and improve our existing administrative and operational systems and our financial and management controls and further expand, train and manage our work force.

 

As we continue these efforts, we may incur substantial costs and expend substantial resources due to, among other things, different technology standards, legal considerations and cultural differences. We will be required to dedicate additional financial resources and personnel to optimize our operational infrastructure and to recruit more personnel to train and manage our growing employee base. If we cannot successfully implement these measures efficiently and cost-effectively, we will be unable to satisfy the demand for our products and projects, which will impair our revenue growth and hurt our overall financial performance.

 

We cannot assure you that our growth strategy will be successful, which may result in a negative impact on our growth, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

We intend to grow by expanding our business, increasing market penetration of our existing products, developing new products and increasing our targeting of industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination markets in China. However, many obstacles to this expansion exist, including increased competition from similar businesses, our ability to improve our products and product mix to realize the benefits of our research and development efforts, unexpected costs and costs associated with marketing efforts. We cannot, therefore, assure you that we will be able to successfully overcome such obstacles and establish our business in any additional markets. Our inability to implement this internal growth strategy successfully may have a negative impact on our growth, future financial condition, and results of operations or cash flows.

 

If we fail to compete successfully against new and existing competitors, we may not be able to increase our market share, and our profitability may be adversely affected.

 

We do and will continue to face significant competition in China in the water filtration business. We compete for clients primarily on the basis of our brand name, price and the range of products and services that we offer. Some of our existing and potential competitors may have competitive advantages, such as significantly greater financial, marketing or other resources. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully compete against new or existing competitors. If we fail to maintain our reputation and competitiveness, customers demand for our products and projects could decline.

 

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, it could harm our business and competitive position.

 

We own eight patents in China covering our water filtration production technology, and we rely on a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws and non-disclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights.

 

The process of seeking patent protection on future patents can be lengthy and expensive, our patent applications may fail to result in patents being issued, and our existing and future patents may be insufficient to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Our patents and patent applications may also be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.

 

Implementation of Chinese intellectual property-related laws has historically been lacking, primarily because of ambiguities in Chinese laws and enforcement difficulties. Accordingly, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other western countries. Furthermore, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive, and we may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend patents issued to us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights or those of others. Such litigation and an adverse determination in any such litigation, if any, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

  13  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We may be exposed to intellectual property infringement and other claims by third parties which, if successful, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to use and develop our technology and know-how without infringing third party intellectual property rights. If we sell our branded products internationally, and as litigation becomes more common in China, we face a higher risk of being the subject of claims for intellectual property infringement, invalidity or indemnification relating to other parties’ proprietary rights. Our current or potential competitors, many of which have substantial resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have or may obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our branded products in either China or other countries, including the United States and other countries in Asia. In addition, the defense of intellectual property suits, including patent infringement suits, and related legal and administrative proceedings can be both costly and time consuming and may significantly divert the efforts and resources of our technical and management personnel. Furthermore, an adverse determination in any such litigation or proceedings to which we may become a party could cause us to:

 

 

pay damage awards;

     
 

seek licenses from third parties;

     
 

pay ongoing royalties;

     
 

redesign our branded products; or

     
  be restricted by injunctions.

 

Each of these events could effectively prevent us from pursuing some or all of our business and result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our branded products, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of proprietary information and trade secrets.

 

In addition to patents, we rely on confidentiality agreements to protect our technical know-how and other proprietary information. Confidentiality agreements are used, for example, when we talk to potential clients, consultants, contractors and vendors. In addition, our scientists and each of our research and development and manufacturing employees have signed a confidentiality agreement. Nevertheless, there can be no guarantee that an employee or a third party will not make an unauthorized disclosure of our proprietary confidential information. This might happen intentionally or inadvertently. It is possible that a competitor will make use of such information, and that our competitive position will be compromised, in spite of any legal action we might take against persons making such unauthorized disclosures.

 

If we experience a significant disruption in, or a breach in security of, our information technology systems or if we fail to implement, manage or integrate new systems, software and technologies successfully, it could harm our business.

 

Our information technology (“IT”) systems are an integral part of our business. We depend on our IT systems to process transactions, manage logistics, keep financial records, prepare our financial reporting and operate other critical functions. Security breaches, cyber-attacks or other serious disruptions of our IT systems can create systemic disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. If we are unable to prevent or adequately respond to such breaches, attacks or other disruptions, our operations could be adversely affected or we may suffer financial or reputational damage.

 

In addition, our ability to effectively implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market requires effective planning, reporting and analytical processes and systems. We are improving and expect that we will need to continue to improve and further integrate our IT systems, reporting systems and operating procedures on an ongoing basis. If we fail to do so effectively, it could adversely affect our ability to achieve our objectives.

 

Product defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial performance.

 

Manufacturing or design defects (including in products or components that we source from third parties), unanticipated use of, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to, the use of products that we make and sell may lead to personal injury, death or property damage. These events could lead to recalls or alerts relating to our products, result in the removal of a product from the market or result in product liability claims being brought against us. Product recalls, removals and liability claims can lead to significant costs, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products.

 

  14  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our future growth depends on new products and new technology innovation, and failure to invent and innovate could adversely impact our business prospects.

 

Our future growth depends in part on maintaining our competitive advantage with current products in new and existing markets, as well as our ability to develop new products and technologies to serve such markets. To the extent that competitors develop competitive products and technologies, or new products or technologies that achieve higher customer satisfaction, our business prospects could be adversely impacted. In addition, regulatory approvals for new products or technologies may be required, these approvals may not be obtained in a timely or cost effective manner, adversely impacting our business prospects.

 

Changes in demand for our products and business relationships with key customers and suppliers may negatively affect operating results.

 

To achieve our objectives, we must develop and sell products that are subject to the demands of our customers. This is dependent on many factors, including managing and maintaining relationships with key customers, responding to the rapid pace of technological change and obsolescence, which may require increased investment by us or result in greater pressure to commercialize developments rapidly or at prices that may not fully recover the associated investment, and the effect on demand resulting from customers’ research and development, capital expenditure plans and capacity utilization. If we are unable to keep up with our customers’ demands, our sales, earnings and operating results may be negatively affected.

 

We may be unable to deliver our backlog on time, which could affect future sales and profitability and our relationships with customers.

 

Our ability to meet customer delivery schedules for backlog is dependent on a number of factors including sufficient manufacturing plant capacity, adequate supply channel access to raw materials and other inventory required for production, an adequately trained and capable workforce, project engineering expertise for certain large projects and appropriate planning and scheduling of manufacturing resources. Many of the contracts we enter into with our customers require long manufacturing lead times. Failure to deliver in accordance with customer expectations could subject us to contract cancellations and financial penalties, and may result in damage to existing customer relationships and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on our key personnel, and our business and growth prospects may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

 

Our future success depends heavily upon the continued service of our key executives. In particular, we rely on the expertise and experience of Yuebiao Li, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We rely on his industry expertise and experience in our business operations, and in particular, his business vision, management skills, and working relationship with our employees, our other major shareholders, the regulatory authorities, and many of our clients. If he became unable or unwilling to continue in his present position, or if he joined a competitor or formed a competing company in violation of his employment agreement, we may not be able to replace him easily, our business may be significantly disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

We do not maintain key man life insurance on any of our senior management or key personnel. The loss of any one of them would have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Competition for senior management and our other key personnel is intense and the pool of suitable candidates is limited. We may be unable to locate a suitable replacement for any senior management or key personnel that we lose. In addition, if any member of our senior management or key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, they may compete with us for customers, business partners and other key professionals and staff members of our Company. Although each of our senior management and key personnel has signed a confidentiality and non-competition agreement in connection with his or her employment with us, we cannot assure that we will be able to successfully enforce these provisions in the event of a dispute between us and any member of our senior management or key personnel.

 

In addition, we compete for qualified personnel with other water treatment companies, and we face competition in attracting skilled personnel and retaining the members of our senior management team. These personnel possess technical and business capabilities, including expertise relevant to the water treatment market, which are difficult to replace. There is intense competition for experienced senior management with technical and industry expertise in the water treatment industry, and we may not be able to retain our key personnel. Intense competition for these personnel could cause our compensation costs to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Our future success and ability to grow our business will depend in part on the continued service of these individuals and our ability to identify, hire and retain additional qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, we may be unable to meet our business and financial goals.

 

  15  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our senior management lacks experience in managing a public company and complying with laws applicable to operating as a U.S. public company domiciled in the British Virgin Islands and failure to comply with such obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, Jinzheng has operated as a private company located in China. In connection with this offering, we formed Newater Technology in the British Virgin Islands, Newater HK Limited in Hong Kong and made Jinzheng a Newater subsidiary in China. In the process of taking these steps to prepare our company for this initial public offering, Jinzheng’s senior management became the senior management of Newater Technology. None of Newater Technology’s senior management has experience managing a public company or managing a British Virgin Islands company.

 

As a result of this offering, our company will become subject to laws, regulations and obligations that do not currently apply to it, and our senior management currently has no experience in complying with such laws, regulations and obligations. For example, Newater Technology will need to comply with the British Virgin Islands laws applicable to companies that are domiciled in that country. The senior management is only experienced in operating the business of Jinzheng in compliance with Chinese laws. Similarly, by virtue of this offering, Newater Technology will be required to file annual and current reports in compliance with U.S. securities and other laws. These obligations can be burdensome and complicated, and failure to comply with such obligations could have a material adverse effect on Newater. In addition, we expect that the process of learning about such new obligations as a public company in the United States will require our senior management to devote time and resources to such efforts that might otherwise be spent on the operation of our water treatment business.

 

We have limited business insurance coverage. Any future business liability, disruption or litigation we experience might divert management focus from our business and could significantly impact our financial results.

 

Availability of business insurance products and coverage in China is limited, and most such products are expensive in relation to the coverage offered. We have determined that the risks of disruption, cost of such insurance and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurances on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical for us to maintain such insurances. As a result, we do not have any business liability, disruption or litigation insurance coverage for our operations in China. Accordingly, a business disruption, litigation or natural disaster may result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from our business, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may require additional financing in the future and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain required additional financing when needed.

 

In addition to the $5.7 million to be raised in this initial public offering, we may need to obtain additional debt or equity financing to fund future capital expenditures. While we do not anticipate seeking additional financing in the immediate future, any additional equity financing may result in dilution to the holders of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Additional debt financing may impose affirmative and negative covenants that restrict our freedom to operate our business, including covenants that:

 

limit our ability to pay dividends or require us to seek consent for the payment of dividends;

 

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

require us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes; and

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry.

 

We cannot guaranty that we will be able to raise funds in this offering or obtain additional financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or any financing at all, and the failure to obtain sufficient financing could adversely affect our business operations.

 

Potential disruptions in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our business, including the availability and cost of short-term funds for liquidity requirements, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

Potential changes in the global economy may affect the availability of business and consumer credit. We may need to rely on the credit markets, particularly for short-term borrowings from banks in China, as well as the capital markets, to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs if internal funds from our operations are not available to be allocated to such purposes. Disruptions in the credit and capital markets could adversely affect our ability to draw on such short-term bank facilities. Our access to funds under such credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to those facilities to meet their funding commitments, which may be dependent on governmental economic policies in China. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from us and other borrowers within a short period of time.

 

  16  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Long-term disruptions in the credit and capital markets could result from uncertainty, changing or increased regulations, reduced alternatives or failures of financial institutions could adversely affect our access to the liquidity needed for our business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Such measures may include deferring capital expenditures, and reducing or eliminating discretionary uses of cash. These events would adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.  

 

We rely on short-term borrowings for our liquidity and we may not be able to continue to obtain financing on favorable terms, if at all.

 

Our liquidity relies significantly on short-term borrowings. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, cash provided by borrowings from third-parties was $11,613,289 and $4,013,614, respectively. Financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain short-term financing in an amount sufficient to support our operations, it may be necessary, to suspend or curtail our operations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In that event, current stockholders would likely experience a loss of most of or all of their investment.  

Our bank accounts are not insured or protected against loss.

 

Jinzheng maintains cash accounts with various banks located in China. Such cash accounts are not insured or otherwise protected. Should any bank holding such cash deposits become insolvent, or if Jinzheng is otherwise unable to withdraw funds, Jinzheng would lose the cash on deposit with that particular bank.

 

Changes in China’s environmental laws and policies may affect our financial condition.

 

Our products and projects are mainly used in the fields of municipal and industrial wastewater treatment and reuse, water purification and desalination. Our business is in line with China’s current focus on environmental protection policies, specifically the Water Ten Plan and the 13 th Five Year Plan (2016-2020). However, should China alter its environmental policies towards less regulation, we believe demand for our products will decrease, adversely impacting our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

 

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

 

We will likely not pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We have not previously paid any cash dividends, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. Although we have achieved net profitability in 2016, we cannot assure that our operations will continue to result in sufficient revenues to enable us to operate at profitable levels or to generate positive cash flows from operating activities. Furthermore, there is no assurance that our Board of Directors will declare dividends even if we are profitable. Dividend policy is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. If we determine to pay dividends on any of our common shares in the future, we will be dependent, in large part, on receipt of funds from Jinzheng for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions, if any, to our shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses. The payment of dividends by entities organized in China is subject to limitations as described herein. Under British Virgin Islands law, we may only pay dividends from surplus (the excess, if any, at the time of the determination of the total assets of our Company over the sum of our liabilities, as shown in our books of account, plus our capital), and we must be solvent before and after the dividend payment in the sense that we will be able to satisfy our liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business; and the realizable value of assets of our Company will not be less than the sum of our total liabilities, other than deferred taxes as shown on our books of account, and our capital. If we determine to pay dividends on any of our common shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from Jinzheng. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Pursuant to the Chinese enterprise income tax law, dividends payable by a foreign investment entity to its foreign investors are subject to a withholding tax of 10%. Similarly, dividends payable by a foreign investment entity to its Hong Kong investor who owns 25% or more of the equity of the foreign investment entity is subject to a withholding tax of 5%.

 

The payment of dividends by entities organized in China is subject to limitations, procedures and formalities. Regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in China. Jinzheng is also required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profit based on Chinese accounting standards each year to its compulsory reserves fund until the accumulative amount of such reserves reaches 50% of its registered capital.

 

The transfer to this reserve must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders. The surplus reserve fund is non-distributable other than during liquidation and can be used to fund previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilized for business expansion or converted into registered capital, provided that the remaining reserve balance after such issue is not less than 25% of the registered capital. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the accumulated appropriations to statutory reserves amounted to $382,802 and $92,995, respectively.

 

  17  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our business may be materially and adversely affected if any of our Chinese subsidiaries declare bankruptcy or become subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

 

The Enterprise Bankruptcy Law of China provides that an enterprise may be liquidated if the enterprise fails to settle its debts as and when they fall due and if the enterprise’s assets are, or are demonstrably, insufficient to clear such debts.

 

Our Chinese subsidiaries hold certain assets that are important to our business operations. If any of our Chinese subsidiaries undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Jinzheng is required to allocate a portion of its after-tax profits, to the statutory reserve fund, and as determined by its board of directors, to the staff welfare and bonus funds, which may not be distributed to equity owners.

 

Pursuant to Company Law of P.R. China (2013 Revision), Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law of the P.R. China (2000 Revision) and Implementing Rules for the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprises (2014 Revision), Jinzheng is required to allocate a portion of its after-tax profits, to the statutory reserve fund, and in its discretion, to the staff welfare and bonus funds. No lower than 10% of an enterprise’s after tax-profits should be allocated to the statutory reserve fund. When the statutory reserve fund account balance is equal to or greater than 50% of the Jinzheng’s registered capital, no further allocation to the statutory reserve fund account is required. Jinzheng determines, in its own discretion, the amount contributed to the staff welfare and bonus funds. The staff welfare and bonus fund is used for the collective welfare of the staff of Jinzheng. These reserves represent appropriations of retained earnings determined according to Chinese law.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the amounts of staff welfare and bonus funds have not yet been determined, and we have not committed to establishing such amounts at this time. Under current Chinese laws, Jinzheng is required to set aside staff welfare and bonus funds amounts, but has not yet done so. Jinzheng has not done so because Chinese authorities grant companies flexibility in making a determination. Chinese law requires such a determination to be made in accordance with the company’s organizational documents and Jinzheng’s organizational documents do not require the determination to be made within a particular timeframe. Although we have not yet been required by Chinese authorities to make such determinations or set aside such amounts, Chinese authorities may require Jinzheng to rectify its noncompliance and we may be fined if we fail to do so after receiving a warning within its set time period.

 

Additionally, Chinese law provides that a Chinese company must allocate a portion of after-tax profits to the statutory reserve fund and the staff welfare and bonus funds reserve prior to the retention of profits or the distribution of profits to foreign invested companies. Therefore, if for any reason, the dividends from Jinzheng cannot be repatriated to us or not in time, our cash flow may be adversely impacted or we may become insolvent.

 

Our failure to obtain prior approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) for the listing and trading of our common shares on a foreign stock exchange could delay this offering or could have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results, reputation and trading price of our common shares.

 

On August 8, 2006, six Chinese regulatory agencies, including the Ministry of Commerce of the People’s Republic of China (“MOFCOM”), jointly issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rule”). The M&A Rule contains provisions that require that an offshore special purpose vehicle (“SPV”) formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by Chinese companies or individuals shall obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such SPV’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published procedures specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by an SPV seeking CSRC approval of overseas listings.

 

However, the application of the M&A Rule remains unclear with no consensus currently existing among leading Chinese law firms regarding the scope and applicability of the CSRC approval requirement. Our Chinese counsel, KaiTong Law Firm, has given us the following advice, based on their understanding of current Chinese laws and regulations:

 

At the time of our equity interest acquisition, as the acquiree, Jinzheng was not related to or connected with the acquirer, Newater HK. Accordingly, we did not need the approval from MOFCOM. In addition, we have received all relevant approvals and certificates required for the acquisition; and

 

  18  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

  the CSRC approval under the New M&A Rule only applies to overseas listings of SPVs that have used their existing or newly issued equity interest to acquire existing or newly issued equity interest in Chinese domestic companies, or the SPV-domestic company share swap, due to the fact there has not been any SPV-domestic company share swap in our corporate history, Newater Technology does not constitute a SPV that is required to obtain approval from the CSRC for overseas listing under the New M&A Rule.
     
In spite of the lack of clarity on this issue, the CSRC has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation regarding whether offerings like the one contemplated by this prospectus are subject to the M&A Rule.

 

The CSRC has not issued any such definitive rule or interpretation, and we have not chosen to voluntarily request approval under the M&A Rule. If the CSRC requires that we obtain its approval prior to the completion of this offering, the offering will be delayed until we obtain CSRC approval, which may take several months. There is also the possibility that we may not be able to obtain such approval. If prior CSRC approval was required, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other Chinese regulatory authorities. These authorities may impose fines and penalties upon our operations in China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our common shares. The CSRC or other Chinese regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to terminate this offering prior to closing.

 

Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the enactment timetable and final content of draft China Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.

 

MOFCOM published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law in January 2015 (the “Draft FIL”). The Draft FIL embodies an expected Chinese regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic investments. MOFCOM is currently soliciting comments on this draft and substantial uncertainties exist with respect to its enactment timetable, final content, interpretation and implementation.

 

Among other things, the Draft FIL expands the definition of foreign investment and introduces the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered a foreign-invested enterprise, or an FIE. The Draft FIL specifically provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors will be treated as FIEs, whereas an entity set up in a foreign jurisdiction would nonetheless be, upon market entry clearance, treated as a Chinese domestic investor provided that the entity is “controlled” by Chinese entities and/or citizens. Once an entity is determined to be an FIE, it will be subject to the foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions set forth in a “negative list,” to be separately issued by the State Council later. Unless the underlying business of the FIE falls within the negative list, which calls for market entry clearance, prior approval from the government authorities as mandated by the existing foreign investment legal regime would no longer be required for establishment of the FIE.

 

The development, manufacture and sales of wastewater treatment products are not currently subject to foreign investment restrictions set forth in the Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment, or the Catalogue, issued by the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Commerce that was amended in 2015 and became effective in April 2015. The Draft FIL, if enacted as proposed, will not materially impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations in many aspects. However, should the development, manufacture and sales of wastewater treatment products become subject to foreign investment restrictions set forth in the Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment then the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations may be materially impacted in many aspects.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

 

If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed China-based companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, this offering and our reputation and could result in a loss of your investment in our shares, especially if such matter cannot be addressed and resolved favorably.

 

Recently, U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China, have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered around financial and accounting irregularities, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in some cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies has sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity will have on our Company, our business and this offering. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend the Company. This situation may be a major distraction to our management. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, our Company and business operations will be severely hampered and your investment in our shares could be rendered worthless.

 

  19  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We are dependent on the state of China’s economy as all of our business is conducted in China and a decline would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Currently, all of our business operations are conducted in China, and all of our customers are also located in China. Accordingly, any material slowdown in the China’s economy may cause our customers to reduce expenditures or delay the building of new facilities or projects. This may in turn lead to a decline in the demand for the products and projects we provide. Any such decline would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Since our operations and assets are located in China, shareholders may find it difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against the assets of our Company, our directors and executive officers.

 

Our operations and assets are located in China. In addition, our executive officers and directors are non-residents of the U.S., and substantially all the assets of such persons are located outside the U.S. As a result, it could be difficult for investors to effect service of process in the U.S., or to enforce a judgment obtained in the U.S. against us or any of these persons. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

 

We must remit the offering proceeds to China before they may be used to benefit our business in China, this process may take a number of months and we will be unable to use the proceeds to grow our business in the meantime.

 

The proceeds of this offering must be sent back to China, and the process for sending such proceeds back to China may take several months after the closing of this offering. In order to remit the offering proceeds to China, we will take the following actions:

 

First, we will open a special foreign exchange account for capital account transactions. To open this account, we must submit to SAFE certain application forms, identity documents, transaction documents, form of foreign exchange registration of overseas investments by domestic residents, and foreign exchange registration certificate of the invested company.

 

Second, we will remit the offering proceeds into this special foreign exchange account.

 

Third, we will apply for settlement of the foreign exchange. In order to do so, we must submit to SAFE certain application forms, identity documents, payment order to a designated person, and a tax certificate.

 

The timing of the process is difficult to estimate because the efficiencies of different SAFE branches can vary materially. Ordinarily, the process takes several months to complete. We may be unable to use these proceeds to grow our business until we receive such proceeds in China.

 

Although we do not import goods into or export goods out of China, fluctuation of the RMB may indirectly affect our financial condition by affecting the volume of cross-border money flow.

 

Although we use the United States dollar for financial reporting purposes, all of the transactions effected by Jinzheng are denominated in China’s currency, the RMB. The value of the RMB fluctuates and is subject to changes in China’s political and economic conditions. We do not currently engage in hedging activities to protect against foreign currency risks. Even if we choose to engage in such hedging activities, we may not be able to do so effectively. Future movements in the exchange rate of the RMB could adversely affect our financial condition as we may suffer financial losses when transferring money raised outside of China into the country or paying vendors for services performed outside of China.

 

  20  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

If any dividend is declared in the future and paid in a foreign currency, you may be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.

 

In the even we pay dividends in the future, you will be taxed on the U.S. dollar value of your dividends, if any, at the time you receive them, even if you actually receive a smaller amount of U.S. dollars when the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Specifically, if a dividend is declared and paid in a foreign currency, the amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in the foreign currency, determined at the spot rate of the foreign currency to the U.S. dollar on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Thus, if the value of the foreign currency decreases before you actually convert the currency into U.S. dollars, you may be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.

 

We may become a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. investors.

 

Based on the nature of our business activities, we may be classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such characterization could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to you if you are a U.S. investor. For example, if we are a PFIC, a U.S. investor will become subject to burdensome reporting requirements. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our income and assets from time to time. Specifically, we will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. tax purposes if either:

 

75% or more of our gross income in a taxable year is passive income; or

 

the average percentage of our assets by value in a taxable year that produce or are held for the production of passive income (which includes cash) is at least 50%.

 

The calculation of the value of our assets is based, in part, on the then market value of our common shares, which is subject to change. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We cannot assure that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. See “Taxation – United States Federal Income Taxation-Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

 

Introduction of new laws or changes to existing laws by the Chinese government may adversely affect our business.

 

The Chinese legal system is a codified legal system made up of written laws, regulations, circulars, administrative directives and internal guidelines. Unlike common law jurisdictions such as the U.S., decided cases (which may be taken as reference) do not form part of the legal structure of China and thus have no binding effect. Furthermore, in line with its transformation from a centrally planned economy to a more market-oriented economy, the Chinese government is still in the process of developing a comprehensive set of laws and regulations. As the legal system in China is still evolving, laws and regulations or their interpretation may be subject to further changes. Such uncertainty and prospective changes to the Chinese legal system could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may be subject to foreign exchange controls in China, which could limit our use of funds raised in this offering, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Jinzheng is subject to Chinese rules and regulations on currency conversion. In China, SAFE regulates the conversion of the RMB into foreign currencies. Currently, foreign investment enterprises (“FIEs”) are required to apply to SAFE for “Registration of Establishment as FIEs”. Jinzheng is a FIE, with such registration, Jinzheng is allowed to open foreign currency accounts including the “current account” and the “capital account”. Currently, conversion within the scope of the “current account” and general “capital account” can be effected without requiring the approval of SAFE. However, conversion of currency in some restricted “capital account” (e.g. for capital items such as direct investments, loans, securities, etc.) still requires the approval of SAFE.

 

In particular, if Jinzheng borrows foreign currency through loans from Newater Technology or other foreign lenders, these loans must be registered with SAFE. If Jinzheng is financed by means of additional capital contributions, certain Chinese government authorities, including MOFCOM, or the local counterparts of SAFE and MOFCOM, must approve these capital contributions. These restrictions could limit our use of funds raised in this offering which could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Governmental control of currency conversion may affect the value of your investment.

 

The Chinese government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China, which may take as long as six months in the ordinary course. We receive the majority of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our income is derived from payments from Jinzheng. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of Jinzheng to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their foreign currency denominated obligations. Under existing Chinese foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of bank loans denominated in foreign currencies. The Chinese government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. See “Our Business – Regulations on Foreign Currency Exchange and Dividend Distribution.”

 

  21  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. On July 21, 2005, the Chinese government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the Renminbi is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in an appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar. While the international reaction to the Renminbi revaluation has generally been positive, there remains international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more rapid appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar. Any material revaluation of Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenues, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our common shares in U.S. dollars. For example, an appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would make any new Renminbi denominated investments or expenditures more costly to us, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi for such purposes. See “Exchange Rate Information.”

 

Recent changes in China’s labor law restrict our ability to reduce our workforce in China in the event of an economic downturn and may increase our production costs which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

To clarify certain details in connection with the implementation of the Labor Contract Law, the China State Council promulgated the Implementing Rules for the Labor Contract Law on September 18, 2008, which came into effect immediately. The legislation formalized workers’ rights concerning overtime hours, pensions, layoffs, employment contracts and the role of trade unions. Among other things, this new law provides for specific standards and procedures for the termination of an employment contract and places the burden of proof on the employer. In addition, the law requires the payment of a statutory severance pay upon the termination of an employment contract in most cases, including the case of the expiration of a fixed-term employment contract. Further, the law requires an employer to conclude an “employment contract without a fixed-term” with any employee who either has worked for the same employer for 10 consecutive years or more or has had two consecutive fixed-term contracts with the same employer. An “employment contract without a fixed term” can no longer be terminated on the ground of the expiration of the contract, although it can still be terminated pursuant to the standards and procedures set forth under the new law. Because of the lack of precedent for the enforcement of such a law, the standards and procedures set forth under the law in relation to the termination of an employment contract have raised concerns among foreign investment enterprises in China that such an “employment contract without a fixed term” might in fact become a “lifetime, permanent employment contract.” Finally, under the new law, downsizing of either more than 20 people or more than 10% of the workforce may occur only under specified circumstances, such as a restructuring undertaken pursuant to China’s Enterprise Bankruptcy Law, or where a company suffers serious difficulties in production and/or business operations, or where there has been a material change in the objective economic circumstances relied upon by the parties at the time of the conclusion of the employment contract, thereby making the performance of such employment contract not possible. To date, there has been very little guidance or precedent as to how such specified circumstances for downsizing will be interpreted and enforced by the relevant Chinese authorities. All of our employees working for us exclusively within China are covered by the new law and thus, our ability to adjust the size of our operations when necessary in periods of recession or less severe economic downturns may be curtailed. Accordingly, if we face future periods of decline in business activity generally or adverse economic periods specific to our business, this new law can be expected to exacerbate the adverse effect of the economic environment on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our business benefits from certain government subsidies and incentives. Expiration, reduction or discontinuation of, or changes to, these incentives will increase our burden and reduce our net income which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

Jinzheng has received subsidies from some governmental agencies after meeting certain conditions, such as developing certain technologies, which are chosen as annual key research and development, plans or obtaining certain technological certifications.

 

Jinzheng has benefitted from such subsidies. In particular, Jinzheng received the following subsidies in 2015:

 

  RMB 180,000 as Jinzheng’s research and development plan was chosen as one of the annual key plans of Shandong Province. (“RMB 180K Subsidy”)

 

  RMB 200,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the subsidy of production and cooperation project of Yantai City, Laishan District. (“RMB 200K Subsidy”)

 

  22  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The above subsidies were subject to further research and development obligations and were recorded as deferred income in 2015. The research and development projects required for the RMB 200K Subsidy were completed in the year ended December 31, 2016, and therefore the RMB 200,000 received in 2015 was recognized as other income in consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income in 2016. The RMB 180K Subsidy remained as deferred income as of December 31, 2016 as required research and development projects were uncompleted.

 

Jinzheng received the following subsidies in 2016:

 

  RMB 500,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the subsidy of university-industry cooperation and international cooperation projects (“RMB 500K Subsidy”). The recognition requirements for the RMB 500K Subsidy include research and development projects completed with higher education institutions and collaboration with foreign companies with advanced technologies.

 

  RMB 1,200,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the subsidy of special membrane project (“RMB 1.2M Subsidy”). The recognition requirements for the RMB 1.2M Subsidy include the commencement of special membrane project in Laishan District Economic Development Area in 2016 and tax payment of certain amount in the same year.

 

  RMB 9,732,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the high technology subsidy (“RMB 9.7M Subsidy”). There is no specific requirement for the RMB 9.7M Subsidy.

 

The requirements of the above subsidies totaling RMB 11,432,000 received in 2016 were fully fulfilled and the subsidies were recognized as other income in consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

In addition, Jinzheng obtained the Hi-Tech Enterprise certificate and is entitled to a preferential income tax rate of 15% for 2016 and 2017. The 15% tax rate is less than the standard 25% income tax rate in China. The local Chinese government authorities may reduce or eliminate these incentives through new legislation at any time in the future. In the event Jinzheng is no longer exempt from lowered income taxation, its applicable tax rate would increase from 15% to up to 25%, the standard business income tax rate in China. In addition, the termination of one-time subsidies for water treatment equipment business development could increase the burden of manufacturing and selling water treatment equipment in the future. The reduction or discontinuation of any of these economic incentives could negatively affect our business and operations.

 

Labor laws in China may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

On June 29, 2007, the Chinese government promulgated a new labor law, namely, the Labor Contract Law of China, which became effective on January 1, 2008, which was further amended on December 28, 2012 (effective July 1, 2013). The Labor Contract Law imposes greater liabilities on employers and significantly affects the cost of an employer’s decision to reduce its workforce. Further, it requires certain terminations be based upon seniority and not merit. In the event we decide to significantly change or decrease our workforce, the Labor Contract Law could adversely affect our ability to enact such changes in a manner that is most advantageous to our business or in a timely and cost-effective manner, thus materially and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. The Labor Contract Law also mandates that employers provide social welfare packages to all employees, increasing our labor costs. To the extent competitors from outside China are not affected by such requirements, we could be at a comparative disadvantage.

 

Chinese regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by Chinese residents may subject our Chinese resident shareholders to personal liability and limit our ability to inject capital into our Chinese subsidiaries, limit our subsidiaries’ ability to increase its registered capital, distribute profits to us, or otherwise adversely affect us.

 

On July 4, 2014, China’s SAFE issued the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37, which became effective as of July 4, 2014. According to Circular 37, prior registration with the local SAFE branch is required for Chinese residents to contribute domestic assets or interests to offshore companies, known as SPVs. Moreover, Circular 37 applies retroactively. As a result, Chinese residents who have contributed domestic assets or interests to a SPV, but failed to complete foreign exchange registration of overseas investments as required before July 4, 2014 shall send a letter to SAFE and its branches for explanation. SAFE and its branches shall, under the principle of legality and legitimacy, conduct supplementary registration, and impose administrative punishment on those in violation of the administrative provisions on the foreign exchange pursuant to the law.

 

We have requested our shareholders who are Chinese residents to make the necessary applications, filings and amendments as required under Circular 37 and other related rules. We attempt to comply, and attempt to ensure that our shareholders who are subject to these rules comply, with the relevant requirements. However, we cannot provide any assurances that all of our shareholders who are Chinese residents will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registrations or comply with other requirements required by Circular 37 or other related rules. The failure or inability of our Chinese resident shareholders to make any required registrations or comply with other requirements may subject such shareholders to fines and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into or provide loans to (including using the proceeds from this offering) Jinzheng, limiting Jinzheng’s ability to pay dividends or otherwise distributing profits to us.

 

  23  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We may be subject to fines and legal sanctions by SAFE or other Chinese government authorities if we or our employees who are Chinese citizens fail to comply with Chinese regulations relating to employee stock options granted by offshore listed companies to Chinese citizens.

 

On February 15, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issues Concerning the Administration of Foreign Exchange Used for Domestic Individuals’ Participation in Equity Incentive Plans of Companies Listed Overseas, or Circular 7. Under Circular 7, Chinese citizens who are granted share options by an offshore listed company are required, through a qualified Chinese agent or a Chinese company which participates in the share option, and is held by or actually controlled by the offshore listed Company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures, including applications for foreign exchange purchase quotas and opening special bank accounts. We and our Chinese employees who have been granted share options are subject to Circular 7. Failure to comply with these regulations may subject us or our Chinese employees to fines and legal sanctions imposed by SAFE or other Chinese government authorities and may prevent us from further granting options under our share incentive plans to our employees. Such events could adversely affect our business operations.

 

Failure to comply with the Individual Foreign Exchange Rules relating to the overseas direct investment or the engagement in the issuance or trading of securities overseas by our Chinese resident stockholders may subject such stockholders to fines or other liabilities.

 

Other than Circular 37, our ability to conduct foreign exchange activities in China may be subject to the interpretation and enforcement of the Implementation Rules of the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange promulgated by SAFE in January 2007 (as amended and supplemented, the “Individual Foreign Exchange Rules”). Under the Individual Foreign Exchange Rules, any Chinese individual seeking to make a direct investment overseas or engage in the issuance or trading of negotiable securities or derivatives overseas must make the appropriate registrations in accordance with SAFE provisions. Chinese individuals who fail to make such registrations may be subject to warnings, fines or other liabilities.

 

We may not be fully informed of the identities of all our beneficial owners who are Chinese residents. For example, because the investment in or trading of our shares will happen in an overseas public or secondary market where shares are often held with brokers in brokerage accounts, it is unlikely that we will know the identity of all of our beneficial owners who are Chinese residents. Furthermore, we have no control over any of our future beneficial owners and we cannot assure you that such Chinese residents will be able to complete the necessary approval and registration procedures required by the Individual Foreign Exchange Rules.

 

It is uncertain how the Individual Foreign Exchange Rules will be interpreted or enforced and whether such interpretation or enforcement will affect our ability to conduct foreign exchange transactions. Because of this uncertainty, we cannot be sure whether the failure by any of our Chinese resident stockholders to make the required registration will subject our subsidiaries to fines or legal sanctions on their operations, delay or restriction on repatriation of proceeds of this offering into the China, restriction on remittance of dividends or other punitive actions that would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Changes in China’s political and economic policies could harm our business.

 

Substantially all of our business operations are conducted in China. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial condition and prospects are subject to economic, political and legal developments in China. China’s economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including with respect to the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources.

 

The Chinese economy has historically been a planned economy subject to governmental plans and quotas and has, in certain aspects, been transitioning to a more market-oriented economy. Although we believe that the economic reform and the macroeconomic measures adopted by the Chinese government have had a positive effect on the economic development China, we cannot predict the future direction of these economic reforms or the effects these measures may have on our business, financial position or results of operations. In addition, the Chinese economy differs from the economies of most countries belonging to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”). These differences include, without limitation:

 

economic structure;
     
level of government involvement in the economy;
     
level of development;
     
level of capital reinvestment;
     
control of foreign exchange;
     
methods of allocating resources; and
     
balance of payments position.

 

As a result of these differences, our business may not develop in the same way or at the same rate as might be expected if the Chinese economy were similar to those of the OECD member countries. See “Our Business – Industry and Market Background.”

 

  24  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Since 1979, the Chinese government has promulgated many new laws and regulations covering general economic matters. Despite these efforts to develop a legal system, China’s system of laws is not yet complete. Even where adequate law exists in China, enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing law may be uncertain or sporadic, and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction. The relative inexperience of China’s judiciary, in many cases, creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of any lawsuit. In addition, interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political changes. Our activities in China will also be subject to administration review and approval by various national and local agencies of the Chinese government. Because of the changes occurring in China’s legal and regulatory structure, we may not be able to secure the requisite governmental approval for our activities. Although we have obtained all required governmental approvals to operate our business as currently conducted, to the extent we are unable to obtain or maintain required governmental approvals, the Chinese government may, in its sole discretion, prohibit us from conducting our business. 

 

If relations between the United States and China worsen, our share price may decrease and we may have difficulty accessing U.S. capital markets.

 

At various times during recent years, the United States and China have had disagreements over political and economic issues. Controversies may arise in the future between these two countries. Any political or trade controversy between the United States and China could adversely affect the market price of our common shares and our ability to access U.S. capital markets.

 

The Chinese government could change its policies toward private enterprise or even nationalize or expropriate private enterprises, which could result in the total loss of our investment in that country.

 

Our business is subject to political and economic uncertainties and may be adversely affected by political, economic and social developments in China. Over the past several years, the Chinese government has pursued economic reform policies including the encouragement of private economic activity and greater economic decentralization. The Chinese government may not continue to pursue these policies or may alter them to our detriment from time to time with little, if any, prior notice.

 

Changes in policies, laws and regulations or in their interpretation or the imposition of confiscatory taxation, restrictions on currency conversion, restrictions or prohibitions on dividend payments to shareholders, devaluations of currency or the nationalization or other expropriation of private enterprises could have a material adverse effect on our business. Nationalization or expropriation could even result in the total loss of our investment in China and in the total loss of any investment in us.

 

Because our operations are located in China, information about our operations is not readily available from independent third-party sources.

 

Because Jinzheng is based in China, our shareholders may have greater difficulty in obtaining information about them on a timely basis than would shareholders of a U.S.-based company. Its operations will continue to be conducted in China and shareholders may have difficulty in obtaining information about them from sources other than the company itself. Information available from newspapers, trade journals, or local, regional or national regulatory agencies such as issuance of construction permits and contract awards for development projects will not be readily available to shareholders and, where available, will likely be available only in Chinese. Shareholders will be dependent upon management for reports of their progress, development, activities and expenditure of proceeds.

 

Chinese economic growth slowdown may cause negative effect to our business.

 

Since 2010, the annual growth rate of the Chinese economy has declined, from approximately 11% gross domestic product in 2010 to 7% in 2015. This situation has impacted many types of service industries, such as restaurant and tourism, and some manufacturing industries. Our business operations in China rely primarily on the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries that are less influenced by economic growth slowdown than service industries. However, if China's economic growth continues to slow down, then our business could be adversely affected if slow expansion or shrinkage of the industries we serve occurs. 

 

Risks Associated with this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if choosing to elect the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

  

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

  25  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common shares may decline.

  

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. In addition, beginning with our 2017 annual report on Form 20-F to be filed in 2018, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are in the process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process is time consuming, costly, and complicated. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our annual report on Form 20-F following the date on which we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which may be up to five full years following the date of this offering. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common shares could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our common shares.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. An active trading market for our common shares may not develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares at the market price, if at all, if trading in our shares is not active. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based on a number of factors. The initial public offering price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

 

The market price of our common shares may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

The initial public offering price for our common shares will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common shares following our initial public offering. If you purchase our common shares in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price of our common shares, or the market price following our initial public offering, will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time prior to our initial public offering. The market price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

 

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our Company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

  26  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

 

In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result, to the extent shareholders sell our shares in a negative market fluctuation, they may not receive a price per share that is based solely upon our business performance. We cannot guarantee that shareholders will not lose some or all of their investment in our common shares.

 

If we are unable to comply with certain conditions, our common shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

We have applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market, which provides that we pay the balance of our entry fee and show that we will have 300 round-lot shareholders prior to our first day of trading. If we are unable to meet these final conditions our shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Even when we receive conditional approval to have our shares trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market, investors should be aware that they will be required to commit their investment funds before we provide NASDAQ with confirmation that we have met the final conditions. However, investor funds will be held in escrow with Signature Bank and we will not close this offering unless we have met these final conditions.

 

In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities”. Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we were unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we would be unable to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

 

If we are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market and our financial condition deteriorates, we may not meet continued listing standards on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

The NASDAQ Capital Market also requires companies to fulfill specific requirements in order for their shares to continue to be listed. In order to qualify for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we must meet the following criteria:

 

Our shareholders’ equity must be at least $2,500,000; or the market value of our listed securities must be at least $35,000,000; or our net income from continuing operations in our last fiscal year (or two of the last three fiscal years) must have been at least $500,000;

 

The market value of our shares held by non-affiliates must be at least $500,000;

 

The market value of our shares must be at least $1,000,000;

 

The minimum bid price for our shares must be at least $1.00 per share;

 

We must have at least 300 shareholders;

 

We must have at least 2 market makers; and

 

We must have adopted NASDAQ-mandated corporate governance measures, including a Board of Directors comprised of a majority of independent directors, an Audit Committee comprised solely of independent directors and the adoption of a code of ethics among other items.

 

  27  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

If our shares are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market but are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, our shareholders could find it difficult to sell our shares. In addition, if our common shares are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, we may apply to have our common shares quoted on the Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets” maintained by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The Bulletin Board and the “pink sheets” are generally considered to be less efficient markets than the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, if our common shares are not so listed or are delisted at some later date, our common shares may be subject to the “penny stock” regulations. These rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors and require the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the nature and risks of the penny stock market. As a result, the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell or make a market in our common shares might decline. If our common shares are not so listed or are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date or become subject to the penny stock regulations, it is likely that the price of our shares would decline and that our shareholders would find it difficult to sell their shares.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

 

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we must now engage U.S. securities law counsel and U.S. GAAP auditors that we did not need prior to this offering, and we will have annual payments for listing on a stock exchange if we are so listed. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, has required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. While it is impossible to determine the amounts of such expenses in advance, we expect that we will incur expenses of between $500,000 and $1,000,000 per year that we did not experience prior to commencement of this offering. Added costs of this nature will naturally reduce our profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which we list, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Despite recent reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, compliance with these rules and regulations will nonetheless increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results.

 

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business, brand and reputation and results of operations.

 

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

The obligation to disclose information publicly may put us at a disadvantage to competitors that are private companies which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a reporting company in the United States. As a reporting company, we will be required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission upon the occurrence of matters that are material to our Company and shareholders. In some cases, we will need to disclose material agreements or results of financial operations that we would not be required to disclose if we were a private company. Our competitors may have access to this information, which would otherwise be confidential. This may give them advantages in competing with our Company. Similarly, as a U.S.-listed public company, we will be governed by U.S. laws that our competitors, which are mostly private Chinese companies, are not required to follow. To the extent compliance with U.S. laws increases our expenses or decreases our competitiveness against such companies, our public listing could affect our results of operations.

 

Our classified board structure may prevent a change in control of our Company.

 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors. Directors of the first class hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of shareholders, directors of the second class hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and directors of the third class hold office for a term expiring as the third succeeding annual meeting shareholders. Directors of each class are chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms. The staggered terms of our directors may reduce the possibility of a tender offer or an attempt at a change in control, even though a tender offer or change in control might be in the best interest of our shareholders.  See “Management – Board of Directors and Board Committees.”

 

  28  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our common shares may be volatile which could subject us to securities litigation and make it more difficult for you to sell your shares.

 

As a company conducting a relatively small public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. While the underwriters are required to sell shares in this offering to at least 300 round lot shareholders (a round lot shareholder is a shareholder who purchases at least 100 shares) in order to ensure that we meet NASDAQ Capital Market initial listing standards, we have not otherwise imposed any obligations on the underwriters as to the maximum number of shares they may place with individual investors. If, in the course of marketing the offering, the underwriters were to determine that demand for our shares was concentrated in a limited number of investors and such investors determined to hold their shares after the offering rather than trade them in the market, other shareholders could find the trading and price of our shares affected (positively or negatively) by the limited availability of our shares. If this were to happen, investors could find our shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their stock price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

 

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our common shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding common shares in the public marketplace could cause the price of our common shares.

 

The market price of our shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our common shares. An aggregate of 9,199,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and after giving effect to this offering, 10,799,000 shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering. All of the shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of sales of shares under this offering.

 

The initial public offering price of our shares is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common shares. If you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately 70.9% or approximately $3.19 in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the shares, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

 

We have not finally determined the uses of the proceeds from this offering, and we may use the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

 

While we have identified the priorities to which we expect to put the proceeds of this offering, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. In addition, in the event we are unable to purchase the equipment or the assembly line required for production, we have reserved the right to re-allocate funds currently allocated to that purpose to our general working capital. If that were to happen, then our management would have discretion over even more of the net proceeds to be received by our company in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve profitability or increase our stock price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce profit or increase value. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

$500,000 from the proceeds of this offering will be placed in escrow for two years from the date of this offering for the purpose of indemnifying the underwriters and may not be used during the two years, or potentially at all, for further developing our business which could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows.

 

We have entered into an indemnity escrow agreement, whereby, we have agreed to place $500,000 from the proceeds of this offering into an escrow account in the United States for a period of two years following this offering for the purpose of satisfying an initial $500,000 in bona fide indemnity claims of the underwriters. Accordingly, we will not be able to use $500,000 from the proceeds of this offering to develop our business operations for two years, or at all, if we are required to indemnify the underwriters, which could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby having an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and per share trading price of our common shares.

 

  29  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The $500,000 of indemnity funds will be placed in a non-interest bearing escrow account and we are free to invest the $500,000 in securities with certain limitations, which may result in a loss of investment.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the indemnity escrow agreement, the $500,000 will be placed in a non-interest bearing account; in addition we are free to invest the escrowed indemnity funds in securities under certain limitations. Investments in securities carry the risk of the loss of capital. Depending upon the investment strategies employed and market conditions, the investment of the escrowed indemnity funds in securities may be adversely affected by unforeseen events involving such matters as political crises, changes in interest rates and forced redemptions of securities. Further, no guarantee or representation can be made that our investment strategy will be successful. Accordingly, we may lose all or some of our investment of the $500,000 and be unable to use a portion, or all of the escrowed indemnity funds, on our business, which will adversely impact our financial condition.

 

Our employees, officers and/or directors will control a sizeable amount of our common shares, decreasing your influence on shareholder decisions.

 

Upon the conclusion of this offering, our employees, officers and/or directors will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 53.71% of our outstanding shares.  As a result, our employees, officers and directors will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval. These shareholders, acting individually or as a group, could exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our Company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering. See “Principal Stockholders.”

 

As the rights of stockholders under British Virgin Islands law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder .

 

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the British Virgin Islands Business Companies Act, 2004 (the “BVI Act”), and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority stockholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the British Virgin Islands and by the BVI Act. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law.

 

As a result of all of the above, holders of our shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company. For a discussion of material differences between the provisions of the BVI Act and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital – Differences in Corporate Law.”

 

British Virgin Islands companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions in a federal court of the United States and may have to proceed with such action in the British Virgin Islands, thereby limiting shareholders’ ability to protect their interests .

 

British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States and may have to proceed with such action in the British Virgin Islands. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available with respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The British Virgin Islands courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities law; and to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

 

  30  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The laws of the British Virgin Islands provide little protection for minority shareholders, so minority shareholders will have little or no recourse if the shareholders are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs .

 

Under the law of the British Virgin Islands, there is little statutory law for the protection of minority shareholders other than the provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constituent documents of the corporation, in our case, our Memorandum and Articles of Association. Shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the general law and the Memorandum and Articles.

 

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law, since the common law of the British Virgin Islands for business companies is limited. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle , a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to law and the constituent documents of the corporation. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, then the courts will grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

 

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

 

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements and we do not intend to file quarterly reports. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information and we do not intend to disclose detailed executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime and we do not intend to file Section 16 reports for officers and directors.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we do plan to disclose material information to all investors at this time . In addition, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

We have made statements in this prospectus, including under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and elsewhere that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

  31  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Examples of forward-looking statements include:

 

the timing of the development of future business;

 

projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items;

 

statements regarding the capabilities of our business operations;

 

statements of expected future economic performance;

 

statements regarding competition in our market; and

 

assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.

 

The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements depends upon a number of known and unknown risks and events. We discuss our known material risks under the heading “Risk Factors” above. Many factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Consequently, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

  32  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering payable by us, we expect net proceeds from this offering of approximately $5.7 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The net proceeds from this offering must be remitted to China before we will be able to use the funds to grow our business. The procedure to remit funds may take several months after completion of this offering, and we will be unable to use the offering proceeds in China until remittance is completed. See “Risk Factors – We must remit the offering proceeds to China before they may be used to benefit our business in China, and this process may take a number of months.”

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows after we complete the remittance process:

 

approximately $5.2 million for the purchase of equipment and supplies including assembly line, process and testing equipment, membranes and modules;
     
approximately $500,000 in escrow for indemnity claims of the underwriters, which sum could be returned to us after two years from the date of this offering; and
     
the balance for additional working capital.

 

The precise amounts and percentage of proceeds we devote to particular categories of activity, and their priority of use, will depend on prevailing market and business conditions as well as on the nature of particular opportunities that may arise from time to time. Accordingly, we reserve the right to change the use of proceeds that we presently anticipate and describe herein. Pending remitting the offering proceeds to China, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing, and investment-grade obligations.

 

Indemnification Escrow Agreement

 

We have agreed with the underwriters to establish an escrow account in the United States and to fund such account with $500,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during a two-year period following the offering. The escrow account will not be interest bearing, and we will be free to invest the assets in certain securities during the two-year period. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the two-year period expires.

 

  33  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

The holders of our common shares are entitled to dividends out of funds legally available when and as declared by our board of directors subject to the BVI Act. Our board of directors has never declared a dividend and does not anticipate declaring a dividend in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

 

Should we decide in the future to pay dividends, as a holding company, our ability to do so and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries and other holdings and investments. Our subsidiaries may, from time to time, be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions. In particular, Chinese regulations may restrict the ability of Jinzheng to pay dividends to us. See “Regulation—Regulation of Foreign Currency Exchange and Dividend Distribution.”

 

  34  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

Our business is conducted in China, and the financial records of Jinzheng are maintained in RMB, its functional currency. However, we use the U.S. dollar as our reporting currency; therefore, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the then-current exchange rates. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830-10, “Foreign Currency Matters.” We have translated our asset and liability accounts using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. We translated our statements of operations using the average exchange rate for the period. We reported the resulting translation adjustments under other comprehensive income. The consolidated balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were translated at RMB 6.9448 and RMB 6.4917 to $1.00, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were RMB 6.6441 and RMB 6.2288 to $1.00, respectively.

 

We make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. The Chinese government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. On April 17, 2017, the Forex exchange rate was RMB 6.8821 to $1.00. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated.

 

Forex Exchange Rate

 

The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated.

 

    (RMB per U.S. Dollar)  
    Period End     Average (1)  
             
2010     6.5916       6.7690  
                 
2011     6.3540       6.4633  
                 
2012     6.3090       6.3115  
                 
2013     6.1090       6.1938  
                 
2014     6.1484       6.1458  
                 
2015     6.4917       6.2288  
                 
2016     6.9448       6.6441  

 

    (RMB per U.S. Dollar)  
    Period End     Average (1)  
             
January 2017     6.8817       6.8987  
                 
February 2017     6.8689       6.8723  
                 
March 2017     6.8912       6.8947  
                 
April 2017 (through April 17, 2017)     6.8821       6.8926  

 

(1) Annual averages were calculated by using the average of the midpoint exchange rate of each day during the relevant year.

 

  35  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2017 on (i) an actual basis and (ii) on a pro forma basis giving effect to the sale of 1,600,000 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated 8% underwriting discount, 1.5% non-accountable expense allowance and $800,000 in other offering expenses.

 

You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Share Capital.”

 

Pre- and Post-Offering Capitalization

 

As of March 31, 2017

 

    Actual     Pro Forma  
Common shares            
Shares     9,199,000       10,799,000  
Par Value Amount   $ 9,199     $ 10,799  
Additional Paid-In Capital   $ 7,949,466     $ 13,663,866  
Statutory Reserves   $ 379,929     $ 379,929  
Retained Earnings   $ 2,934,845     $ 2,934,845  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss   $ (548,943 )   $ (548,943 )
Total shareholder’s equity   $ 10,724,496     $ 16,440,496  

 

  36  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per common share and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share after the offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per common share offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per common share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding common shares. Our net tangible book value attributable to shareholders at December 31, 2016 was $8,429,217, or approximately $0.92 per common share. Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2016 represents the amount of total tangible assets less goodwill, acquired intangible assets and total liabilities, divided by the number of common shares outstanding.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our post offering pro forma net tangible book value, which gives effect to receipt of the net proceeds from the offering and issuance of additional shares in the offering, but does not take into consideration any other changes in our net tangible book value after December 31, 2016, will be approximately $14,145,217 or $1.31 per common share. This would result in dilution to investors in this offering of approximately $3.19 per common share or approximately 70.9% from the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Net tangible book value per common share would increase to the benefit of present shareholders by $0.39 per share attributable to the purchase of the common shares by investors in this offering.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated net tangible book value per common share after the offering and the dilution to persons purchasing common shares based on the foregoing offering assumptions.

 

    Post-Offering (1)  
Assumed offering price per common share   $ 4.50  
Net tangible book value per common share before the offering   $ 0.92  
Increase per common share attributable to payments by new investors   $ 0.39  
Pro forma net tangible book value per common share after the offering   $ 1.31  
Dilution per common share to new investors   $ 3.19  

 

 

(1)   Assumes net proceeds of $5,716,000 from offering of 1,600,000 common shares, calculated as follows: $7,200,000 offering proceeds, less underwriting discount of $576,000, non-accountable expense allowance of $108,000 and offering expenses of $800,000.

 

  37  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

POST-OFFERING OWNERSHIP

 

The following table illustrates our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of the offering, by present shareholders and investors in this offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The table reflects payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, without deduction of commissions or expenses.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price  
    Amount (#)     Percent (%)     Amount ($)     Percent (%)     Per Share ($)  
                               
Existing shareholders     9,199,000       85 %     9,672,760       57 %     1.05  
New investors     1,600,000       15 %     7,200,000       43 %     4.50  
Total     10,799,000       100 %     16,872,760       100 %        

 

  38  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We specialize in the development, manufacture and sale of DTRO and DTNF membranes for water treatment, recycling and discharge. We provide technical solutions in engineering support and installation, technical advice and services, and other project related solutions to turn wastewater into valuable clean water. Our expertise in DTRO and DTNF membrane enables us to develop an array of core materials and technologies that can be applied in many ways to solve complex wastewater treatment challenges and to meet our customers’ increasingly difficult needs for fluid filtration, separation and purification.

 

Our proprietary materials and technologies, combined with our ability to engineer and incorporate them into fully integrated systems, leads us to believe that we are one of the leading providers of DTRO and DTNF membranes technology. Our DTRO membrane technology was identified by China’s Science and Technology Promotion Center of Ministry of Water Resources as a key technology for turning wastewater into high quality clean water.

 

Our products can be used across a wide array of markets and applications to convert wastewater into high quality, re-useable clean water. We currently primarily serve the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries, in which some of our customers include: Nanjing Blue Sky Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd., Dalian Yihe Electric Power Installation Co., Ltd., Pingnan County Garbage Harmless Treatment Plant, Yantai Sanhuan Electroplating Co., Ltd., and Datang Heilongjiang Power Generation Co., Ltd., respectively. Our extensive customer process knowledge, scientific expertise, and related engineering know-how enable us to provide unique and cost-effective solutions for our customers, with products that are well matched to their needs.

 

We actively pursue markets and applications in which our products can make a substantial difference to customers. These capabilities also allow us to develop new and innovative products and enter new markets, such as industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination.

 

We operate our business in China through our subsidiary, Jinzheng. Prior to our disposal in December 2016 of Jinmo, we also conducted sales of products manufactured by Jinzheng through Jinmo.

 

Revenues

 

We derive our revenues from product sales, such as sales of water purifying membranes and water purification equipment, and project sales (water purification installation projects). Revenue consists of the invoiced value for the sales, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), business tax, applicable local government levies, rebates, discounts and returns.

 

The following factors affect the revenues we derive from our operations.

 

Maintain our competitive advantages. We actively pursue markets and applications in which our products can make a substantial difference to our customers. We especially target projects in which our integrated water treatment solutions are able to enhance performance and economics. This strategy leverages our resources and capabilities to help our customers improve operating efficiencies within their processes. We make extensive use of our engineering and scientific expertise in wastewater management to provide unique and cost-effective solutions for customers. If we fail to maintain our reputation and competitiveness, customers demand for our products and projects could decline.

 

Competition. The market for our products and projects is generally competitive. We often compete with many other companies ranging from small regional companies to large international companie s. Our competition varies and is a function of the business areas in which, and the client sectors for which, we perform our business. The number of competitors for any procurement can vary widely, depending upon technical qualifications, the relative value of the project, geographic location, the financial terms and risks associated with the work, and any restrictions placed upon competition by the client. Historically, clients have chosen among competing companie s by weighing the quality, innovation and timeliness of the company 's service versus its cost to determine which company offers the best value. When less work becomes available in a given market, price becomes an increasingly important factor.

 

We believe that our principal competitors include the following companie s, Pall Corporation, Beijing Tiandiren Environmental Protection Technology Co., Ltd, and Rochem Group.

 

Expansion . We believe that we should continue to expand our business to other regions of China to increase our market share. Our clients in Beijing, Heilongjiang Province and Yantai City contributed approximately 40%, 40% and 10% of our 2015 total revenue, respectively. In 2016, our clients in Jiangsu Province, Liaoning Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region accounted for approximately 30%, 20% and 10% of the total sales, respectively. Presently, we intend to expand our business to customers located in Shandong Province, Jiangsu Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region. If we fail to expand to other geographic regions, our revenue growth could slow down.

 

  39  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

Loss of key personnel. Our rapid growth in revenue was derived from our competitive advantage in our products and projects. We rely heavily on the expertise and leadership of our senior management to maintain our core competence. The loss of the service of any of our key personnel could adversely affect our business, especially Yuebiao Li, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We have obtained non-compete agreements and confidentiality agreements from our scientist and technique staffs in our research and development and manufacturing departments.

 

Seasonality . Our business is affected by seasonality. Bidding, procuring contracts and designing projects usually occurs in the first half of the year. Implementation of projects usually occurs in the second half of the year. Therefore, the company realizes significantly more income in the second half of the year (especially in the fourth quarter) than the first half of the year.

 

Costs and Expenses

 

We primarily incur the following costs and expenses:

 

Costs of revenues . Cost of revenues consists primarily of direct raw materials, direct payroll of workshop staff, utility and supply costs consumed in the manufacturing process, manufacturing labor, depreciation expense and overhead expenses necessary to manufacture finished goods as well as distribution costs such as inbound freight charges. As our customer base continues to grow and we increasingly conduct larger scale projects, we expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars as we acquire more significant amounts of raw materials and expand our workshop staff to support our continued growth. We expect our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue to decrease. Cost of revenues from related party represents the costs incurred from Heilongjiang Binteer during each period.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation expense for our corporate staff in supporting departments, research and development expense, communication costs, gasoline, welfare expenses, education expenses, professional fees (including consulting, audit and legal fees), travel and business hospitality expenses. We anticipate that our administrative expenses, particularly those related to support personnel costs, professional fees, as well as Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, will increase when we are a publicly-traded company in the United States.

 

Income tax expense. We account for income taxes under the provisions of Section 740-10-30 of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, which is an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns.

 

As Newater Technology and Newater HK had no operating profit or tax liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, our income tax expense reflects income tax paid and provided by Jinzheng and Jinmo prior to Jinmo being disposed of. Jinzheng was granted by four government departments of Shandong Province, including Department of Science and Technology, Finance Bureau, Shandong Local Taxation Bureau and Shandong Provincial Office of State Administration of Taxation, the “High-Tech Enterprise” designation, qualifying it for a preferential tax rate of 15% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. Jinmo was recognized as a small, low-profit enterprise and received a preferential income tax of 10% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. We expect income tax expense to increase as a result of the expiration of these tax benefits, and to thereafter vary each reporting period depending upon taxable income fluctuations and our availability of tax benefits.

 

The following factors affect our cost of revenues and expense.

 

Price fluctuation of raw materials. The purchase of raw materials accounts for the majority of cost of goods sold. The price of raw materials is out of our control and the fluctuation of materials may significantly affect our operating results. Although our current materials supply is stable, we could be impacted by material price fluctuation in coming years.

 

Prevailing salary levels . Our cost of revenues is impacted by prevailing salary levels. Although we have not been subject to significant wage inflation in China, a significant increase in the market rate for wages could harm our operating results and our operating margin. Our ability to attract, retain, and expand our senior management and our professional and technical staff is an important factor in determining our future success. The market for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive and, from time to time, it may be difficult to attract and retain qualified individuals with the required expertise at a fair wage. An increase in compensation of our scientists and engineers may increase our operating cost.

 

Depreciation and amortization . Our depreciation and amortization expenses are mainly driven by the net value of machinery equipment, motor vehicles, buildings, land use rights and other items. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is calculated based on cost, less their estimated residual value, if any, using the straight-line method over estimated useful life of 20 years, 10 years and 5 years. Land use rights are amortized over a useful life of 50 years. Any change of the depreciation and amortization accounting policy or impairment of our property may affect our operating results.

 

Collectability of our accounts receivable . Our balance of net accounts receivable from third parties was $2,637,236 as of December 31, 2016, representing an increase of $1,194,231, or 83%, compared with $1,443,005 as of December 31, 2015. The increase in our third parties receivable balance was largely attributed to our 261% growth in revenue from third parties. If the accounts receivable cannot be collected in time, a significant amount of bad debt expense will occur in the coming years, which will affect our operating result significantly.

 

Our balance of net accounts receivable from related parties was $1,060,977 as of December 31, 2016, representing a decrease of $2,575,050, or 71%, compared with $3,636,027 as of December 31, 2015. The related party receivable balance of $1,060,977 at December 31, 2016 was entirely related to Jinmo, which was disposed of on December 8, 2016. The receivable originates from a sale from Jinzheng to Jinmo prior to December 2016. The sale was recorded as an intercompany transaction and eliminated on our consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The receivable was fully collected as of the filing date.

 

  40  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

Normally, we require our customers to pay 30% of the total sales amount upon signing contract, 30% before delivery, 30% after installation and testing, and the remaining 10% as a quality guarantee to be paid within one or two years after the completion of the sale. We primarily provided relaxed terms to Mojie and Heilongjiang Binteer. Although they are not allowed to return the unsold products and projects back to the Company, Mojie and Heilongjiang Binteer make an effort to market our brand and advertise our products and projects. To acknowledge such effort, we allow a longer payment period of eight months for Mojie and three months for Heilongjiang Binteer upon the inspection date. Specifically, Mojie and Heilongjiang Binteer are allowed to settle the total amount owed within these periods if they are unable to satisfy the applicable installment payment terms. As of December 31, 2016, we collected all of the receivables from Heilongjiang Binteer and Mojie, resulting in the significant decrease in our balance of account receivable from related parties compared with the balance as of December 31, 2015.

 

In July 2015, when Jinzheng’s CEO and CFO sold Mojie, it did not have any sales and orders, and was sold for approximately $23,106 (RMB 150,000) based upon the costs of establishing the company and other labor costs. Neither Jinzheng’s CEO nor CFO expected to receive orders from Mojie. Nevertheless, in November 2015, Mojie placed a relatively large order to Jinzheng. Jinzheng considered this order an important sales opportunity due to its size. Based on multiple interviews with Mojie and an evaluation of the risks of the order, Jinzheng believed the opportunities outweighed the risks, and that the likelihood of collecting the receivables was high. Further, after multiple internal discussions and meetings, Jinzheng decided to grant Mojie the relaxed payment terms of a longer payment period of eight months upon inspection date. The relaxed payment terms were not intended to allow Mojie to make payment after they sold our products. However, this does not rule out the possibility that Mojie may have utilized our relaxed payment terms to pay us after they had sold our products. As of the filing date, we have received all payments from Mojie. 

 

Given the familiarity with Heilongjiang Binteer and Yuefeng Li, and believing that default by Heilongjiang Binteer was remote, Jinzheng provided Heilongjiang Binteer relaxed payment terms of three months upon inspection date. The relaxed payment terms were not intended to allow Heilongjiang Binteer to make payment after they have sold our products. However, this does not rule out the possibility that Heilongjiang Binteer may have utilized our relaxed payment terms to pay us after they had sold our products. As of the filing date, we have received all payments from Heilongjiang Binteer.

 

Disposal  

On December 8, 2016, the Company transferred its 100% equity interest in Jinmo to Beijing Hezhong Qingyuan Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd. for [cash] consideration of $31,678 (RMB 220,000). At December 31, 201[5], the balance of Jinmo’s net assets that were sold during 2016 included cash and cash equivalents of $2,099, accounts receivable of $289,292, accounts receivable from related parties of $970,470, other current assets of $75,204, other current liabilities of $85,634, and income tax payables of $815.

The disposal does not constitute a strategic shift that will have a major effect on our operations or financial results and as such, the disposal is not classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements. 

Results of Operations  

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Net revenues   $ 11,985,055     $ 3,318,833  
Net revenues from related parties     294,666       3,659,421  
Cost of revenues     7,182,081       778,903  
Cost of revenues from related party     556,692       2,984,968  
Gross profit     4,540,948       3,214,383  
Gross margin     37 %     46 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses     3,146,521       1,643,313  
                 
Operating income   $ 1,394,427     $ 1,571,070  

 

Revenues . We are a specialized wastewater treatment company with the goal to turn wastewater into re-useable clean water. For different industries, the types of wastewaters are different. We have to customize our DTRO products and treatment solutions to each client’s situation. In 2016, we experienced a rapid revenue growth, which was evidenced by the increase in both the number and size of project and product sales.

 

Our revenue from third parties was $11,985,055 and $3,318,833 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, an increase of $8,666,222, or 261%. Our revenue growth in the year ended December 31, 2016 resulted primarily from increased demand for our products and projects, evidenced by a large increase in our products sales and an increased number of customers and larger scale projects we were awarded. We had $8,855,284 in product sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing an increase of $8,830,274, or 35,307%, compared to product sales of $25,010 for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The significant increase of product sales was mainly attributable to our competitive advantage in DTRO membranes. We are one of the few manufacturers that can produce DTRO membranes in China. Currently, DTRO membranes have many advantages over traditional reverse osmosis membranes in performance. We can offer a competitive price for our DTRO membranes products. As a result, we provided cost-effective products and attracted more customers on larger scale for the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, we achieved projects sales of $3,129,771 for the year ended December 31, 2016, representing a decrease of $164,052, or 5%, comparing to $3,293,823 projects sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

 

  41  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our revenues from related parties decreased to $294,666 for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $3,659,421 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease for related party sales was mainly attributed to decreased sales to Heilongjiang Binteer and Mojie.

 

Mojie was founded by our Chief Financial Officer, Zhuo Zhang, and our Chief Executive Officer, Yuebiao Li, on April 7, 2015. Its business scope includes technology development, pollution treatment and operations, and sales of machinery equipment, electronic products, hardware, chemical treatment products, software and accessory equipment. Mojie purchases equipment from Jinzheng, and resells all of it to end users with no right to return to Jinzheng for any unsold portion. Since Mojie has no right to return the unsold products to the Company, the Company believes the title of the products and related risks are transferred when Mojie receives the shipment, completes its quality inspection, signs off the delivery sheet, and subsequent collectability is reasonably assured. In 2015, Mojie bought products worth $2,437,283 from Jinzheng. Except for the eight months relaxed payment term, the terms under which we sell our products to Mojie are identical to those for other customers. Based on our accounting policy on sales revenue recognition and the risk transfer terms associated with the sales contracts with Mojie, when Mojie accepts the products after examining their quality, it is deemed the related risks and title are transferred to Mojie. At that point we believe that the revenue can be recognized. In addition, Mojie is still required to pay for the products within eight months after the inspection date even if they have not sold the products.

 

When the CEO and the CFO founded Mojie, they partnered with a third-party, in an attempt to expand into China’s northern market, especially the Beijing market. In early 2015, Jinzheng was preparing to list on China’s New Third Board Market. In order to be listed on the China New Third Board Market the controlling shareholders are precluded from having other businesses in the same field, and since Mojie and Jinzheng were both in the water filtration industry, and controlled by the CFO and CEO, they were in violation of this rule. In addition, the collaboration with the third-party partner to obtain business in the northern market ultimately did not come to fruition. Accordingly, after considering the “no competition rule” of the New Third Board Market; the cost of maintaining Mojie without knowing when the company would begin generating revenue; and the lack of results in the northern market, the CEO and the CFO decided to sell the company. On July 5, 2015, Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang sold their 100% equity interests in Mojie to a third party for consideration of $23,106 (RMB 150,000). This purchase price reflected that, at the time of the equity transfer, Mojie was a relatively new trading company with limited business activities. With the exception of the cash noted, there was no other consideration or terms for the equity transfer. Neither Zhuo Zhang or Yuebiao Li currently possess any further direct business relationship with Mojie. We are unaware of the financial condition of Mojie subsequent to the equity transfer in July 2015. We believe we are the primary vendor for Mojie, and therefore we may have significant influence over its operations. After the equity transfer, neither Zhuo Zhang nor Yuebiao Li had any further involvement, other than the above mentioned Jinzheng sales relationship. The Company expects to continue its current business relationship with Mojie.

 

Heilongjiang Binteer was incorporated in 2011 in Heilongjiang province, with Yuebiao Li holding 60% equity interests and another shareholder holding the remaining 40% equity interests. The company was engaged in sales of water distillation equipment and water purification equipment. In May 2014, Yuebiao Li transferred his entire 60% equity interest to his brother Yuefeng Li. The reason for the equity transfer was that in July 2012, Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang incorporated Jinzheng in Yantai. Yuebiao Li was more interested in the research, development, and sales of Jinzheng’s products, such as the DTRO membrane, and devoted more of his efforts and energy into Jinzheng. In addition, Jinzheng, which is located in Yantai, is located more than 1,500 miles away from Heilongjiang province where Heilongjiang Binteer is located. Yuebiao Li no longer wanted to simultaneously manage two companies that were located far apart. Due to health issues Yuefeng Li then transferred his equity interest for zero consideration in March 2016. Yuefeng Li worked in the water purification industry over a decade and has significant industry experience. Heilongjiang Binteer’s business and revenue sources were heavily dependent on him and his departure would have significant impact on Heilongjiang Binteer’s profitability and survivability. Realizing such damage to the company and with the intention to express gratefulness to his business partner, Yuefeng Li sold his 60% equity interests to his partner, the person who was then holding 40% equity interests of Heilongjiang Binteer, for zero consideration. No more involvement is expected after his departure.

 

Heilongjiang Binteer’s business scope includes design, manufacture, sales and post sales services of water equipment and water purification equipment. It also includes stainless equipment processing, sales of environmental protection equipment, and sales of hardware, electrical equipment, electrical products, and plastic products. Heilongjiang Binteer resells our products to end-users. Since it has no right to return the unsold products, we believe the title of the products and related risks are transferred when Heilongjiang Binteer receives the shipment, completes its quality inspection, signs the delivery sheet, and subsequent collectability is reasonably assured. Except for the three months relaxed payment cycle, the terms under which we sell the products to Heilongjiang Binteer were identical to those for other customers. Based on our accounting policy on sales revenue recognition and the risk transfer terms associated with the sales contracts with Heilongjiang Binteer, when Heilongjiang Binteer accepts the products after examining their quality, it is deemed that the related risks and title are transferred to Heilongjiang Binteer. At that point we believe that the revenue can be recognized. In addition, Heilongjiang Binteer is still required to pay for the products within three months from the inspection date even if they have not sold the products.

 

We purchase raw materials and water purification equipment from Heilongjiang Binteer as well. After processing the raw materials and necessary implementation, we sell finished products to Heilongjiang Binteer, which has its own established sales channels. The finished goods we sell to Heilongjiang Binteer are different from the types of products it sold to us. The products sold by Jinzheng to Heilongjiang Binteer mainly are finished goods, including reverse osmosis (“RO”) membranes, and water treatment equipment products for various fields, including one type of nanofiltration mineral water treatment equipment, one type of deep desalination water treatment equipment, and one type of unipolar reverse osmosis treatment equipment (including pretreatment). Products sold by Heilongjiang Binteer to Jinzheng are DTRO membrane raw materials, including membrane cloth, membrane columns, accessories, and oil-water separation equipment components.

 

We believe that although we are not the only vendor or customer for Heilongjiang Binteer, we have traditionally been its major vendor and customer and have significant influence on its operations. We have established a product procurement system with Heilongjiang Binteer in an effort to further protect the disclosure of our product makeup in an ever-competitive China marketplace. However, we believe that our relationship with Heilongjiang Binteer will significantly diminish in the near future as we opt to implement other product makeup protection methods such as the greater use of confidentially agreements, and expand our own sales channels.

 

  42  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Details of related party sales for 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

    2016     2015     Variance     %  
                         
Heilongjiang Binteer   $ 290,007     $ 1,213,905     $ (923,898 )     (76 %)
Mojie     3,268       2,437,283       (2,434,015 )     (100 %)
Yantai Jinna Commerce Co., Ltd.     1,391       -       1,391       100 %
Daqing Wanjieyuan Water Treatment Equipment Sales Co., Ltd (“Daqing Wanjieyuan”).     -       8,233       (8,233 )     (100 %)
Total   $ 294,666     $ 3,659,421     $ (3,364,755 )     (92 %)

 

Cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues increased by $3,974,902, or 106%, for the year ended December 31, 201 6 compared to the year ended December 31, 201 5 . This absolute dollar increase in cost of revenues directly corresponded to the increase in revenue during the same year. Our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenue was 6 3% and 54% for the years ended December 31, 201 6 and 201 5 , respectively. This increase was primarily due to revenue growth and the corresponding lower gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Gross margin . Our gross margin decreased from 46% for the year ended December 31, 2015, to 37% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a much larger amount of products sales being made for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the prior period, as products sales created lower gross margins than projects sales.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses were $3,146,521 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and $1,643,313 for the year of 2015, an increase of $1,503,208, or 91%. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is mainly due to higher payroll paid to administrative personnel and our management team, an increase in research and development expenses, and an increase in domestic and overseas business traveling expenses. Payroll expense increased by $326,453 or 101%, from $324,351 in 2015 to $650,804 in 2016, reflecting the increased number of employees required to expand our business. Research and development expense increased by $187,077 or 43%, from $434,974 in 2015 to $622,051 in 2016, which is mainly due to the increased number of projects and project size expansion. Traveling expenses increased by $115,399 or 82%, from $141,252 in 2015 to $256,651 in 2016, as sales and installation workers travelled more in 2016 and there were more overseas travels for potential business.

 

We anticipate that our administrative expenses, particularly those related to support personnel costs, professional fees, as well as Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, will continue to increase when we are a reporting company in the United States.

 

Income from operations . Our income from operations was $1,394,427 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $1,571,070 for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 11% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and close to 23% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The slight decrease in our income from operations resulted from the lower gross margins and a significant increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, in spite of the expansion and growth of our business for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Income taxes . We incurred income tax expense of $548,437 and $452,850 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This $95,587 increase resulted from our increased net income for the year ended December 31, 2016. Jinzheng was subject to the 25% enterprise income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, Jinzheng was designated a “High-Tech Enterprise,” qualifying it for a preferential tax rate of 15% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. Jinmo was recognized as small, low-profit enterprise and received a preferential income tax of 10% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The standard enterprise income tax rate in China is 25%.

 

Net income . Our net income was $2,433,720 and $945,577 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, representing an increase of $1,488,143. The increase in net income was a result of our government subsidies of $1,750,726 (RMB 11, 632,000) for our research and development on wastewater treatment and offset by lower gross margin and increased selling and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  43  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. On December 31, 2016, our working capital was $7,406,018, compared to working capital of $2,431,713 on December 31, 2015.

 

Our cash and cash equivalents balance on December 31, 2016 totaled $1,484,762, compared to $135,152 on December 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used cash in operating activities of $663,655, used cash in investment activities of $2,980,495, provided cash by financing activities of $5,150,172, and offset by the negative effect of prevailing exchange rates on our cash position of $156,412. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we used cash in operating activities of $2,958,430, used cash in investment activities of $2,203,707, provided cash by financing activities of $5,263,611, and offset by the negative effect of prevailing exchange rates on our cash position of $3,080.

 

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled $663,655. The activities were mainly comprised of an increase in net accounts receivable of $1,410,115, an increase in inventory of $2,743,853, an increase in advance to suppliers and other current assets of $2,289,933, a decrease in account payable to related party of $2,140,504, and offset by our net income of $2,433,720, depreciation and amortization expense of $187,662, bad debt expense of $76,459, a decrease in account receivable from related parties of $3,645,922, a decrease in the other non-current assets of $22,857, an increase in accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors of $1,079,258, an increase in advance from customers of $425,736, an increase in other current liabilities of $352,502.

 

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled $2,958,430. The activities were mainly comprised of an increase in net accounts receivable of $1,411,777, an increase in net accounts receivable from related parties of 3,754,977, an increase in inventory of $1,890,918, an increase in advance to suppliers and other current assets of $540,737, and offset by our net income of $945,577, depreciation expense of $86,396, bad debt expense of $39,173, a decrease in advance to supplier - related party of $793,106, a decrease in the other non-current assets of $132,971, an increase in accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors of $582,555, an increase in accounts payable to related party of $1,159,416, an increase in other current liabilities of $437,151, and an increase in income tax payable of $550,163.

 

The decrease in cash out flows from our operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily resulted from our decreased accounts receivable – related party, increased accounts payable and bank acceptance notes, increased net income, and offset by increased inventory, increased advance to suppliers and other current assets, increased advance to supplier - related party and decreased income tax payable.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 totaled $2,980,495. The activities were primarily comprised of $2,261,745 spent to purchase land use right, $239,467 advanced to related parties, $301,019 advanced to third parties, $922,380 transferred to restricted cash, and offset by collections from related parties of $473,320 and repayment from third parties of $338,646.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled $2,203,707. The activities were primarily comprised of $1,218,404 spent to purchase property and equipment, $353,767 advanced to related parties, $40,136 advanced to third parties, $621,567 transferred to restricted cash, and offset by collections from related parties of $20,871, and proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment of $9,296.

 

One of our primary uses of cash in our investing activities for each period is for our purchase of property and equipment and land use right. We spent $1,109,982 more than the year of 2015 in purchasing property and land use right for the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition, we collected $452,449 more than the year of 2015 in repayment from our related parties, paid $114,300 less than the year of 2015 in advance to our related parties, paid $260,883 more than the year of 2015 in advance to third parties and transferred $300,813 more to restricted cash for the year ended December 31, 2016. As a result, we used $776,788 more than the year of 2015 in our investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by financing activities was $5,150,172. We received these funds from issuances of common shares of $5,323,026, capital contributions from shareholders of $198,917, borrowings from third parties of $11,613,289, borrowings from related parties of $2,558,661, offset by repayment to related parties of $1,982,733, capital distribution in connection with acquisition of a subsidiary of $4,418,425 and repayment to third parties of $8,142,563.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $5,263,611. We received these funds from capital contributions from shareholders of $2,212,796, borrowings from third parties of $4,013,614, borrowings from related parties of $478,969, offset by repayment to related parties of $799,590 and repayment to third parties of $642,178.

 

  44  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We received $113,439 less than the year of 2015 in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016. We received proceeds of $5,323,026 more than in 2015 from issuances of common shares, received capital contribution from shareholders of $2,013,879 less than in 2015, and received proceeds of $7,599,675 more than in 2015 from borrowings from third parties for the year ended December 31, 2016. We received proceeds of $2,079,692 more than in 2015 in borrowings from related parties, paid $7,500,385 more than the year of 2015 in repayments to third parties, paid $1,183,143 more than the year of 2015 in repayment to related parties and paid additional $4,418,425 in capital distribution in connection with acquisition of a subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Other than the Chinese government’s stricter policies on pollution control and the growing demand for wastewater reuse across many industries, both of which we believe may increase our liquidity if they continue, we are not aware of any trends or any demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will result in or that are reasonably likely to result in our liquidity increasing or decreasing in any material way.

 

For 2017, we expect our main growth will be from our wastewater treatment business in China. The demand for our products and projects appears to be strengthening, from which we expect to generate more positive cash flow.

 

Our long-term future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our level of revenue, the timing and extent of our spending to support the maintenance and growth of our operations, the expansion of our sales and the continued market acceptance of our products and projects. Compared to $3,234,900 short-term loans outstanding as of December 31, 2015, we had $2,879,853 short-term loans outstanding as of December 31, 2016. Comparing with our huge increase in revenue and capital, our total liability decreased slightly for the year of 2016. Because we mainly relied on proceeds from issuance of common shares and cash inflow from revenue to support our operation for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

We expect to incur additional costs associated with becoming a public company in the United States, primarily due to increased expenses that we will incur to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as costs related to accounting and tax services, directors and officers insurance, legal expenses and investor and stockholder-related expenses. These additional long-term expenses may require us to seek other sources of financing, such as additional borrowings or public or private equity or debt capital. The availability of these other sources of financing will depend upon our financial condition and results of operations as well as prevailing market conditions, and may not be available on terms reasonably acceptable to us or at all.

 

Regulatory Restrictions on Capital Injections

 

We plan to use proceeds from this offering to fund our business. In order to do so, we will be required to comply with the following Chinese regulations regarding capital injections to foreign-invested enterprises.

 

Chinese regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by Chinese residents . SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Financing and Round trip Investment through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014. SAFE Circular 37 requires Chinese residents to register and update certain investments in companies incorporated outside of China with their local SAFE branch. SAFE also subsequently issued various guidance and rules regarding the implementation of SAFE Circular 37, which imposed obligations on Chinese subsidiaries of offshore companies to coordinate with and supervise any Chinese-resident beneficial owners of offshore entities in relation to the SAFE registration process.

 

We may not be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are Chinese residents. We do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot assure you that all of our Chinese -resident beneficial owners will comply with SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules. The failure of our beneficial owners who are Chinese residents to register or amend their SAFE registrations in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our Company who are Chinese residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our Chinese subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions, which may be substantial. Failure to register may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our Chinese subsidiaries and limit our Chinese subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to our Company. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

China regulates loans to and direct investment in Chinese entities by offshore holding companies and there is governmental control of currency conversion . We are an offshore holding company conducting our operations in China through our wholly owned subsidiary Jinzheng. As an offshore holding company, we may make loans and additional contributions to Jinzheng subject to approval from government authorities and RMB 40,000,000 limitations on amount.

 

Any loan to Jinzheng, which is treated as a foreign-invested enterprise under Chinese law, is subject to Chinese regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. In January 2003, the China State Development and Reform Commission, SAFE and Ministry of Finance jointly promulgated the Circular on The Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the Circular 28, limiting the total amount of foreign debt a foreign-invested enterprise may incur to the difference between the amount of total investment approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart for such enterprise and the amount of registered capital of such enterprise, and requiring registration of any such loans with SAFE. As of December 31, 2016, the amount of approved total investment of Jinzheng was $5,759,705 (RMB 40,000,000) and registered capital and additional paid in capital was $2,879,853 (RMB 20,000,000) and $1,229,318 (RMB 8,537,365), respectively, which means Jinzheng currently cannot obtain loans in excess of $1,650,534 from our entities outside mainland China.

 

  45  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We may choose to finance Jinzheng by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions must be approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. In March 2015, SAFE issued the Circular Concerning the Reform of the Administration of the Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular No.19, which became effective in June 2015. SAFE Circular No.19 regulates the conversion by a foreign-invested enterprise of foreign currency registered capital into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. Furthermore, SAFE promulgated a circular in June 2016, SAFE Circular No.16, which further revises some clauses in the SAFE Circular No.19. SAFE Circular No. 19 and No.16 provide that the capital-account foreign exchange incomes of a domestic enterprise shall not be used for expenditures that are forbidden by relevant laws and regulations, for purposes that are not included in the business scope approved by the applicable government authority, shall not be used for direct or indirect equity investments within China or for any other kind of investment except principal-guaranteed wealth-management products, unless otherwise prescribed by other laws and regulations, shall not be used for issuing RMB entrusted loans (except included in the business scope approved by the applicable government authority or issuing RMB entrusted loans to affiliated enterprises), repaying inter-enterprise loans, repaying bank loans which has been refinanced to third parties, issuing RMB loans to non-affiliated enterprises unless expressly permitted in the business scope and shall not be used to purchase real estate that is not for personal use except if the company is a real estate enterprise. In addition, SAFE supervises the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested company by further focusing on ex post facto supervision and violations. These two circulars may limit our ability to use the net proceeds from this offering to invest in or acquire any other Chinese companies in China, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in China. 

Capital Resources  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015  

The following table provides selected balance sheets comparisons as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015: 

    December 31,              
    2016     2015     Increase
(Decrease)
    %  
    $     $     $        
Current assets                        
Cash and cash equivalents     1,484,762       135,152       1,349,610       999 %
Restricted cash     1,439,926       596,394       843,532       141 %
Accounts receivable, net     2,637,236       1,443,005       1,194,231       83 %
Accounts receivable from related parties, net     1,060,977       3,636,027       (2,575,050 )     -71 %
Notes receivable     68,108       15,404       52,704       342 %
Inventories     4,840,234       2,369,798       2,470,436       104 %
Advances to suppliers and other current assets     2,528,411       683,876       1,844,535       270 %
Due from related parties     3,563       320,396       (316,833 )     -99 %
Deferred tax assets     181,003       109,546       71,457       65 %
Total current assets     14,244,220       9,309,598       4,934,622       53 %
Property, plant and equipment, net     1,199,611       1,323,721       (124,110 )     -9 %
Land use right, net     2,143,002       -       2,143,002       100 %
Other non-current assets     4,591       28,305       (23,714 )     -84 %
Total assets     17,591,424       10,661,624       6,929,800       65 %
Current liabilities                                
Accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors     1,844,077       840,795       1,003,282       119 %
Accounts payable to related party     -       1,112,463       (1,112,463 )     -100 %
Short term loans     2,879,853       3,234,900       (355,047 )     -11 %
Due to related parties     714,999       204,375       510,624       250 %
Current portion of deferred income     25,919       27,728       (1,809 )     -7 %
Advances from customers     833,742       456,204       377,538       83 %
Income tax payables     329,212       537,834       (208,622 )     -39 %
Other current liabilities     210,400       463,586       (253,186 )     -55 %
Total current liabilities     6,838,202       6,877,885       (39,683 )     -1 %
Deferred income, non-current     -       30,808       (30,808 )     -100 %
Total liabilities     6,838,202       6,908,693       (70,491 )     -1 %

 

We maintain cash and cash equivalents in mainland China and Hong Kong. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, bank deposits were as follows:

 

    December 31,  
Country   2016     2015  
China (mainland)   $ 1,470,758     $ 119,297  
China (offshore bank account)     11,431       8,996  
                 
Total   $ 1,482,189     $ 128,293  

 

  46  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The majority of our cash balances at December 31, 2016 and 2015 are in the form of RMB and held in bank accounts at financial institutions located in China. Cash held in banks in China is not insured. In 1996, the Chinese government introduced regulations relaxing restrictions on the conversion of the RMB; however restrictions still remain, including restrictions on foreign-invested entities. Foreign-invested entities may only buy, sell or remit foreign currencies after providing valid commercial documents at only those banks authorized to conduct foreign exchanges. Furthermore, the conversion of RMB for capital account items, including direct investments and loans, is subject to China government approval. Chinese entities are required to establish and maintain separate foreign exchange accounts for capital account items. We cannot be certain Chinese regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on the convertibility of the RMB, especially with respect to foreign exchange transactions. Accordingly, cash on deposit in banks in China is not readily deployable by us for use outside of China.  

Cash and cash equivalents  

As of December 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents were $1,484,762, compared to $135,152 at December 31, 2015. The components of this increase of $1,349,610 are reflected below.  

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (663,655 )   $ (2,958,430 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,980,495 )     (2,203,707 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     5,150,172       5,263,611  
Exchange rate effect on cash     (156,412 )     (3,080 )
                 
Net cash inflow   $ 1,349,610     $ 98,394  

   

Restricted cash  

We had restricted cash of $1,439,926 and $596,394 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This restricted cash represents the bank deposit balance for issuing bank acceptance. The balances of notes payable were $1,439,926 and $596,394 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively.  

Accounts receivable, net  

Accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2016 was $2,637,236, an increase of $1,194,231, or 83%, compared to $1,443,005 as of December 31, 2015. This increase resulted primarily from increases in the volume of products and projects we provide. Our revenue increased by 76% for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Accounts receivable from related parties, net  

Accounts receivable from related parties, net, as of December 31, 2016 was $1,060,977, a decrease of $2,575,050 compared to $3,636,027 as of December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the fact that receivable balances of $970,470 and $2,654,004 from Heilongjiang Binteer and Mojie as of December 31, 2015 were collected in 2016. All of the net receivable balance of $1,060,977 as of December 31, 2016 was related to Jinmo, the company we sold on December 8, 2016, and was fully collected as of the filing date. 

Accounts receivable from related parties consisted of the following: 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Heilongjiang Binteer   $ -     $ 970,470  
Mojie     -       2,654,004  
Jinmo     1,063,137       -  
Daqing Wanjieyuan     -       13,864  
Accounts receivable from related parties     1,063,137       3,638,338  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (2,160 )     (2,311 )
Accounts receivable from related parties, net   $ 1,060,977     $ 3,636,027  

 

Inventories  

As of December 31, 2016, our inventory balance was $4,840,234, an increase of $2,470,436, or 104%, compared to $2,369,798 as of December 31, 2015. The increase was due to the increase of work in progress and raw materials as follows: 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Raw materials   $ 1,707,610     $ 624,432  
Work in progress     3,132,624       300,420  
Finished goods     -       1,444,946  
      4,840,234       2,369,798  
Less: reserve for obsolete inventory     -       -  
Inventories   $ 4,840,234     $ 2,369,798  

 

  47  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Advances to suppliers and other current assets, net

 

As of December 31, 2016, balances of advances to suppliers and other current assets were $2,528,411, an increase of $1,844,535, or 270%, compared to $683,876 as of December 31, 2015. Balance of advances to suppliers increased by $1,546,134, and balance of other current assets increased by $371,549 as of December 31, 2016, as shown in the following table.

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Other current assets            
VAT-input   $ -     $ 103,001  
Others     610,216       135,666  
Total other current assets     610,216       238,667  
Advances to suppliers     1,991,343       445,209  
Total     2,601,559       683,876  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (73,148 )     -  
Advances to suppliers and other current assets, net   $ 2,528,411     $ 683,876  

 

The increase in advances to suppliers was mainly due to the larger amount of raw materials purchased for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Other current assets mainly include value added tax pending for deduction, advances to employees for business travels or business development purposes and other miscellaneous receivables such as utility fees, social insurances, personal income tax paid in advances on behalf of employees and deposits, which include guarantee deposit, rent deposit, and security deposit for bidding customer projects.

 

Due from related parties

 

Balance of due from related parties decreased from $320,396 to $3,563 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Such balance represents funds advanced to our officers and shareholders for business expansion activities, as well as non-secured loans to related parties, which bear no interest and were due on demand.

 

    December 31, 2016    

December 31,

2015

    Variance  
                   
Xiaojun Chen   $ -     $ 77,021     $ (77,021 )
Jinna     -       46,391       (46,391 )
Yuebiao Li      -       2,311       (2,311 )
Yue Zhang     683       -       683  
Jinmo     2,880       -       2,880  
Mojie     -       194,673       (194,673 )
Total   $ 3,563     $ 320,396     $ (316,833 )

 

Deferred tax assets

 

We recognized current deferred tax assets in the amount of $181,003 as of December 31, 2016, an increase of $71,457 compared to $109,546 as of December 31, 2015. This increase primarily resulted from the increase in current deferred tax assets related to cutoff adjustment as of December 31, 2016.

 

Current assets

 

Current assets as of December 31, 2016 totaled $14,244,220, an increase of $4,934,622, or 53% from our December 31, 2015 balance. This increase primarily resulted from a $1,194,231 increase in net accounts receivable, a $2,470,436 increase in inventories, a $1,349,610 increase in cash and cash equivalents, and a $1,844,535 increase in net advances to suppliers and other current assets, offset by $2,575,050 decrease in net accounts receivable from related parties.

 

  48  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

Net property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2016 were $1,199,611, a decrease of $124,110 compared to $1,323,721 as of December 31, 2015. The slight decrease for some items, such as machinery equipment, was mainly due to the depreciation of RMB to USD.

 

    December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015     Variance     %  
    $     $     $        
Machinery equipment     941,333       957,769       (16,436 )     -2 %
Electronic equipment     69,037       53,775       15,262       28 %
Office equipment     62,542       46,473       16,069       35 %
Vehicles     194,961       208,568       (13,607 )     -7 %
Buildings     89,661       64,698       24,963       39 %
Computer software     23,825       25,488       (1,663 )     -7 %
Construction in progress      -       5,661       (5,661 )     -100 %
Leasehold improvements     50,011        55,613       (5,602 )     -10 %
Total property, plant and equipment     1,431,370       1,418,045       13,325       1 %
Less: accumulated depreciation     (231,759 )     (94,324 )     (137,435 )     146 %
Property, plant and equipment, net     1,199,611       1,323,721       (124,110 )     -9 %

 

Land use right, net

 

Land use right as of December 31, 2016 was $2,143,002. On July 19, 2016, the Company signed a land use right transfer agreement with a third party, pursuant to which we purchased a parcel of land of 32,441.61 square meters to expand operations.

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Land use right   $ 2,163,815     $       -  
Less: accumulated amortization     (20,813 )     -  
Land use right, net   $ 2,143,002     $ -  

 

Short term loans

 

Short term loans decreased by $355,047 to $2,879,853 as of December 31, 2016 from $3,234,900 as of December 31, 2015. The proceeds from short term loans were mainly used to supplement the cash used in operations. Our rapid revenue growth resulted in significant needs for cash for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our current assets increased by $4,934,622, or 53%, to $14,244,220 for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $9,309,598 for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was mainly financed by our net income of $2,433,720 and the proceeds from issuance of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

 

Accounts payable to related party

 

We purchased materials from Heilongjiang Binteer amounting to $556,692 and $2,971,017 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The materials purchased include membrane columns, membrane filters, and other components of water treatment equipment. The balance of accounts payable to related parties was entirely related to the purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer, which amounted to $0 and $1,112,463 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Due to related parties

 

Amounts due to related parties as of December 31, 2016 was $714,999, an increase of $510,624, or 250%, compared to $204,375 as of December 31, 2015. The balance of due to related parties represented expenses incurred by related parties in the ordinary course of business, expense related parties paid on behalf of the Company as well as the loans the Company obtained from related parties for working capital purposes. The loans owed to the related parties are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

  49  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Income tax payables

 

Income tax payable as of December 31, 2016 was $329,212, a decrease of $208,622 compared to $537,834 as of December 31, 2015. This decrease mainly resulted from the decrease in income tax rate from 25% to 15% due to the designation of “High-tech Enterprise” for Jinzheng and significant income tax payment in 2016.

 

Other current liabilities

 

Other current liabilities mainly included wages payable, VAT payable, accrued interest and other payable at the year end. Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2016 were $210,400, a decrease of $253,186, compared to $463,586 as of December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly due to the decrease of accrued interest.

 

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

We have certain potential commitments that include future estimated payments. Changes in our business needs, cancellation provisions, changing interest rates, and other factors may result in actual payments differing from the estimates. We cannot provide certainty regarding the timing and amounts of payments.

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016, and the effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

Contractual obligations   Total     1 year     2-3 years     3-5 years     5 years and
thereafter
 
Operating leases   $ 83,318     $ 83,318     $       -     $       -     $        -  
Total   $ 83,318     $ 83,318     $ -     $ -     $ -  

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

 

Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

 

Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

 

Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position, and

 

Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

 

  50  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Trend Information

 

Based on our experience and observations of the business in which we operate, we believe the following trends are likely to affect our industry and, as a result, our Company, if they continue in the future.

 

Demand for water treatment systems has an inverse relationship to the availability and quality of water resources worldwide. As China’s clean water resources become scarcer, the cost of water goes up, which is driving the trend toward industrial water reuse. The increased demand and investment in wastewater treatment system will benefit our continued future growth.

 

Regulatory mandates and the desire to maximize cost savings are the primary drivers of water reclamation efforts in China. In April 2015, the Chinese State Council issued the Water Ten Plan. This plan has demonstrated the Chinese government’s strong commitment for preserving water and recycling wastewater. The cost of water (acquisition, handling, discharge, and energy costs) is on the rise. Many industrial plants are looking to reduce the overall expense of water treatment, whether it is through acquisition costs, discharge fees, or energy costs to handle water. Water reuse provides customers with a significant opportunity to cut costs. We believe that our membrane technology offers industrial water users creative ways to clean their wastewater output or reuse it as clean water in the production process.

 

 

While we continue to target significant market opportunities that we believe are still available in Northern and Eastern China, we are also looking for opportunities in other regions of China. Presently, we intend to expand our business to customers located in Shandong Province, Jiangsu Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region.

 

Currently, we have customers for our business primarily in the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries. We hope to expand our customer base in the future to industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination industries.

 

We believe that competition in the wastewater treatment market is going to become more intense, and consolidation is going to prevail in the near future. It is possible that competition in the form of new competitors or alliances, joint ventures or consolidation among existing competitors may put significant pressure on our ability to increase market share.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these audited consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition and income taxes. We base our estimates on our historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making the judgments we make about the carrying values of our assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because these estimates can vary depending on the situation, actual results may differ from the estimates.

 

The critical accounting policies summarized in this section are discussed in further detail in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management believes that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables us to provide useful and reliable financial information about our operating results and financial condition

 

  51  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We derive our revenues from sale of products such as water purifying membranes and water purification equipment (“product sales”) and sale of water purifying installation projects (“project sales”). We recognize revenue when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Revenue consists of the invoiced value for the sales net of VAT, business tax, applicable local government levies, rebates, discounts and returns.

 

There were no sales returns and allowances for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. We do not provide an unconditional right of return, pricing protection or any other concessions to our customers. We provide free after-sales service, including warranty, technical support and training for a period ranging from one to two years. Historically, the actual after-sales expense was immaterial.

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions of future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Significant estimates and assumptions by management include, among others, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories and income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

For certain of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivables, inventories, advances to suppliers and other current assets, accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors, short term loans, advances from customers, and other current liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values due to the short maturities.

 

Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm's-length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, freemarket dealings may not exist. Representations about transactions with related parties, if made, shall not imply that the related party transactions were consummated on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions unless such representations can be substantiated. It is not, however, practical to determine the fair value of amounts due from/to related parties due to their related party nature.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Our consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollar, which is our reporting currency. The functional currency of Newater Technology and Newater HK is the United States dollar. The functional currency of Jinzheng and Jinmo is RMB. For Jinzheng and Jinmo, results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate at the end of the period, and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are included in determining other comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “ Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ”. These amendments provide cash flow statement classification guidance for: 1. Debt Prepayment or Debt Extinguishment Costs; 2. Settlement of Zero-Coupon Debt Instruments or Other Debt Instruments with Coupon Interest Rates That Are Insignificant in Relation to the Effective Interest Rate of the Borrowing; 3. Contingent Consideration Payments Made after a Business Combination; 4. Proceeds from the Settlement of Insurance Claims; 5. Proceeds from the Settlement of Corporate-Owned Life Insurance Policies, including Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policies; 6. Distributions Received from Equity Method Investees; 7. Beneficial Interests in Securitization Transactions; and 8. Separately Identifiable Cash Flows and Application of the Predominance Principle. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-17, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control” . These amendments change the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity by changing how a reporting entity that is a single decision maker of a variable interest entity treats indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity. If a reporting entity satisfies the first characteristic of a primary beneficiary (such that it is the single decision maker of a variable interest entity), the amendments require that reporting entity, in determining whether it satisfies the second characteristic of a primary beneficiary, to include all of its direct variable interests in a variable interest entity and, on a proportionate basis, its indirect variable interests in a variable interest entity held through related parties, including related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity adopts the pending content that links to this paragraph in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  52  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “ Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash ”. These amendments require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. As a result, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20, “ Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ”. The amendments in ASU 2016-20 affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2014-09 including Loan Guarantee Fees, Contract Costs, Provisions for Losses on Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts, Disclosure of Remaining Performance Obligations, Disclosure of Prior Period Performance Obligations, Contract Modifications, Contract Asset vs. Receivable, Refund Liability, Advertising Costs, Fixed Odds Wagering Contracts in the Casino Industry, and Costs Capitalized for Advisors to Private Funds and Public Funds. The effective date of these amendments are at the same date that Topic 606 is effective. Topic 606 is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods therein (i.e., January 1, 2018, for a calendar year entity). The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “ Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business ”. These amendments clarify the definition of a business. The amendments affect all companies and other reporting organizations that must determine whether they have acquired or sold a business. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The amendments are intended to help companies and other organizations evaluat e whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early adoption is permitted under certain circumstances. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

   

Impact of Inflation

 

We do not believe the impact of inflation on our Company is material. Our operations are in China and China’s inflation rates have been relatively stable in the last three years: 2.0% in 2016, 1.6% in 2015, and 2.0% in 2014.

 

Impact of Foreign Currency Fluctuations

 

We do not believe the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our Company is material. Regarding purchase of raw materials, we are subject to commodity price risks arising from price fluctuations in the market prices of the raw materials. We have generally been able to pass on cost increases through price adjustments. However, the ability to pass on these increases depends on market conditions influenced by the overall economic conditions in China.

 

We do not have material export sales and almost all of our revenue was derived from our domestic sales.

 

We have not had any foreign currency investments hedged by currency borrowings or other hedging instruments. We manage our price risks through productivity improvements and cost-containment measures.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our main interest rate exposure relates to bank borrowings. We manage our interest rate exposure with a focus on reducing our overall cost of debt and exposure to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2016, we had $2,807,857 in outstanding bank borrowings, with an effective interest rate of 5.722%. As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding bank loans of $770,214, with an effective interest rate of 5.655%.

 

As of December 31, 2016, if interest rates increased/decreased by 1%, with all other variables having remained constant, and assuming the amount of bank borrowings outstanding at the end of the year was outstanding for the entire year, profit attributable to equity owners of our Company would have been RMB 165,750 ($24,947) lower/higher, respectively, mainly as a result of higher/lower interest income from our cash and cash equivalents and loan receivables.

 

  53  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

As of December 31, 2015, if interest rates increased/decreased by 1%, with all other variables having remained constant, and assuming the amount of bank borrowings outstanding at the end of the year was outstanding for the entire year, profit attributable to equity owners of our Company would have been RMB 37,500 ($5,777) lower/higher, respectively, mainly as a result of higher/lower interest income from our cash and cash equivalents and loan receivables. 

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Our functional currency is the RMB, and our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollar. The RMB depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 5.6% in 2015 and 7.0% in 2016. The change in the value of RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operation.

 

Currently, our assets, liabilities, revenues and costs are denominated in RMB and in U.S. dollars, our exposure to foreign exchange risk will primarily relate to those financial assets denominated in U.S. dollars. Any significant revaluation of RMB against U.S. dollar may materially affect our earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our common shares in U.S. dollars in the future.

 

Credit Risk

 

As of December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,484,762. Our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in savings and deposit accounts with original maturities of three months or less. Savings and deposit accounts generate a small amount of interest income.

 

Inflation

 

Inflationary factors such as increases in the cost of our product and overhead costs may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales if the selling prices of our products do not increase with these increased costs.

 

  54  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

 

Our Corporate Structure

 

Structural Overview

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands that owns all of the outstanding capital stock of Newater HK, our wholly owned Hong Kong subsidiary, Newater HK, in turn, owns all of the outstanding capital stock of our operating subsidiary Jinzheng that is based in Yantai, China. On January 25, 2016, and February 5, 2016, respectively, Newater HK entered into an equity transfer agreement and supplementary equity transfer agreement with the shareholders of Jinzheng at the time, Yuebiao Li, Zhuo Zhang, and Yue Zhang, to acquire 100% of the equity interests in Jinzheng.

 

Organization Structure and Purpose

 

Newater Technology, Inc. – We formed Newater Technology, our British Virgin Islands holding company, on September 30, 2015.

 

Newater HK Limited – We formed Newater HK, our wholly owned Hong Kong subsidiary, on November 4, 2015.

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. – We formed Jinzheng, our principal operating company in China and wholly owned subsidiary of Newater HK, on July 5, 2012. Jinzheng is registered in the Laishan District of Yantai. Its business scope, includes, the design, development, manufacturing and sale of DTRO membranes and related equipment and the installation of those products.

 

Shandong Jinmo Recycled Water Resource Co., Ltd – We formed Jinmo, a former operating company in China wholly owned by Jinzheng, on March 19, 2015 and disposed of it on December 8, 2016. Prior to being disposed of, Jinmo primarily engaged in the sale of products manufactured by Jinzheng.

 

Corporate History

 

On January 25, 2016, and February 5, 2016, respectively, Newater HK entered into an equity transfer agreement and supplementary equity transfer agreement with the shareholders of Jinzheng at the time, Yuebiao Li, Zhuo Zhang, and Yue Zhang, to acquire 100% of their equity interests in Jinzheng. Pursuant to the terms of the January 25, 2016 equity transfer agreement, Newater HK agreed to pay RMB 20,000,000 for 100% of their equity interests as follows: 1) RMB 11,000,000 to Yuebiao Li for his 55% equity interests in Jinzheng; 2) RMB 8,000,000 to Zhuo Zhang for her 40% equity interests in Jinzheng; and 3) RMB 1,000,000 to Yue Zhang for her 5% equity interests in Jinzheng. Further, pursuant to the terms of the February 5, 2016 supplementary equity transfer agreement the parties agreed that an additional RMB 8,537,365 would be paid for the equity interests in Jinzheng allocated as follows: 1) RMB 4,695,551 to Yuebiao Li; 2) RMB 3,414,946 to Zhuo Zhang; and 3) RMB 426,868 to Yue Zhang.

 

On March 27, 2016, the company issued 73,000 common shares at $0.65 per share to the incorporator with total gross proceeds of $47,450. Further, on March 27, 2016, a total of 8,117,000 shares were issued at $0.65 per share, to six individuals and seven companies with total cash proceeds of $5,276,050. On June 6, 2016, Newater Technology, Jinzheng and Newater HK entered in three separate Convertible Debt Investment Agreements with three individuals. Pursuant to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreements the loans from these individuals in the aggregate amount of RMB 20,000,000 were converted into 724,000 common shares of Newater Technology. Furthermore, on June 6, 2016, Newater Technology, Jinzheng and Newater HK entered into a Convertible Debt Investment Agreement with a fourth individual. Pursuant to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement the loan from this individual in the aggregate amount of RMB 5,000,000 was converted into 275,000 common shares of Newater Technology.

 

  55  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

Business Overview

 

We are a wastewater purification treatment company that focuses on the development, manufacture and sale of DTRO and DTNF membrane filtration products that are used in the treatment, recycling and discharge of wastewater. We also supply hardware and engineered systems necessary to implement integrated solutions. We provide engineering support and installation, technical advice and service, and other project-related solutions to filter wastewater into valuable, clean water. Our DTRO expertise enables us to develop an array of core materials and technologies that can be applied in a variety of ways to solve complex filtration, separation and purification challenges related to wastewater treatment. We also offer traditional wastewater treatment solutions, such as activated carbon and resins. Our products can be used across a wide spectrum of industries that include a wastewater treatment component and applications to treat wastewater for discharge or filtration into high quality, re-useable clean water, including:

 

Treatment of leachate from landfills;

 

Treatment of power plant wastewater;

 

Treatment of wastewater from oilfields;

 

Treatment of wastewater from gas production;

 

Treatment of high acid wastewater;

 

Treatment of high alkali wastewater; and

 

Desalination.

 

We currently primarily serve the energy, refuse (garbage and waste), and chemical industries. Our deep customer process knowledge, scientific expertise, and related engineering know-how enable us to provide cost-effective solutions for our customers, with products that are specifically targeted to meet their needs.

 

Jinzheng was founded in 2012 by our Chief Executive Officer, Yuebiao Li, and our Chief Financial Officer, Zhuo Zhang. Mr. Li has approximately 10 years of experience in the water treatment industry. Ms. Zhang has 15 years of experience in financial related jobs. We are located in Yantai City, Shandong Province, China and which we employ 95 people on a full-time basis. We have 24 employees in management, 19 employees in sales and marketing, 26 employees in research and development and 26 employees in manufacturing and installation.

 

We are actively pursuing additional markets and applications for our products, such as industrial parks, city sewage, and seawater desalination. Virtually all of the raw materials, process fluids and waste streams resulting from industrial applications are candidates for multiple stages of filtration, separation and purification.

 

We seek to establish long-term, strategic relationships with our clients by delivering specific filtration products and/or systems that help reduce our clients’ operating costs and increase water filtration efficiencies. To achieve these objectives, we work closely with our clients to understand their specific water filtration needs. We enter into individualized contracts containing pricing terms tailored to the client’s operation, with pricing driven by the value we create for the client, rather than a pricing model focused solely on being able to deliver the least expensive product or system offering. We believe we can enhance our ability to withstand competitive pricing pressure and obtain new and retain existing clients by offering tailored products and customized water treatment solutions.

 

We have received several industry awards, including:

 

recognized as a High-Tech Enterprise in 2015 by Department of Science and Technology of Shandong Province;

 

ISO9000 Authentication (certification based upon quality and consistency);

 

  56  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

ISO14001 Authentication (certification based upon environmental performance);

 

GB/T28001 Authentication (management system certification); and

 

awarded as an outstanding member of the Inner Mongolia Environmental Protection Industry in 2015.

 

In addition, we were invited to:

 

the Jiangsu Environmental Protection Department exhibition in Nanjing;

 

the West Lake International Desalination and Water Reuse Academic Summit, in which Mr. Li was a presenter.

 

a workshop on zero-discharge of wastewater organized by the Institute of Thermal Power Plants; and

 

to represent Chinese enterprises in the Ninth Environmental Chapter Meeting of the Southeast Asian Economic Exchange and Advancement Organization.

 

We believe our several industry awards, and active participation at conferences and other events within our field, reflect widespread recognition of our stature in our industry and the perceived quality of our products and services.

 

Industry and Market Background

 

Water Filtration Methodology

 

The current market for wastewater treatment through membrane filtration is relatively new. Presently, there are several different types of methods for wastewater treatment depending upon the industry in which the technology is being used. For example, the most common steps in water treatment used by community water systems (mainly surface water treatment) include the following processes:

 

Coagulation and Flocculation - Coagulation and flocculation are often the first steps in water treatment. Chemicals with a positive charge are added to the water. The positive charge of these chemicals neutralizes the negative charge of dirt and other dissolved particles in the water. When this occurs, the particles bind with the chemicals and form larger particles, called “floc.”

 

Sedimentation - During sedimentation, floc settles to the bottom of the water supply as a result of its weight. This settling process is called sedimentation.

 

Filtration - Once the floc has settled to the bottom of the water supply, the clear water on top will pass through filters of varying compositions (sand, gravel, and charcoal) and pore sizes, in order to remove dissolved particles, such as dust, parasites, bacteria, viruses, and chemicals.

 

Disinfection - After the water has been filtered, a disinfectant (for example, chlorine or chloramine) may be added to kill any remaining parasites, bacteria, and viruses, and to protect the water from germs when it is piped to homes and businesses.

 

The traditional technology for sewage and wastewater treatment utilizes organic sludge. Organic sludge is a biochemical process for treating sewage and industrial wastewater that uses air (or oxygen) and microorganisms to biologically oxidize organic pollutants producing a waste sludge (or floc) containing the oxidized material. In general, an activated sludge process includes:

 

An aeration tank where air (or oxygen) is injected and thoroughly mixed into the wastewater; and

 

A settling tank (usually referred to as a clarifier or “settler”) to allow the waste sludge to settle. Part of the waste sludge is recycled to the aeration tank and the remaining waste sludge is removed for further treatment and ultimate disposal.

 

The treated water through this type of wastewater treatment usually is of poor quality and can only be used for low-end purposes.

 

  57  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

We use processes called reverse osmosis and nanofiltration in our water filtration products to achieve higher levels of water filtration compared to conventional filtration methods. Reverse osmosis is a process in which solutes (such as salts) are removed from a liquid solution (such as water). This is accomplished by pressure pushing the liquid solution through a semi-permeable filtration membrane. Typically, the membranes are connected and placed in a pressurized vessel. The pressure applied during reverse osmosis is greater than pressure from natural filtration. As a result, the pressurized water will infiltrate to the side of the membrane, which has low pressure. The membrane (which is about as thick as cellophane, measured in millimeters) allows only the water to pass through, not the impurities or contaminates. The result is that the contaminated liquid is retained on the pressurized side of the membrane and the pure liquid is allowed to pass to the other side. Reverse osmosis membranes are typically used for desalination of water.

 

Nanofiltration functions similar to reverse osmosis, but it is generally targeted to remove only divalent (able to form two chemical bonds) and larger ions. Nanofiltration membranes have pore sizes from 1-10 nanometers, just larger than that of reverse osmosis membranes. The pressure needed to push the liquid solution through a nanofiltration membrane is less than what is needed to push fluid though reverse osmosis membranes. Ion-selectivity is a significant feature of nanofiltration; salts with monovalent (able to form one chemical bond) anions - such as chlorides - are able to pass through the membrane. However, salts with polyvalent (able for form more than one chemical bond) anions - such as sulfates - are retained. This ion-selectivity takes place because negatively charged groups in the membrane prevent large polyvalent ions from reaching the pure water permeates. Therefore, many nanofiltration processes involve enhancing wastewater recovery, as when concentrate from a reverse osmosis upstream filtration process is then passed through a nanofilter to further dewater the waste.

 

Pretreatment is important when working with reverse osmosis and nanofiltration membranes due to the nature of their spiral-wound design. The spiral-wound, pressurized vessel is engineered in such a fashion as to allow only one-way flow through the system. As such, the spiral-wound vessel does not allow for back pulsing with water or air agitation to scour its filtration surface and remove solids. Since accumulated material cannot be removed from the membrane surface systems, they are highly susceptible to fouling (loss of production capacity). In some instances, fouled membranes may need to be replaced altogether. Therefore, pretreatment is a necessity for any reverse osmosis or nanofiltration system.

 

China’s Membrane Filtration Market and Opportunity

 

The Chinese market for water treatment membranes is currently growing at a rate that exceeds that of the global membrane market and that of the Chinese GDP. Over the past 10 years, the compound growth rate of the membrane industry is estimated at over 20%. Further, during the next five years, the membrane industry is expected to more than double the output value from 2011-2015. The Membrane Industry Association of China expects the Chinese membrane industry to generate output value of more than RMB 250 billion (approximately $38.5 billion) and an annual export value of RMB 10 billion (approximately $1.5 billion) by 2020.

 

A number of key macroeconomic factors shape the water filtration membrane industry, including population growth, an increasing water-supply demand, urbanization, industrialization, and consumers’ health and environmental awareness. We believe, however, that the market is influenced most by China’s recent initiatives towards clean water.

 

In 2007, the Chinese government introduced its new National Drinking Water Quality Standard (GB 5749-2006). The government set this standard in accordance with international standards, but since the bar was set above the actual quality levels of China’s water, the standard didn’t take full effect until July 2012. The Chinese government expected cities throughout China to come into full compliance by 2015. In light of these new requirements, two independent non-profit organizations that focus on environmental risks ( ChinaWater Risk and Chinadialogue ) closely examined the actual status of urban and rural water in China and found that a privileged 600 million of the approximate 750 million urban residents in China have access to safe drinking water, but quality issues remain as secondary pollution (bacteria and contamination that pollutes drinking water during transmission) in pipe networks is occurring. These organizations also found many instances of yellow water and excessive bacteria levels. The lower alkaline level of the water increased its corrosiveness. This damaged the pipes’ protective lining and caused a layer of rust to be released into the water, creating the ‘yellow water’ that came out of the taps. In addition, the report found that in 2010, 298 million rural Chinese lacked access to safe drinking water.

 

In April 2015, the Chinese government issued the “Water Pollution Prevention and Control Action Plan”, or the “Water Ten Plan”). The Water Ten Plan is the result of coordination and input from more than twelve governmental ministries and departments and requires China’s water quality to improve by 2020 by:

 

greatly reducing the percentage of badly polluted water bodies – over 70% of water in seven key rivers shall reach specified grading standards;

 

improving the quality of drinking water – over 93% of urban drinking water sources shall reach specified grading standards;

 

  58  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

reducing groundwater over extraction and control groundwater pollution – 85% of groundwater shall reach specified grading standards;

 

improving the environmental quality of coastal areas – up to 70% of coastal water shall reach specified grading standards; and

 

improving urban water environment in key regions – the amount of extremely polluted water in Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei shall fall by 15%, and extremely polluted water shall be eliminated in Yangtze River Delta and Pearl River Delta.

 

Due to China’s recent focus on the continuous improvement of living standards through more stringent environmental laws and regulations for clean water, compliance with these laws will be become more arduous and difficult for industries to achieve. Therefore, we believe new technology and applications in water filtration will be in greater demand, which we expect will, in turn, drive demand for our products.

 

In March 2016, China announced its 13 th Five Year Plan (2016-2020), which, among other matters, attempted to plug gaps in China’s drinking water safety, such as water safety protection, water conservation reform and drinking water safety legislation. China’s five-year plans are blueprints containing the country’s social, economic, and political goals. They encompass and intertwine with existing policies, regional plans, and strategic initiatives. A five-year plan signals the Chinese government’s vision for future reforms and communicates this to other parts of the bureaucracy, industry players and Chinese citizens. It is a living document that will go through constant revision over the next five years. The 13 th Five Year Plan contains clean water initiatives regarding the construction of urban sewage treatment and supporting facilities, urban reclaimed water recycling, and continued reduction of waste emissions. Further, the plan requires industrial products to be completed with improved product technology, process equipment, and energy efficiencies across the board. In addition, in the water pollution prevention action plan, there is an increased recognition on the importance of cooperating with foreign technological partners in the areas of water treatment process equipment. We believe these polices, among others, from the 13 th Five Year Plan will cause more industries to utilize new technologies in water treatment, such as DTRO membrane filtration to comply with new laws and regulations that will likely be implemented pursuant to the 13 th Five Year Plan.

 

China’s Energy Market

 

According to a study published in March 2016 by Greenpeace, 45% of coal-fired power plants in China are located in areas of “water over-withdrawal,” which are ecosystems that cannot support the amount of water being removed. China has the world’s largest number of installed coal fired power plants, with more planned to be constructed each year. Coal-generated electricity has enormous impacts on freshwater systems. For example, a 500 Megawatt coal-fired power plant, in one cooling cycle, can withdraw enough water to deplete an Olympic-sized swimming pool roughly every three minutes. In many countries, the coal industry creates one of the largest demands on freshwater resources. Every year these power plants consume quantities of water equivalent to the basic requirements of 186 million people. Moreover, 48% of proposed coal-fired power plants in China are located in the same ‘water over-withdrawal’ areas. From both the economic standpoint and the environmental protection standpoint, energy companies have great incentives to reduce the amount of their water usage and recycle the wastewater produced at their power plants into clean, re-useable water, to flow back into the power plants boilers and cooling systems for repeated use. The Water Ten Plan has also placed increased pressure and stricter requirements upon coal fired power plants to conserve water usage and recycle wastewater. In addition, the 13 th Five Year Plan (2016-2020) includes provisions for building six to eight nuclear power plants a year for five years. Water used in nuclear power plants cannot be discharged or reused directly; it must be filtered and then discharged or reused. Water filtration membranes are beneficial in this context because they have a low failure rate, and a high filtration rate. Therefore, we believe the rapid development of Chinas’ nuclear power industry, along with the government’s enforcement tightening over water discharge for the traditional coal fired power plants, will provide the water filtration membrane industry with a significant opportunity.

 

Pharmaceutical Market

 

A wide variety of products are made in the pharmaceutical manufacturing industry, typically requiring large volumes of chemicals, materials, and substances that are used throughout the manufacturing process. Waste streams generated in this industry can be heavily laden with contaminants, toxins, nutrients, and organic content, presenting unique challenges in terms of treatment, especially as regulations become more stringent.

 

Additionally, as is the case in other industrial manufacturing sectors, water is a critical ingredient in pharmaceutical and chemical manufacturing operations; consistent and high-quality supplies are needed for a range of purposes including production, cleaning, material processing, and cooling. As disruptions in raw water supply represent a significant concern, more pharmaceutical companies are turning to water efficiency initiatives to help mitigate water scarcity-related risks. In fact, a variety of pharmaceutical companies in China are proceeding to upgrade their technology with membrane filtration products to enhance efficiency and achieve better environmental compliance. We expect this market will continue to grow as China is currently the second largest pharmaceutical market in the world (estimated at $105 billion), and it is estimated that by 2020 the China pharmaceutical market value will be approximately $200 billon.

 

  59  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Industrial Market

 

China is still in the early to mid-stages of industrialization. China’s rapid development of its industrial economy has increased the demand for industrial water, which in turn produces a large amount of wastewater. The steel industry has seen the greatest growth in China in recent years. China is now the largest steelmaker in the world, producing 823 million tons in 2014, which accounted for almost half the world’s production. Water is used in steel production in the cooling process. Like steel, water can be reused and recycled, thus improving efficiency of use and reducing demand as well as cost. By increasing water recycling and cascading water use from higher to lower quality, steel producers have been able to reduce their water use and consumption considerably. If wastewater is not recycled it must be treated before it is released back into the environment. Our membrane filtration products can be used to treat wastewater, turning it into clean water, which can be released into the ecosystem or reused in production.

 

Titanium Dioxide Market

 

Driven by increasingly strict environmental protection policies, the titanium dioxide industry in China has begun seeking greater technological advances to filter wastewater. Titanium dioxide is used in many products, such as coloring for food, cosmetics, crayons, and UV protection in sunscreens. Titanium dioxide is also used in the paint industry, and gives paint its high gloss and rich depth of color. Titanium dioxide replaced lead in the paint manufacturing process. In addition, titanium dioxide is currently being used to treat the air in fruit, vegetable and cut flower storage areas to prevent spoilage and increases shelf life. The photocatalytic properties of titanium dioxide remove ethylene gas from the air. Ethylene is a naturally occurring gaseous hormone produced by plant tissue that in low concentrations triggers the ripening of fruits and vegetables.

 

Our membrane filtration products can be deployed in this industry as well. In fact, we recently installed a filtration system in a titanium dioxide plant in Yantai City, China, which we believe to be the first of its kind in China’s titanium dioxide industry. For that particular project, in order to remove the impurities the facility filters the water three times, in three separate processes. Our membrane products are used at each filtering process to treat the wastewater, and create clean water that is reused in the filtering processes. The untreated wastewater contains high concentrations of acids and metals. While we believe that the deployment of our membrane filtration system in the context of a titanium dioxide operation is a new application in China, we believe other titanium dioxide manufacturers will follow suit.

 

Global Market

 

Globally, sales for membranes and membrane modules reached $4.4 billion in 1999 and grew to $12 billion in 2012 with an annual growth rate around 7% to 8%. Further, the global membrane market is projected to grow at a rate of 9% from 2015 to reach a value of $32 billion by 2020. We currently do not have a significant international presence; however, we believe our operational expertise positions us to take advantage of the expansion of the global membrane filtration market in the event we decide to pursue those opportunities.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success.

 

Product Advantages . We believe that our DTRO membranes possess better characteristics than traditional reverse osmosis membranes because our membrane technology offers industrial water users ways to clean their wastewater output or reuse it as clean water in the production process. We believe that our DTRO membranes will allow us to take advantage of dynamic market demands for superior membranes generated by stricter Chinese environmental laws and regulations.

 

Production Advantages . We have the ability to manufacture a variety of membrane filtration components, assembling and installing membrane units in filtration systems, testing membrane filtration units as well as developing, designing and manufacturing membrane filtration units, including DTRO membranes. In addition, we have conducted our own research to create what we believe is a more advanced and semi-automated membrane unit production line. We believe our China competitors are currently using manual assembly lines.

 

  60  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Experienced Management Team and Personnel with a Demonstrated Track Record. Our management team, led by our Chief Executive Officer Yuebiao Li, and our Chief Financial Officer, Zhuo Zhang, have significant industry experience and demonstrated track records of managing costs, adapting to changing market conditions, and developing new products. In addition, Mr. Li has a vast network and understanding of the market. Our workforce is highly skilled with specialized training, designed to address complex and individualized client issues.

 

Innovative Products . We have the technology to produce clean water from sewage wastewater though the use of DTRO membranes. We have not yet completed a sewage project where clean drinkable water was produced from treated leachate because we do not yet have the capacity. However, we have done sewage wastewater testing on 2 locations for 4 months to determine that we have the technology to produce clean water. Traditional sewage treatment companies invest large amounts of capital and operating costs to treat wastewater only so that it can be discharged in compliance with applicable environmental laws, but the wastewater has no end-use value. Our DTRO membranes have the ability to clean that same wastewater to a level that is suitable for drinking or other end uses, which enhances value to our customers in that market.

 

Strong Gross Margins . We believe that our gross margin, approximately 37% in 2016, allow us to compete effectively in a rapidly changing and increasingly complex Chinese market. We believe we can continue to maintain high gross margins while the demand for our membrane filtration products remains high and the technological barriers to enter the market remain in place. Technological barriers include experience, technological know-how and research and development.

 

We provide a full range of water treatment solutions and are not limited to the supply of water filtration products. We are able to install complete water treatment solutions for customers, which allow us to target end users, along with intermediaries. Our ability to provide customers with complete solutions, including engineering support, installation, and technical advice, for their water treatment needs allows us to capture many types of users in the water treatment market. In addition, being able to provide total solutions creates a larger market for our membrane products.

 

Our Strategies

 

We provide technical solutions in engineering projects, support and installation, technical advice and services and other water treatment related solutions. Our goal is to become one of the premier water treatment solution companies by implementing the following strategies:

 

Continue to develop filtration membrane products. We are committed to researching and developing filtration membranes for use in different industries. We believe scientific and technological innovations will help our Company achieve its long-term strategic objectives. For example, in the area of waste filtration and seawater desalination, we are developing and testing an extreme pressure (200 bar) membrane module. For the mining and smelting industries, we developed and produced an acid and basic separation membrane module.

 

We intend to increase our revenue and market share by targeting intermediate customers. We intend to target intermediate customers that do not produce their own products, such as engineering companies and project contractors. These customers tend to have a large demand for water filtration membrane products and water treatment solutions. We are able to provide these companies with new water treatment membrane products to replace the aging products of their customers or end users. This model helps us achieve continuous and stable profitability. It also helps us obtain institutional knowledge, which may be applicable to water treatment solutions for other clients.

 

Market Opportunity . China’s 13th Five Year Plan (2016-2020) promotes a cleaner and greener economy, with strong commitments to environmental management and protection, clean energy and emissions controls, ecological protection and security, and the development of green industries. This demonstrates a focus on charting a sustainable course for the Chinese economy in the long-term. The 13th Five Year Plan offers opportunities for the private sector to support China’s environmental goals and bring clean technology and innovation into China as part of the large-scale environmental reform contemplated by the 13 th Five Year Plan. We will market our technology and applications in water filtration, which we expect will be in greater demand to due to stricter environmental regulations.

 

We intend to expand our business into new industries. Currently, our customers are primarily in the energy, refuse (garbage and waste), and chemical industries (e.g., titanium dioxide). We plan to enter the industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination industries. Treatment of wastewater from industrial parks usually includes the treatment of wastewater from several chemical companies located in an industrial park. The wastewater from all the companies in the industrial park will require treatment at the same wastewater treatment facility. This wastewater will possess several different chemicals. We believe that our DTRO membrane technology has the ability to treat the wastewater, and turn it into clean water that can be reused in production.

 

We intend to increase our revenue and market share by expanding our business network to other provinces. We started with our facility in Yantai City, Shandong Province. Currently, the majority of our customers are located in the Jiangsu Province, Liaoning Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region. We intend to expand our business to customers located on Shandong Province, Jiangsu Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region in 2017.

 

  61  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

Our Products

 

Our product line is focused upon the refuse (garbage and waste), chemical and energy sectors. Our primary products are DTRO membranes, DTNF membranes and water purification equipment.

 

All of our products are produced in compliance with China Good Manufacturing Practices. We believe our products enjoy a good reputation in the industry. The following products are examples illustrating our expertise and research and development capability.

 

DTRO Membranes

 

Our DTRO membranes are able to treat highly concentrated sewage and are able to withstand high pressure and contamination. Our DTRO membranes offer our highest level of filtration. DTRO membranes are used to treat and recycle wastewater, and have the following advantages:

 

high quality of outflowing water;

 

consistent quality of wastewater after filtration;

 

applicability to a variety of industries;

 

ease of construction;

 

  efficient startup times;

 

high degree of automation;

 

use of less floor space;

 

a high recovery rate (the amount of clean water that can be produced from treated wastewater) coupled with low energy consumption;

 

low cost of operation;

 

simplified pretreatment process;

 

less clogging compared to traditional membranes;

 

reduced scaling and contamination;
     
  longer lifespan;

  

ease of maintenance;

 

low replacement cost.

 

We produce three types of DTRO membranes, all of which can withstand different pressure amounts (75 Bar, 90 Bar and 120 Bar). The 75 Bar membrane is used for treating landfill leachate and for recycling water in titanium dioxide and power plants. For high-pressure environments, we manufacture 90 Bar and 120 Bar DTRO membranes. 90 Bar membranes treat wastewater in the chemical industry, and 120 Bar membranes desalinate seawater.

 

  62  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Photo of the DTRO Membrane .

 

 

DTNF Membranes

 

Our DTNF membranes have larger pore sizes than our DTRO membranes, and unlike DTRO membranes do not reject all ions. They have higher water permeability than our DTRO membranes and operate at much lower pressures. Our DTNF membranes are used in different industries than our DTRO membranes, and are generally used for our clients that have acidic wastewater or wastewater containing high levels of alkali. These clients use DTNF membranes because they are able to achieve the required levels of filtration, but cost less to operate than DTRO membranes because less energy is needed in the filtration process of DTNF membranes, making them a more economic alternative when primarily divalent ion removal is required.

 

The DTNF membrane is used to treat and recycle wastewater, and has the following advantages:

 

the ability to process large volumes of water;

 

reduction of heavy metals;

 

superior nitrate and sulfate reduction qualities;

 

ability to soften hard water; and

 

color removal from water.

 

We produce three types of DTNF membranes. The first DTNF membrane is used to treat highly acidic water. This membrane is best suited for the iron and steel, titanium dioxide and smelting industries. This type of membrane is useful for clients that have wastewater containing high sulfuric acid levels.

 

The second DTNF membrane is used to treat wastewater with high alkaline levels. It is normally used in applications where manufacturing equipment needs to be cleaned. This type of membrane has been successfully used by clients in the fertilizer industry.

 

The third DTNF membrane is used to treat wastewater containing divalent ions and wastewater containing smaller molecular weight particles and amino acids. This type of membrane has also been successfully used by clients in the fertilizer industry.

 

  63  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Photo of DTNF Membrane

 

 

 

  64  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our Projects

 

We specialize in producing and installing wastewater membrane filtration systems for customers that require customized wastewater filtration systems to treat wastewater upon discharge into the ecosystem or to reuse such water in their operating systems. We also offer traditional wastewater treatment solutions. Currently, our customers are primarily in the waste (garbage), chemical and energy industries. We hope to expand our customer base in the future to industrial park wastewater treatment, municipality wastewater recycling, and seawater desalination industries. Due to the unique requirements of clients in these different industries, we focus on designing filtration systems that are tailored to fit the needs of specific clients, and we use skilled workers to install these systems.

 

The following examples illustrate some of our installation projects utilizing our membrane filtration technology:

 

(1) Treatment of 2,400 cubic meters tons of wastewater per day for reuse in a titanium dioxide plant in Yantai City, Shandong Province. The main components of the wastewater are sodium sulfate and soluble titanium salts. These impurities impact the production of the titanium dioxide. In order to remove these impurities, the facility filters the water three times in three separate processes. Our DTNF membrane products are used at each filtering process stage to treat the wastewater, and create clean water that is reused in the filtering processes. We selected DTNF membranes for this project due to their reliable operating history and lower energy cost. The overall recovery rate for recycled wastewater at this plant is approximately 80%.

 

 

 

  65  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

(2) Treatment of 50 tons of leachate per day at a landfill in Heilongjiang Province, China. In processing leachate, DTRO filtration has the advantages of high stability for long periods of time, high and stable water recovery, less clogging of membranes, stain resistance and low contamination qualities and a long lifespan. The overall recovery rate for the wastewater at this facility is approximately 75%.

 

 

 

  66  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

  (3) Treatment of desulfurized wastewater and reuse at a power plant located in Harbin City, China. Desulfurized wastewater from power plants normally comes with the problems of hard water, muddy and high salinity. DTRO technology was used to resolve these issues and reuse the wastewater at this electric power plant and achieved near zero emissions. The overall recovery rate for recycled wastewater at this plant is approximately 75%.

 

  

  67  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

(4) Single DTRO membrane module to treat wastewater at a fertilizer company in Yantai City, China. The purpose of this DTRO system is to treat wastewater, which is discharged after cleaning the fermentation tank. The amount of wastewater being treated per day is approximately 24 tons. Our DTRO system was selected, in part, because it does not require a large amount of floor space. After treatment, the wastewater became clean useable water and can be used for irrigation. The leftover concentrate was shipped to a separate location for further treatment. The overall recovery rate at this facility is approximately 75%.

 

 

  68  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 


The following illustrates one of our installation projects using traditional water filtration technology:

 

  (1) Softening water at a Hyundai research and development center located in Yantai City, China. Tap water is filtered through traditional filters to remove minerals and chemicals. Specifically, activated carbon was used to absorb chloride ions from water, and resin was used to absorb calcium and magnesium ions from water. Approximately 1,440 tons of softened water is produced each day for use at the research and development center.

 

 

Our Customers

 

Our current customers are primarily in the energy, waste (garbage), and chemical industries. We determine a particular customer’s credit limits based on its size, creditworthiness and financial strength to minimize the likelihood of bad debt and non-payments. The company’s top five customers in 2016 were the following: 1) Nanjing Blue Sky Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd.; 2) Dalian Yihe Electric Power Installation Co., Ltd.; 3) Dalate Sino German Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd.; 4) Yantai Kaishi Industry Co. Ltd.; 5) Hebei Oumei Environmental Engineering Co., Ltd. These customers collectively accounted for 72.34% of our revenues in 2016.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We are increasing our marketing efforts. We have established marketing networks in many cities throughout China. We have established customer contacts in the cities of Yantai, Beijing, Harbin and Shanghai, and we are in the process of expanding markets in Shandong Province, Jiangsu Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region in 2017. Customer contacts can take sales orders, visit existing clients or prospective clients, troubleshoot issues for clients and/or offer solutions and engage technical support from the company to resolve the client’s challenges. We currently have business cooperation partners in Northeast China and Nanjing City. We plan to develop more business cooperation partners in Anhui Province and Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region in 2017.

 

We plan to continue to develop our client base of intermediate users of water filtration membrane products, such as engineering companies and project contactors that do not manufacture their own water filtration products. We believe there is a significant opportunity to provide intermediate users filtration products for use in projects for their customers. In addition, we will continue to seek smaller to intermediate sized projects that our larger competitors are not aware of or for which they cannot effectively compete due to economies of scale. As a result of our operating efficiencies and size, we are able to implement smaller scale projects on a profitable basis.

 

The focus of our sales and marketing efforts is to educate prospective customers on what we believe differentiates us as a water treatment business provider in the market. Specifically, our sales and marketing efforts focus on our approach of being able to provide tailored and complete water treatment solutions or customized filtration products. We are able to provide a client with a comprehensive water treatment solution plan that gives the client quantifiable value per dollar spent for our products and projects. This provides the client a means of comparing value created per dollar spent by comparing solution plans they may receive from our competitors. We believe that this approach has been crucial in winning and retaining clients and increasing our ability to withstand competitive pricing pressure.

 

  69  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Competition

 

We face significant competition in our market from numerous large companies and many smaller regional competitors. In some instances, our primary competition comes from alternative, often older technologies, such as chemical additives, sand filtration, and pasteurization as opposed to the finer level of membrane filtration that we provide. There are barriers to entry in our market limiting the number of qualified competitors. These barriers result from stringent product performance standards, product qualification protocols and requirements for consistent levels of service and support. We believe that our broad array of products and product designs coupled with our engineering and manufacturing expertise enables us to provide customers with differentiated product performance and value and customer support.

 

Many large foreign corporations have entered the Chinese market, including Pall Corporation, Rochem Group, General Electric, and Koch Industries, Inc. Large foreign corporations have a competitive advantage over us with regard to capital and technology. We also compete with a domestic company, Beijing Tiandiren Environmental Protection Co., Ltd.

 

Our products are generally customized. Customers’ needs and requirements vary from project to project. As a result, technical solutions at bidding create price driven competition. We attempt to mitigate this price pressure by differentiating ourselves from our competition based on the value we bring to clients through the quality of our products and projects and the ability to provide tailored solutions for their needs.

 

We believe we have competitive advantages in the market we serve due to our ability to identify smaller-sized projects occurring throughout China due to Mr. Li’s network and experience. Many of these opportunities are not as widely publicized as larger-scale projects, which often opt for foreign systems manufactured by large corporations. We are able to maximize our deal flow by being aware of all opportunities due to information provided by our sales team. In addition, we enjoy the advantage of being able to provide products to intermediate users that are unable to produce their own filtration products.

 

The principal competitive factors in our markets include:

 

the ability to provide projects and products that are innovative and attractive to customers;

 

product functionality, quality and performance;

 

pricing;

 

ability to find projects;

 

reputation in the market;

 

ability to introduce new products to the market in a timely manner; and

 

ability to address unique client needs.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business is affected by seasonality. Bidding, procuring contracts and designing projects usually occurs in the first half of the year. Implementation of projects usually occurs in the second half of the year. Therefore, the company realizes significantly more income in the second half of the year (especially in the fourth quarter) than the first half of the year.

 

Research and Development

 

We are committed to researching and developing filtration membranes for use in different industries. We believe scientific and technological innovations will help our Company achieve its long-term strategic objectives.

 

  70  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

In light of differing water solution needs for each industry and customer, we can develop unique DTRO membranes and modules tailored to the particular requirements of each customer. In the field of reusing high quality wastewater, we developed a fully-automated dry DTRO membrane production line. In the area of waste filtration and seawater desalination, we are developing and testing an extreme pressure (200 bar) membrane module. For the mining and smelting industries, we developed and produced an acid and basic separation membrane module. The concentrate acid from mining and smelting industries is normally treated with lime/calcium oxide, to neutralize the waste. Currently spiral wound membrane modules technology are used, however, they are easily blocked in the treatment process. Our acid DTRO membrane module has better performance than spiral wound membrane module technology because it is not as easily blocked. We are currently investigating other industries to develop unique membranes. Our research and development efforts are an integral part of our operations and the crux of our differentiation strategy, which we believe to be our competitive advantage. 

 

As of December 31, 2016, our research and development team had a total of 26 researchers and analysts focusing on mechanical design and advancements in membrane technology, including water-resistant membrane, high-pressure membranes, antipollution membranes and enhanced acid separator membranes and desalination membranes. Quality control is an important aspect of the team’s work and ensuring quality at every stage of the process has been a key driver in maintaining and developing brand value.

 

We have collaborated with Yantai University on research and development. We signed a High Salinity (or heavy salt water) Wastewater DTRO Membrane Integrated Processing Technology Research and Production Cooperation Agreement with Yantai University on January 15, 2015. Pursuant to the arrangement, Yantai University will conduct a research study on wastewater with high concentrate of salt, and the design process for pretreatment of high salt wastewater, and we paid Yantai University a total of RMB 4,730 (approximately $700) in 2016.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we spent $622,051 and $434,974, respectively, on research and development. We anticipate that we will focus our research and development efforts on improving existing products and developing new technology in the coming years.

 

Sources of Raw Materials

 

We purchase raw materials on the market at prevailing market prices. We purchase from a variety of suppliers and believe these raw materials are widely available. We purchase our membrane columns, pumps and other components of water treatment equipment from Dalian Huarui Heavy Industry Group Limited by Share Ltd., which accounted for 53.96% of our total purchases for the year ended December 31, 2016. We believe our relationships with the suppliers of our raw materials are strong. We do not expect the prices of such raw materials to vary greatly from their current prices, as there has traditionally been little price volatility for such materials. If we were unable to purchase from our primary suppliers, including Dalian Huarui Heavy Industry Group Limited by Share Ltd., we do not expect we would face difficulties in locating other suppliers at substantially the same prices, but may experience delays, which may be substantial, in transitioning to the new supplier.

 

  71  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

Intellectual Property Rights

 

We rely on our technology patents to protect our domestic business interests and ensure our position as a water filtration DTRO membrane pioneer in our industry. We have placed a high priority on the management of our intellectual property. Some products that are material to our operating results incorporate patented technology. Patented technology is critical to the continued success of our products. However, we do not believe that our business, as a whole, is dependent on, or that its profitability would be materially affected by the revocation, termination, expiration or infringement upon any particular patent. Patents in China are principally protected under the Patent Law of China. The duration of a patent right is either 10 years (utility model or design) or 20 years (invention) from the date of application, depending on the type of patent right. We currently hold eight patents in China:

 

Proprietary Name   Patent No   Patent Type   Application Date   Approval Date   Expiration Date   Authority
                         

Reverse Osmosis concentrated water recycling equipment with additional booster pump

  ZL 2014 2 0430050.9   Utility Mode   8/1/2014   12/10/2014   8/1/2024   China State Intellectual Property Office
                         
Oilfield drilling  water bottom mud wastewater treatment equipment  

 

 

 

ZL 2014 2 0821047.X

  Utility Model   12/23/2014   5/20/2015   12/23/2024  

China State Intellectual Property Office

                         

Unpowered back wash filter equipment

  ZL 2014 2 0821941.7  

 

Utility Model

  12/23/2014   5/27/2015   12/23/2024  

China State Intellectual Property Office

                         

 

Disk type membrane column recycled water recovery equipment

  ZL 2014 2 0838892.8   Utility Model   12/26/2014   5/20/2015   12/26/2024   China State Intellectual Property Office
                         
Rounded membrane filter equipment   ZL 2014 2 0839414.9   Utility Model   12/26/2014   5/27/2015   12/26/2024  

China State Intellectual Property Office

                         

Electrochemical, catalytic oxidation combined device for treatment of high concentration organic wastewater

  ZL 2014 2 0859863.X   Utility Model   12/31/2014   5/27/2015   12/31/2024   China State Intellectual Property Office
                         

Automatic identification of positive and reverse function of secondary water supply equipment control system

  ZL 2014 2 0860988.4   Utility Model   12/31/2014   7/8/2015   12/31/2024   China State Intellectual Property Office
                         

Water supply equipment control system of automatic switch between double power source

  ZL 2014 2 0861010.X   Utility Model   12/31/2014   5/6/2015   12/31/2024   China State Intellectual Property Office

 

  72  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Properties

 

Our headquarters is located at Ruida Road, Laishan District Economic Development Area, Yantai, Shandong Province, People's Republic of China. We currently have one Chinese domestic operating company, Jinzheng, following our disposal in December 2016 of Jinmo. Our facilities are used for manufacture, sales and marketing, research and development and administrative functions. All of the facilities are leased. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs and we do not believe we will encounter any difficulty in extending the terms of the leases by which we occupy our respective premises. A summary description of our facilities locations follows:

 

Office   Address   Rental Term   Space
The company headquarters office   No. 11 of Ruida Road, Laishan District Economic Development Area, Yantai, Shandong Province   December 2016 - December 2017   34,304. sq. ft.
             
The company Guangxi Autonomous Region liaison office   No. 28-11 of Shengli Dong, Changsheng Street, Yulin City, Guangxi Autonomous Region   October 2016 - October 2017   1,076 sq. ft.
             
The company headquarters production shop   No. 8, Lande Road, Laishan District Economic Development Area, Yantai, Shandong Province   April 2016 - April 2017    10,764 sq. ft.
             
The company Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region liaison office   No. 1, Lvdi Tengfei, Hohhot City, Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region   July 2016 – June 2017   1,292  sq. ft.

 

  73  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

REGULATION

 

Regulations and National Policies Relating to the Water Treatment Equipment Manufacturing Industry

 

Pursuant to (a) the Law of China on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution, which was adopted in 1984 and amended in 2008, (b) the Law of China on Circular Economy Promotion, which was adopted in 2009, and (c) Regulation on Urban Drainage and Sewage Treatment which was adopted in 2014, the Chinese government supports the application of advanced and applicable technology to the prevention and control of water pollution, the research, development and promotion of science and technology. Further, the Chinese government encourages social funds to invest, construct and operate urban drainage and sewage treatment equipment.

 

Pursuant to the Water Ten Plan, the Chinese government adopted specific targets related to water quality and environmental protection. To achieve these targets, the government will promote research and advanced technologies on water pollution treatment and recycling.

 

The principal regulation governing foreign ownership of water treatment equipment manufacturing businesses in China is the Foreign Investment Industrial Guidance Catalogue, which was amended by Ministry of Commerce and the National Development and Reform Commission in 2015. Under the Guidance Catalogue, our main business, the water treatment equipment manufacturing business is in an industry that foreign investors are encouraged to invest in. Foreign investment in the water treatment equipment manufacturing business in China is subject to approval from Ministry of Commerce and/or the local counterpart authorized by Ministry of Commerce in accordance with the business scale and total amount of investment. The foreign ownership of our Chinese subsidiary, Jinzheng, was approved by Department of Commerce of Shandong Province, and has obtained Certificate of Approval for Establishment of Enterprise with Investment of Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao and Overseas Chinese in China issued by People’s Government of Shandong Province on February 2, 2016.

 

Regulation of Foreign Currency Exchange and Dividend Distribution

 

Foreign Currency Exchange. The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations (1996), as amended on August 5, 2008, the Administration Rules of the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange (1996) and the Interim Measures on Administration on Foreign Debts (2003). Under these regulations, Renminbi are freely convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for most capital account items, such as direct investment, loans, repatriation of investment and investment in securities outside China, unless the prior approval of SAFE or its local counterparts is obtained. In addition, any loans to an operating subsidiary in China that is a foreign invested enterprise, cannot, in the aggregate, exceed the difference between its respective approved total investment amount and its respective approved registered capital amount. Furthermore, any foreign loan must be registered with SAFE or its local counterparts for the loan to be effective. Any increase in the amount of the total investment and registered capital must be approved by the China Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. We may not be able to obtain these government approvals or registrations on a timely basis, if at all, which could result in a delay in the process of making these loans.

 

The dividends paid by the subsidiary to its shareholder are deemed shareholder income and are taxable in China. Pursuant to the Administration Rules of the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange (1996), foreign-invested enterprises in China may purchase or remit foreign exchange, subject to a cap approved by SAFE, for settlement of current account transactions without the approval of SAFE. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account are still subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE and other relevant Chinese governmental authorities.

 

Dividend Distribution. The principal regulations governing the distribution of dividends by foreign holding companies include the Company Law of China (1993), as amended in 2013, the Foreign Investment Enterprise Law (1986), as amended in 2000, and the Administrative Rules under the Foreign Investment Enterprise Law (1990), as amended respectively in 2001 and 2014.

 

Under these regulations, wholly foreign-owned investment enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their retained profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign-owned investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their respective retained profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends, and a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is not permitted to distribute any profits until losses from prior fiscal years have been offset.

 

  74  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Circular 37. On July 4, 2014, SAFE issued Circular 37, which became effective as of July 4, 2014. According to Circular 37, Chinese residents shall apply to SAFE and its branches for going through the procedures for foreign exchange registration of overseas investments before contributing the domestic assets or interests to a SPV. An amendment to registration or filing with the local SAFE branch by such Chinese resident is also required if the registered overseas SPV’s basic information such as domestic individual resident shareholder, name, operating period, or major events such as domestic individual resident capital increase, capital reduction, share transfer or exchange, merger or division has changed. Although the change of overseas funds raised by overseas SPV, overseas investment exercised by overseas SPV and non-cross-border capital flow are not included in Circular 37, we may be required to make foreign exchange registration if required by SAFE and its branches.

 

Moreover, Circular 37 applies retroactively. As a result, Chinese residents who have contributed domestic assets or interests to a SPV, but failed to complete foreign exchange registration of overseas investments as required prior to implementation of Circular 37, are required to send a letter to SAFE and its branches for explanation. Under the relevant rules, failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 37 may result in receiving a warning from SAFE and its branches, and may result in a fine of up to RMB 300,000 for an organization or up to RMB 50,000 for an individual. In the event of failing to register, if capital outflow occurred, a fine up to 30% of the illegal amount may be assessed.

 

Chinese residents who control our Company are required to register with SAFE in connection with their investments in us. If we use our equity interest to purchase the assets or equity interest of a Chinese company owned by Chinese residents in the future, such Chinese residents will be subject to the registration procedures described in Circular 37.

 

New M&A Regulations and Overseas Listings

 

On August 8, 2006, six Chinese regulatory agencies, including the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, CSRC and SAFE, jointly issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the New M&A Rule, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009. This New M&A Rule, among other things, includes provisions that purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for purposes of overseas listing of equity interests in Chinese companies and controlled directly or indirectly by Chinese companies or individuals obtain the approval of CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange.

 

On September 21, 2006, CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. The CSRC approval procedures require the filing of a number of documents with the CSRC and it would take several months to complete the approval process. The application of this new Chinese regulation remains unclear with no consensus currently existing among leading Chinese law firms regarding the scope of the applicability of the CSRC approval requirement.

 

Our China counsel, KaiTong Law Firm, has advised us that, based on their understanding of the current Chinese laws and regulations:

 

we currently control Jinzheng by virtue of Newater HK acquiring 100% of the equity interests of Jinzheng, which are regulated by the New M&A Rule. According to the New M&A Rule, when a domestic company or a domestic natural person, through an overseas company established or controlled by it, to acquire a domestic company’s equity interest which is related to or connected with it, approval from Ministry of Commerce is required. At the time of our equity interest acquisition, as the acquiree, Jinzheng was not related to or connected with the foreign investor, or the acquirer, Newater HK. Accordingly, we did not need the approval from Ministry of Commerce. In addition, we have received all relevant approvals and certificates required for the acquisition;

 

the CSRC approval under the New M&A Rule only applies to overseas listings of SPVs that have used their existing or newly issued equity interest to acquire existing or newly issued equity interest in Chinese domestic companies, or a SPV-domestic company share swap. Newater does not constitutes a SPV that is required to obtain approval from the CSRC for overseas listing under the New M&A Rule because there has not been any SPV-domestic company share swap in our corporate history; and

 

notwithstanding the above analysis, the CSRC has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation regarding whether offerings like the one contemplated by this Prospectus are subject to the New M&A Rule.

 

  75  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

Regulations on Offshore Parent Holding Companies’ Direct Investment in and Loans to Their Chinese Subsidiaries

 

An offshore company may invest equity in a Chinese company, which will become the Chinese subsidiary of the offshore holding company after investment. Such equity investment is subject to a series of laws and regulations generally applicable to any foreign-invested enterprise in China, which include the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Contractual Joint Venture Enterprise Law, all as amended from time to time, and their respective implementing rules; the Administrative Provisions on Foreign Exchange in Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors; and the Notice of the State Administration on Foreign Exchange on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment.

 

Under the aforesaid laws and regulations, the increase of the registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is subject to the prior approval by the original approval authority of its establishment. In addition, the increase of registered capital and total investment amount shall both be registered with SAIC, Ministry of Commerce and SAFE.

 

Shareholder loans made by offshore parent holding companies to their Chinese subsidiaries are regarded as foreign debts in China for regulatory purpose, which is subject to a number of Chinese laws and regulations, including the Chinese Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, the Interim Measures on Administration on Foreign Debts, the Tentative Provisions on the Statistics Monitoring of Foreign Debts and its implementation rules, and the Administration Rules on the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange.

 

Under these regulations, the shareholder loans made by offshore parent holding companies to their Chinese subsidiaries shall be registered with SAFE. Furthermore, the total amount of foreign debts that can be borrowed by such Chinese subsidiaries, including any shareholder loans, shall not exceed the difference between the total investment amount and the registered capital amount of the Chinese subsidiaries, both of which are subject to the governmental approval.

 

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property Rights

  

Patent. Patents in China are principally protected under the Patent Law of China. The duration of a patent right is either 10 years (utility model or design) or 20 years (invention) from the date of application, depending on the type of patent right.

 

 Copyright. Copyright in China, including copyrighted software, is principally protected under the Copyright Law of China and related rules and regulations. Under the Copyright Law, for a company, the term of protection for copyright is 50 years from the first publication of its work.

 

Trademark. Registered trademarks are protected under the Trademark Law of China and related rules and regulations. Trademarks are registered with the Trademark Office of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce. Where registration is sought for a trademark that is identical or similar to another trademark that has already been registered or given preliminary examination and approval for use in the same or similar category of commodities or services, the application for registration of such trademark could be rejected. Trademark registrations are effective for a renewable ten-year period, unless otherwise revoked.

 

Domain names.     Domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names promulgated by the MIIT. The MIIT is the major regulatory body responsible for the administration of the Chinese Internet domain names, under supervision of which the CNNIC is responsible for the daily administration of .cn domain names and Chinese domain names. MIIT adopts the “first to file” principle with respect to the registration of domain names.

 

Employee Stock Option Plans

 

In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly-Listed Company, replacing earlier rules promulgated in March 2007, to regulate the foreign exchange administration of Chinese citizens and non-Chinese citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, with a few exceptions, who participate in stock incentive plans of overseas publicly-listed companies. Pursuant to these rules, these individuals who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly-listed company, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the Chinese subsidiaries of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. We and our executive officers and other employees who are Chinese citizens or non-Chinese citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year and have been granted options would be subject to these regulations upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete such SAFE registrations could subject us and these employees to fines and other legal sanctions. The State Administration of Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options or restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares would be subject Chinese individual income tax.

 

  76  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Regulations Relating to Labor

  

Pursuant to the China Labor Law, which was adopted in 1995, and the China Labor Contract Law, which was adopted in 2008 and amended in 2012, a written labor contract is required when an employment relationship is established between an employer and an employee. Other labor-related regulations and rules of China stipulate the maximum number of working hours per day and per week as well as the minimum wages. An employer is required to set up occupational safety and sanitation systems, implement the national occupational safety and sanitation rules and standards, educate employees on occupational safety and sanitation, prevent accidents at work and reduce occupational hazards.

 

An employer is obligated to sign an indefinite term labor contract with an employee if the employer continues to employ the employee after two consecutive fixed-term labor contracts, with certain exceptions. The employer also has to pay compensation to the employee if the employer terminates an indefinite term labor contract, with certain exceptions. Except where the employer proposes to renew a labor contract by maintaining or raising the conditions of the labor contract and the employee is not agreeable to the renewal, an employer is required to compensate the employee when a definite term labor contract expires. Furthermore, under the Regulations on Paid Annual Leave for Employees issued by the State Council in December 2007 and effective as of January 2008, an employee who has served an employer for more than one year and less than ten years is entitled to a 5-day paid vacation, those whose service period ranges from 10 to 20 years are entitled to a 10-day paid vacation, and those who have served for more than 20 years are entitled to a 15-day paid vacation. An employee who does not use such vacation time at the request of the employer must be compensated at three times their normal salaries for each waived vacation day.

 

Pursuant to the Regulations on Occupational Injury Insurance which was adopted in 2004 and amended in 2010, and the Interim Measures concerning the Maternity Insurance for Enterprise Employees, which was adopted in 1995, Chinese companies must pay occupational injury insurance premiums and maternity insurance premiums for their employees. Pursuant to the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, which was adopted in 1999, and the Interim Measures concerning the Administration of the Registration of Social Insurance, which was adopted in 1999, basic pension insurance, medical insurance and unemployment insurance are collectively referred to as social insurance. Both Chinese companies and their employees are required to contribute to the social insurance plans. The aforesaid measures are reiterated in the Social Insurance Law of China, which was adopted in July 2011, which stipulates the system of social insurance of China, including basic pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, occupational injury insurance and maternity insurance. Pursuant to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Fund, which was adopted in 1999 and amended in 2002, Chinese companies must register with applicable housing fund management centers and help each of their employees to establish a special housing fund account in an entrusted bank. Both Chinese companies and their employees are required to contribute to the housing funds.

 

Regulations Relating to Environmental Protection

 

The Environmental Protection Law, which was adopted in 1989 and amended in 2015, effectively established the legal framework for environment protection in China. The Environmental Protection Law requires the Ministry of Environmental Protection (the “MEP”), to implement uniform supervision and administration of environmental protection work nationwide and establishes national waste discharge standards. Enterprises producing environmental contamination and other public hazards must incorporate environmental protection work into their planning and establish environmental protection systems.

 

Through the adoption of the Environmental Impact Assessment Law of China in 2003 and the Rule on Classification for Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects in 2009, the Chinese government established a system to appraise the environmental impact of construction projects and classify the appraisal based on the degree of environmental impact caused by the construction project.

 

  77  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their ages and the positions held by them:

 

Name

 

Age

   

Position

 

Appointed

 
Yuebiao Li (1) (2)     43     Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board     June, 2016  
Zhuo Zhang (1) (2)     39     Chief Financial Officer and Director     June, 2016  
Hengtong Li (1) (3) (5) (6) (7)     52     Director     June, 2016  
Zhicun Chen (1) (3) (5)(6) (7)     43     Director     June, 2016  
 Yan Shen (1) (4) (5) (6) (7)     46     Director     June, 2016  

 

 

(1)   The individual’s business address is c/o Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. 8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai, Shandong China.
(2)   Class C director whose term expires at the 2019 succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.
(3)   Class B director whose term expires at the 2018 succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.
(4)   Class A director whose term expires at the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders.
(5)   Member of audit committee.
(6)   Member of compensation committee.
(7)   Member of nominating committee.

 

Yuebiao Li.  Mr. Li has served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Newater Technology since June 2016. Mr. Li co-founded Jinzheng in 2012 and has served as Jinzheng’s Chief Executive Officer and director since July 2012. Mr. Li served as General Manager of Daqing Jiejingyuan Water Treatment Equipment Sales Co., Ltd. from 2005 until 2012 and had previously served as Sales Manager from 2000 until 2005. Mr. Li received his associate degree in accounting from Heilongjiang University. Mr. Li was nominated as a director because his experience serving in executive positions at companies operating in the water treatment industry and has extensive knowledge, experience and relationships in China’s water treatment industry.

 

Zhuo Zhang.  Ms. Zhang has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Vice Chairman of Newater Technology since June 2016. Ms. Zhang co-founded Jinzheng in 2012 and has served as Jinzheng’s director and Chief Financial Officer since July 2012. From September 2005 through May 2012, Ms. Zhang served as Finance Manager of Daewoo Shipbuilding Ocean (Shandong) Co., Ltd., a subsidiary incorporated in Shandong province by Seoul based shipbuilder DSME. From May 2000 through September 2005, Ms. Zhang was Finance Manager of Doosan Engineering Machinery (China) Co, Ltd., a South Korean owned machine tool company in Shandong Province. Ms. Zhang holds a bachelor degree in accounting from Shandong Technology and Business University. Ms. Zhang was nominated as a director because of her extensive operating, accounting, internal control and financial knowledge of the Company, which gives her detailed understanding of the complexities of our operations.

 

Hengtong Li . Mr. Li has served as an independent director of Newater Technology since June 2016. Since 2000, Mr. Li has been the Deputy Director of Yantai Huansheng Tax Accounting Firm. Between 1995 and 2000, Mr. Li served as General Manager of Yantai Ziguang Technology Co., Ltd. Between 1991 and 1995, Mr. Li served as Chief Financial Officer of Yantai Chunsheng Knitwear Co., Ltd. Mr. Li is a member of the Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants (CICPA), and a member of Certified Tax Agents (CTA). Mr. Li holds a bachelor degree in management engineering from Qingdao University. Mr. Li was nominated as a director because of his experience in management, tax and accounting.

 

Zhicun Chen . Ms. Chen has served as an independent director of Newater Technology since June 2016. Since 2013, Ms. Chen has been the Chief Financial Officer of Achilles Shanghai International Trading Co., Ltd. Between 2008 and 2013, Ms. Chen served as Chief Financial Officer of Shanghai Celco Electronic Co., Ltd. Between 2000 and 2008, Ms. Chen worked as head of finance and accounting department of the Forestry Bureau of the Great Khingan Mountain. Ms. Chen is a member of the Institute of Public Accountants of Australia (IPA), a member of the Institute of Financial Accountants (IFA) of the United Kingdom, and a member of China Association of Chief Financial Officers. Ms. Chen holds a bachelor degree in accounting from Changchun University of Science and Technology. Ms. Chen was nominated as a director because of her experience in accounting and auditing.

 

Yan Shen . Mr. Shen has served as an independent director of Newater Technology since June 2016. Since 2001, Mr. Shen has served as Associate General Manager of Yantai Wanhua Micro Fibre Co., Ltd., in charge of national sales and marketing. Between 1993 and 2001, Mr. Shen served as international trade manager of China Machinery Import and Export Yantai Co., Ltd. Mr. Shen received his bachelor degree in machinery design and manufacturing from Yantai University. Mr. Shen was nominated as a director because of his sales and marketing experience.

 

  78  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Executive Compensation

 

Our board of directors has not adopted or established a formal policy or procedure for determining the amount of compensation paid to our executive officers. Currently, our board of directors determines the compensation to be paid to our executive officers based on our financial and operating performance and prospects, and contributions made by the officers to our success. Each of our named executive officers are measured by a series of performance criteria by the board of directors, or the compensation committee on a yearly basis. Such criteria are set forth based on certain objective parameters such as job characteristics, required professionalism, management skills, interpersonal skills, related experience, personal performance and overall corporate performance. The board of directors will make an independent evaluation of appropriate compensation to key employees, with input from management. The board of directors has oversight of executive compensation plans, policies and programs

 

In 2016, we expensed an aggregate of approximately $66,000 as salaries, bonuses and fees to our senior officers named in this prospectus. Other than salaries, fees and share incentives, we do not otherwise provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our officers and directors.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Under Chinese laws, there are some situations where we can terminate employment agreements without paying economic compensation, such as the employer maintains or raises the employment conditions but the employee refuses to accept the new employment agreement, when the employment agreement is scheduled to expire, the employee is retired in accordance with laws or the employee is dead, declared dead or has disappeared. For termination of employment in absence of legal cause, we are obligated to pay the employee two-month’s salary for each year we have employed the employee. We are, however, permitted to terminate an employee for cause without paying economic compensation, such as when the employee has committed a crime, being proved unqualified for recruitment during the probation period, seriously violating the rules and regulations of the employer, or the employee’s actions or inactions have resulted in a material adverse effect to us.

 

Our employment agreements with our executive officers generally provide for a term of four and one half (4.5) years, provided that either party may terminate the agreement on sixty (60) days notice and a salary to be paid monthly, subject to certain limitations. The agreements also provide that the executive officers are to work an average of forty (40) hours per week and are entitled to all legal holidays as well as other paid leave in accordance with Chinese laws and regulations and our internal work policies. Under such agreements, our executive officers may be terminated for cause without further compensation. During the agreement and for three (3) years afterward, our executive officers are required to keep trade secrets confidential.

 

The contracts that we have entered into with executive officers include the following:

 

Employment Agreement of Yuebiao Li

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Yuebiao Li effective July 5, 2012, providing for Mr. Li to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of Mr. Li’s employment agreement, Mr. Li is, among other matters, to take overall responsibility for the operational management and financial management of the Company in compliance with all applicable laws and devote a minimum of forty hours per week to the Company’s business and affairs and in return will be entitled to the following:

 

  Annual compensation of RMB 216,720 (approximately $33,000); and

 

Reimbursement of reasonable business expenses.

 

Mr. Li will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon annual profit of the company, in the sole discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Li’s employment agreement is for an initial term of fifty-four months, renewable for an additional six months unless either party terminates it in writing at least thirty days before the expiration of the initial term.

 

Additionally, Mr. Li’s employment agreement provides for confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions, whereby Mr. Li is required to keep trade secrets confidential during the course of his employment and for a period of thirty-six months following the termination of his employment. His employment contract also contains a non-compete clause for a duration of twenty-four months following his employment.

 

  79  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

Employment Agreement of Zhuo Zhang

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Zhuo Zhang effective July 5, 2012, providing for Ms. Zhang to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of Ms. Zhang’s employment agreement, Ms. Zhang is, among other matters, is to oversee all financial and operational controls and metrics of the company in accordance with industry rules and devote a minimum of forty hours per week to the Company’s business and affairs and in return will be entitled to the following:

 

  Annual compensation of RMB 216,720   (approximately $33,000); and

 

Reimbursement of reasonable business expenses.

 

Ms. Zhang will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon annual profit of the company, in the sole discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Zhang’s employment agreement is for an initial term of fifty-four months, renewable for an additional six months unless either party terminates it in writing at least thirty days before the expiration of the initial term.

 

Additionally, Ms. Zhang’s employment agreement provides for confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions, whereby Ms. Zhang is required to keep trade secrets confidential during the course of her employment and for a period of thirty-six months following the termination of her employment. Her employment contract also contains a non-compete clause for a duration of twenty-four months following her employment.

 

Board of Directors and Board Committees

 

Composition of Board

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. We expect that all current directors will continue to serve after this offering. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers and directors.

 

The directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors permits. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which their respective class of directors is re-elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers. Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Class A directors shall face re-election at our next annual general meeting of shareholders and every three years thereafter. Class B directors shall face re-election at our second annual general meeting of shareholders and every three years thereafter. Class C directors shall face re-election at our third annual general meeting of shareholders and every three years thereafter.

 

If the number of directors changes, any increase or decrease will be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly as possible. Any additional director of a class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class will hold office for a term that coincides with the remaining term of that class. Decreases in the number of directors will not shorten the term of any incumbent director. These board provisions could make it more difficult for third parties to gain control of our Company by making it difficult to replace members of the Board of Directors.

 

There are no membership qualifications for directors. Further, there are no share ownership qualifications for directors unless so fixed by us in a general meeting.

 

The Board of Directors maintains a majority of independent directors who are deemed to be independent under the definition of independence provided by NASDAQ Stock Market Rule 4200(a)(15). Hengtong Li, Zhicun Chen and Yan Shen are our independent directors.

 

There are no other arrangements or understandings pursuant to which our directors are selected or nominated.

 

Our Board of Directors plays a significant role in our risk oversight. The Board of Directors makes all relevant company decisions. As such, it is important for us to have both our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer serve on the Board as they play key roles in the risk oversight or the Company. As a smaller reporting company with a small board of directors, we believe it is appropriate to have the involvement and input of all of our directors in risk oversight matters.

 

Board Committees

 

Currently, three committees have been established under the board: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating committee. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our Company and audits of the financial statements of our Company, including the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors. The compensation committee of the board of directors reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding our compensation policies for our officers and all forms of compensation, and also administers our incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans (but our board retains the authority to interpret those plans). The nominating committee of the board of directors is responsible for the assessment of the performance of the board, considering and making recommendations to the board with respect to the nominations or elections of directors and other governance issues. The nominating committee considers diversity of opinion and experience when nominating directors.

 

  80  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

Hengtong Li, Zhicun Chen, and Yan Shen serve on all three committees. At this time, Hengtong Li chairs the nominating committee; Zhicun Chen chairs the audit committee; and Yan Shen chairs the compensation committee. Zhicun Chen qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and Nasdaq Capital Market corporate governance requirements.

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under British Virgin Islands law, our directors have a duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. See “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under British Virgin Islands law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. Shareholders shall have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

 

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

having all the powers necessary for managing and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs for the Company;

 

appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;

 

fixing the emoluments of officers;

 

exercising all powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party;

 

designating committees of directors;

 

executing checks, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments on behalf of the Company; and

 

determining that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange, or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

 

Interested Transactions

 

A director may vote, attend a board meeting or sign a document on our behalf with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested. A director must promptly disclose the interest to all other directors after becoming aware of the fact that he or she is interested in a transaction we have entered into or are to enter into. A general notice or disclosure to the board or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the board or any committee of the board that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company will be sufficient disclosure, and, after such general notice, it will not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction. A director may be counted for a quorum upon a motion in respect of any contract or arrangement which he shall make with our Company, or in which he is so interested and may vote on such motion.

 

Remuneration and Borrowing

 

The directors may receive such remuneration as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Each director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid for all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees of our board of directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors.

 

  81  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

 

Qualification

 

A director is not required to hold shares as a qualification to office.

 

Director Compensation

 

Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Employee directors do not receive any compensation for their services. Non-employee directors are entitled to receive $10,000 per year for serving as directors and may receive option grants from our Company. In addition, non-employee directors are entitled to receive compensation for their actual travel expenses for each Board of Directors meeting attended, up to a maximum of $2,000 per meeting and $4,000 per year. We did not pay our non-employee directors compensation in 2016.

 

Limitation of Director and Officer Liability

 

Under British Virgin Islands law, each of our directors and officers, in performing his or her functions, is required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by British Virgin Islands law or any other applicable laws, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for any acts or omissions in the performance of their duties. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under United States federal securities laws.

 

We may indemnify any of our directors or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings. We may only indemnify a director if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with the view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the director had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The decision of our board of directors as to whether the director acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and as to whether the director had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud sufficient for the purposes of indemnification, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entry of no plea does not, by itself, create a presumption that a director did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to our best interests or that the director had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. If a director to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, the director is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceedings.

 

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify the directors or officers against the liability as provided in our memorandum and articles of association.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors or officers under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

 

  82  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with Related Persons

 

Related parties with whom that we have conducted business consist of the following:

 

Name of Related Party   Nature of Relationship
Yuebiao Li   Principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)
     
Zhuo Zhang   Principal shareholder, Director, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”)
     
Yue Zhang   Principal shareholder, Zhuo Zhang’s sister
     
Wei Wang   Brother-in-law of Zhuo Zhang
     
Xiaojun Chen   Husband of Zhuo Zhang
     
Heilongjiang Binteer Environmental Protection Equipment Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (“Heilongjiang Binteer”)   Established by Yuebiao Li, and then Mr. Li transferred his 60% equity interest to his brother, Yuefeng Li in May 2014. Yuefeng Li then transferred his 60% equity interest to a third party individual for zero consideration in March 2016. Heilongjiang Binteer continues to be significantly influenced by us because we are its primary vendor and customer.
     
Daqing Wanjieyuan Water Treatment Equipment Sales Co., Ltd. (“Daqing Wanjieyuan”)   Controlled by Yuebiao Li
     
Mojie Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (“Mojie”)   Established and controlled by Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang. All of the equity interest was transferred to a third party in July 2015 but continues to be significantly influenced by us because we are its primary vendor.
     
Yantai Jinna Commerce Co., Ltd. (“Jinna”)   Significantly influenced by Yue Zhang, principal shareholder and sister of Zhuo Zhang
     
Shandong Jinmo Recycled Water Resource Co., Ltd. (“Jinmo”)   A subsidiary that was incorporated on March 19, 2015 and disposed of to a third party on December 8, 2016 for consideration of RMB 220,000 (approximately $31,678). After the transfer, the Company continues to have significant influence on Jinmo as Ping Yu, accounting manager of Jinzheng, serves as the legal representative of Jinmo.

 

Revenues from related parties and accounts receivable from related parties, net

 

The Company primarily provides products such as membranes, components and water purification equipment to Heilongjiang Binteer, Mojie, Daqing Wanjieyuan and Jinna. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company generated net related party revenues from Heilongjiang Binteer, Mojie, Daqing Wanjieyuan and Jinna in the amount of $294,666 and $3,659,421, respectively. The net related party accounts receivable with Heilongjiang Binteer, Mojie, Daqing Wanjieyuan and Jinmo amounted to $1,060,977 and $3,636,027 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, all of which were collected as of the filing date.

 

The Company took advantage of its related parties’ sales channels, in order to increase the business transactions and develop its own competitive advantage in the markets of North East China and Beijing Area.

 

Net revenues from related parties consisted of the following:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Heilongjiang Binteer   $ 290,007     $ 1,213,905  
Mojie     3,268       2,437,283  
Jinna     1,391       -  
Daqing Wanjieyuan     -       8,233  
Total   $ 294,666     $ 3,659,421  

 

  83  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

During the period from January 1, 2016 to December 7, 2016, Jinzheng sold equipment of $1,063,137 to Jinmo. The sales were prior to the disposal of Jinmo, recorded as intercompany sales and eliminated on our consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The receivables in connection with the sales were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and fully collected as of the filing date.

 

Accounts receivable from related parties consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Heilongjiang Binteer   $ -     $ 970,470  
Mojie     -       2,654,004  
Jinmo     1,063,137       -  
Daqing Wanjieyuan     -       13,864  
Accounts receivable from related parties     1,063,137       3,638,338  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (2,160 )     (2,311 )
Accounts receivable from related parties, net   $ 1,060,977     $ 3,636,027  

 

The movement of allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable from related parties consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance   $ 2,311     $ -  
Increase     -       2,408  
Decrease     -       -  
Effects of foreign exchange rate     (151 )     (97 )
Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance   $ 2,160     $ 2,311  

 

Materials supplied by related party and accounts payable to related party

 

The Company also purchased materials from Heilongjiang Binteer amounting to $556,692 and $2,971,017 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The materials purchased include membrane column, membrane filter, and other components of water treatment equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the total purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer represented cost of revenues from related party for 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, total purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer of $2,971,017 and the purchase of $13,951 from 2014, totaling $2,984,968, constituted the cost of revenues from related party for 2015. The balance of accounts payable to related party was entirely related to the purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer, which amounted to $0 and $1,112,463 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Due from related parties

 

Due from related parties consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    Largest Principal Amount for 2016     December 31,
2015
    Largest Principal Amount for 2015  
Xiaojun Chen   $ -     $ 77,021     $ 77,021     $ 77,021  
Jinna     -       46,391       46,391       46,391  
Yuebiao Li     -       2,311       2,311       2,311  
Yue Zhang     683       37,579       -       66,045  
Jinmo     2,880       2,880       -       -  
Mojie     -       320,678       194,673       194,673  
Total   $ 3,563     $ 486,860     $ 320,396     $ 386,441  

 

  84  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The balance due from Xiaojun Chen, Jinna and Mojie represents non-secured short-term loans obtained from the Company, which bear no interest and were due on demand. On January 29, 2015, the Company entered into a car leasing agreement with Yuebiao Li, pursuant to which the Company would lease Yuebiao Li’s personal car from February 1, 2015 to January 31, 2018 under a monthly rent of approximately $2,400 (RMB 15,000). The Company paid $28,898 (RMB 180,000) for twelve months’ use during 2015 and the balance of $2,311 (RMB 15,000) due from Yuebiao Li as of December 31, 2015 was expensed during 2016. All the balance due from Xiaojun Chen, Jinna, and Mojie was paid off during 2016.

 

From time to time, the Company advances to Yue Zhang, former cashier and currently staff of purchase department of the Company, in connection with the Company’s daily operations . The advances are in immaterial amount each time and reflected as due from Yue Zhang before invoice is received. The Company paid total advances of $240,492 and settled $239,809 in total with invoices for the year ended December 31, 2016. The balance due from Yue Zhang was $683 as of December 31, 2016 and was collected as of the filing date.

 

The balance due from Jinmo represents non-secured short-term loan obtained from the Company, which bears no interest and was due on demand. The balance was paid off as of the filing date.

 

Due to related parties

 

Due to related parties consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    Largest Principal Amount for 2016     December 31,
2015
    Largest Principal Amount for 2015  
Zhuo Zhang   $ 1,084     $ 1,520,216     $ 193,592     $ 725,343  
Yuebiao Li     713,915       752,547       10,783       82,459  
Daqing Wanjieyuan     -       -       -       81,322  
Total   $ 714,999     $ 2,272,763     $ 204,375     $ 889,124  

 

The balance of due to related parties represents expenses incurred by related parties in the ordinary course of business, expense related parties paid on behalf of the Company as well as the loans the Company obtained from related parties for working capital purposes. The loans owed to the related parties are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

On August 31, 2015, Zhuo Zhang and Xiaojun Chen, on behalf of the Company, entered into a non-interest one-year car loan agreement with Ping’an Bank, pursuant to which a loan of $25,834 (RMB 167,708) would be provided for a car purchase. The loan was guaranteed and pledged by the Company and recorded as due to related parties as of December 31, 2015.  The loan was repaid on August 17, 2016.

 

In September 2015, Zhuo Zhang deposited $267,510 (RMB 1,736,596) in the bank on behalf of the Company, as a pledge for bank acceptance notes issued by the Company. The deposit was recorded as restricted cash as of December 31, 2015.

 

On November 28, 2016, Yantai Guotai Investment Limited Company (“Yantai Guotai”), Yuebiao Li, and Jinzheng entered into a borrowing agreement, pursuant to which, Yuebiao Li personally borrowed RMB 5,000,000 (approximately $719,963) from Yantai Guotai at annual interest rate of 10% for one year. The loan and associated interest are temporarily received and paid by Jinzheng on behalf of Yuebiao Li. The funds were used by Jinzheng in early 2017 and thus recorded as loan from Yuebiao Li as of December 31, 2016.

 

On November 30 and December 28, 2016, respectively, the Company paid approximately $5,040 (RMB 35,000) and $2,160 (RMB 15,000) to purchase a trademark from Daqing Wanjieyuan.

 

  85  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of December 31, 2016, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common shares offered by us in our initial public offering, for:

 

each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common shares;
     
each of our directors;
     
each of our named executive officers; and
     
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power or the power to receive the economic benefit with respect to all common shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. None of the stockholders listed in the table are a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker dealer. None of the stockholders listed in the table are located in the United States and none of the common shares held by them are located in the United States.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 9,199,000 common shares outstanding at December 31, 2016. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co, Ltd. 8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai, Shandong China.

 

   

Beneficial Ownership
Prior to  Offering  (1)

   

Beneficial Ownership
After Offering   (1)

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Common Shares

   

Percentage

   

Percentage

 
Tigerwind Group Limited (2) (4) (5)     2,900,000       31.53 %     26.85 %
Zhuo Zhang (3) (4) (5)     1,900,000       20.65 %     17.59 %
Hengtong Li (4)     0       *       *  
Zhicun Chen (4)     0       *       *  
Yan Shen (4)     0       *       *  
All directors and executive officers as a group     4,800,000       52.18 %     44.45 %
                         
Yue Zhang (5)     600,000       6.52 %     5.56 %
5% or greater beneficial owners as a group             6.52 %  
5.56 %

 

 

* Less than 1%.

(1)   Assumes all 1,600,000 shares are issued pursuant to this offering. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the common shares or the power to receive the economic benefit of the common shares.
(2)   Represents 2,900,000 shares directly held by Tigerwind Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands limited liability company controlled by Mr. Yuebiao Li, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Li holds voting and investment power over the shares held.
(3)   Chief Financial Officer.
(4)   Director.
(5)   Principal shareholder.

 

  86  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

We were incorporated as an international business company under the International Business Companies Act, 1984, in the British Virgin Islands on September 30, 2015 under the name “Newater Technology, Inc.” As of the date of this prospectus, we have authorized 200,000,000 common shares, of $0.001 par value per share.

 

The following are summaries of the material provisions of our memorandum and articles of association that will be in force at the time of the closing of this offering and the BVI Act, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our common shares. The forms of our memorandum and articles of association are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Common Shares

 

General

 

All of our issued common shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the common shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the British Virgin Islands may freely hold and vote their common shares.

 

At the completion of this offering, there will be 10,799,000 common shares issued and outstanding, assuming all 1,600,000 shares are sold.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our common shares on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NEWA.” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing the common shares; however, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for the common shares is Vstock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598.

 

Distributions

 

The holders of our common shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the BVI Act.

 

Voting rights

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action and may be effected by a resolution in writing. At each general meeting, each shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each common share, which such shareholder holds. Cumulative voting is not a concept that is accepted as a common practice in the British Virgin Islands, and we have made no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association to allow cumulative voting for elections of directors.

 

Directors

 

Our directors are not required to hold a share as a qualification for office. With regards to conflicts of interest, our directors are entitled to vote a matter relating to an interested transaction.

 

Meetings

 

We must provide written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating the time, place and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, the purpose or purposes thereof, at least seven days before the date of the proposed meeting to those persons whose names appear as shareholders in the register of members on the date of the notice and are entitled to vote at the meeting. Our board of directors shall call a special meeting upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of our outstanding voting shares. In addition, our board of directors may call a special meeting of shareholders on its own motion. A meeting of shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if shareholders holding at least 90 percent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the shares which that shareholder holds.

 

  87  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

At any meeting of shareholders, a quorum will be present if there are shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less than on1/3 of the issued common shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting. Such quorum may be represented by only a single shareholder or proxy. If no quorum is present within two hours of the start time of the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved if it was requested by shareholders. In any other case, the meeting shall be adjourned to the next business day, and if shareholders representing not less than one-third of the votes of the common shares or each class of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting are present within one hour of the start time of the adjourned meeting, a quorum will be present. No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If present, the chair of our board of directors shall be the chair presiding at any meeting of the shareholders.

 

A corporation that is a shareholder shall be deemed for the purpose of our memorandum and articles of association to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative. This duly authorized representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.

 

Protection of minority shareholders

 

We would normally expect British Virgin Islands courts to follow English case law precedents, which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action, or derivative action in our name, to challenge (1) an act which is ultra vires or illegal, (2) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority by parties in control of us, (3) the act complained of constitutes an infringement of individual rights of shareholders, such as the right to vote and pre-emptive rights and (4) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a special or extraordinary majority of the shareholders.

 

Pre-emptive rights

 

There are no pre-emptive rights applicable to the issue by us of new common shares under either British Virgin Islands law or our memorandum and articles of association.

 

Transfer of common shares

 

Subject to the restrictions in our memorandum and articles of association, the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements” and applicable securities laws, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her common shares by written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee. Our board of directors may resolve by resolution to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer of any common share. If our board of directors resolves to refuse or delay any transfer, it shall specify the reasons for such refusal in the resolution. Our directors may not resolve or refuse or delay the transfer of a common share unless the person transferring the shares has failed to pay any amount due in respect of any of those shares.

 

Liquidation

 

If we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders are more than sufficient to repay all amounts paid to us on account of the issue of shares immediately prior to the winding up, the excess shall be distributable pari passu among those shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up immediately prior to the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively. If we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among the shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the amounts paid to us on account of the issue of shares, those assets shall be distributed so that, to the greatest extent possible, the losses shall be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the amounts paid up immediately prior to the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively. If we are wound up, the liquidator appointed by us may, in accordance with the BVI Act, divide among our shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of our assets (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as the liquidator deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders.

 

Calls on common shares and forfeiture of common shares

 

Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their common shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least fourteen days prior to the specified time of payment. The common shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

  88  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Redemption of common shares

 

Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our memorandum and articles of association and subject to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by, the BVI Act, the SEC, the NASDAQ Capital Market, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

 

Modifications of rights

 

All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, be amended only pursuant to a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than fifty percent of the issued shares in that class.

 

Changes in the number of shares we are authorized to issue and those in issue

 

We may from time to time by resolution of our board of directors:

 

amend our memorandum of association to increase or decrease the maximum number of shares we are authorized to issue;

 

subject to our memorandum, divide our authorized and issued shares into a larger number of shares; and

 

subject to our memorandum, combine our authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of shares.

 

Untraceable shareholders

 

We are entitled to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, provided that:

 

all checks or warrants in respect of dividends of these shares, not being less than three in number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of twelve years prior to the publication of the notice and during the three months referred to in the third bullet point below;

 

we have not during that time received any indication of the whereabouts or existence of the shareholder or person entitled to these shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

we have caused a notice to be published in newspapers in the manner stipulated by our memorandum and articles of association, giving notice of our intention to sell these shares, and a period of three months has elapsed since such notice.

 

The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us, and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to the net proceeds.

 

Inspection of books and records

 

Under British Virgin Islands Law, holders of our common shares are entitled, upon giving written notice to us, to inspect (i) our memorandum and articles of association (our charter), (ii) the register of members, (iii) the register of directors and (iv) minutes of meetings and resolutions of members (shareholders), and to make copies and take extracts from the documents and records. However, our directors can refuse access if they are satisfied that to allow such access would be contrary to our interests. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

 

There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association (our charter) on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

  89  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Issuance of additional common shares

 

Our memorandum and articles of association (our charter) authorizes our board of directors to issue additional common shares from authorized but unissued shares, to the extent available, from time to time as our board of directors shall determine.

 

Differences in Corporate Law

 

The BVI Act and the laws of the British Virgin Islands affecting British Virgin Islands companies like us and our shareholders differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the laws of the British Virgin Islands applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

 

Mergers and similar arrangements

 

Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with Section 170 of the BVI Act. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders.

 

While a director may vote on the plan of merger or consolidation even if he has a financial interest in the plan, the interested director must disclose the interest to all other directors of the company promptly upon becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company.

 

A transaction entered into by our Company in respect of which a director is interested (including a merger or consolidation) is voidable by us unless the director’s interest was (a) disclosed to the board prior to the transaction or (b) the transaction is (i) between the director and the company and (ii) the transaction is in the ordinary course of the company’s business and on usual terms and conditions.

 

Notwithstanding the above, a transaction entered into by the company is not voidable if the material facts of the interest are known to the shareholders and they approve or ratify it or the company received fair value for the transaction.

 

Shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation may still acquire the right to vote if the plan of merger or consolidation contains any provision that, if proposed as an amendment to the memorandum or articles of association, would entitle them to vote as a class or series on the proposed amendment. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the plan of merger or consolidation.

 

The shareholders of the constituent companies are not required to receive shares of the surviving or consolidated company but may receive debt obligations or other securities of the surviving or consolidated company, other assets, or a combination thereof. Further, some or all of the shares of a class or series may be converted into a kind of asset while the other shares of the same class or series may receive a different kind of asset. As such, not all the shares of a class or series must receive the same kind of consideration.

 

After the plan of merger or consolidation has been approved by the directors and authorized by a resolution of the shareholders, articles of merger or consolidation are executed by each company and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands.

 

A shareholder may dissent from a mandatory redemption of his shares, an arrangement (if permitted by the court), a merger (unless the shareholder was a shareholder of the surviving company prior to the merger and continues to hold the same or similar shares after the merger) or a consolidation. A shareholder properly exercising his dissent rights is entitled to a cash payment equal to the fair value of his shares.

 

A shareholder dissenting from a merger or consolidation must object in writing to the merger or consolidation before the vote by the shareholders on the merger or consolidation, unless notice of the meeting was not given to the shareholder. If the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the company must give notice of this fact to each shareholder within twenty days who gave written objection. These shareholders then have twenty days to give to the company their written election in the form specified by the BVI Act to dissent from the merger or consolidation, provided that in the case of a merger, the twenty days starts when the plan of merger is delivered to the shareholder.

 

  90  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Upon giving notice of his election to dissent, a shareholder ceases to have any shareholder rights except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares. As such, the merger or consolidation may proceed in the ordinary course notwithstanding his dissent.

 

Within seven days of the later of the delivery of the notice of election to dissent and the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a specified price per share that the company determines to be the fair value of the shares. The company and the shareholder then have thirty days to agree upon the price. If the company and a shareholder fail to agree on the price within the thirty days, then the company and the shareholder shall, within twenty days immediately following the expiration of the thirty-day period, each designate an appraiser and these two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser. These three appraisers shall fix the fair value of the shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ approval of the transaction without taking into account any change in value as a result of the transaction.

 

Shareholders’ suits

 

There are both statutory and common law remedies available to our shareholders as a matter of British Virgin Islands law. These are summarized below.

 

Prejudiced members

 

A shareholder who considers that the affairs of a company have been, are being, or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, can apply to the court under Section 184I of the BVI Act, inter alia, for an order that his shares be acquired, that he be provided compensation, that the Court regulate the future conduct of the company, or that any decision of the company which contravenes the BVI Act or our memorandum and articles of association be set aside.

 

Derivative actions

 

Section 184C of the BVI Act provides that a shareholder of a company may, with the leave of the Court, bring an action in the name of the company to redress any wrong done to it. We would normally expect British Virgin Islands courts to follow English case law precedents, which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action, or derivative action in our name, to challenge (1) an act which is ultra vires or illegal, (2) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority by parties in control of us, (3) the act complained of constitutes an infringement of individual rights of shareholders, such as the right to vote and pre-emptive rights and (4) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a special or extraordinary majority of the shareholders.

 

Just and equitable winding up

 

In addition to the statutory remedies outlined above, shareholders can also petition for the winding up of a company on the grounds that it is just and equitable for the court to so order. Save in exceptional circumstances, this remedy is only available where the company has been operated as a quasi partnership and trust and confidence between the partners has broken down.

 

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

 

British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any provision providing indemnification may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

 

Under our memorandum and articles of association, we indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings for any person who:

 

is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director; or

 

is or was, at our request, serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

These indemnities only apply if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

  91  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our memorandum and articles of association

 

Some provisions of our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that provide for a staggered board of directors and prevent shareholders from taking an action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. However, under British Virgin Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, as they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our Company.

 

Directors’ fiduciary duties

 

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

Under British Virgin Islands law, our directors owe the company certain statutory and fiduciary duties including, among others, a duty to act honestly, in good faith, for a proper purpose and with a view to what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company. Our directors are also required, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, taking into account without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken. In the exercise of their powers, our directors must ensure neither they nor the company acts in a manner that contravenes the BVI Act or our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and re-stated from time to time. A shareholder has the right to seek damages for breaches of duties owed to us by our directors.

 

Shareholder action by written consent

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. British Virgin Islands law provides that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a written resolution without a meeting signed by or on behalf of shareholders sufficient to constitute the requisite majority of shareholders who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting; provided that if the consent is less than unanimous, notice must be given to all non-consenting shareholders. Our memorandum and articles of association does permit shareholders to act by written consent.

 

Shareholder proposals

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum and articles of association allow our shareholders holding not less than 30% of the votes of the outstanding voting shares to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. We are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings, but our memorandum and articles of association do permit the directors to call such a meeting. The location of any shareholders’ meeting can be determined by the board of directors and can be held anywhere in the world.

 

  92  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Cumulative voting

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under British Virgin Islands law, our memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

 

Removal of directors

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our memorandum and articles of association, directors can be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director of for purposes including the removal of the director or by written resolution passed by at least 75 percent of the vote of the shareholders entitled to vote or by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

 

Transactions with interested shareholders

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors. British Virgin Islands law has no comparable statute.

 

Dissolution; Winding Up

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the BVI Act and our memorandum and articles of association, we may appoint a voluntary liquidator by a resolution of the shareholders or by resolution of directors.

 

Variation of rights of shares

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our memorandum and articles of association, if at any time our shares are divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not our company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than 50 percent of the issued shares in that class. 

 

Amendment of governing documents

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law, our memorandum and articles of association may be amended by a resolution of shareholders and, subject to certain exceptions, by a resolution of directors. Any amendment is effective from the date it is registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands.

 

  93  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

We will have 10,799,000 shares of our common shares outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. This includes 1,600,000 shares that we are selling in our initial public offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately following our initial public offering. The shares of common shares that were not offered and sold in our initial public offering are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Since those restricted securities are not a part of this offering, they are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described below and subject to the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  on the date of this prospectus, none of these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market;

 

  181 days after the date of this prospectus, an additional 9,199,000 common shares held by by non-officer or director shareholders, and officer and director shareholders subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of our Company at the time of sale, or at any time during the preceding three months, and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of our common shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding common shares or the average weekly trading volume of common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about our Company. In addition, sales by our affiliates may be subject to the terms of lock-up agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale – Lock-Up Agreements.”

 

A person who has not been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his or her common shares for at least six months, would be entitled under Rule 144 to sell such shares without regard to any manner of sale, notice provisions or volume limitations described above. Any such sales must comply with the public information provision of Rule 144 until our common shares have been held for one year.

 

Rule 701

 

Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also restricted and may be sold by shareholders other than affiliates of our Company subject only to manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its six-month holding period requirement.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our directors, executive officers and all of our existing stockholders who own our common shares, will enter into lock-up agreements with the representative of the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, agree not to: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common shares (including common shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired; (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the foregoing securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

  94  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

TAX MATTERS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES

 

The following sets forth the material British Virgin Islands, Chinese and U.S. federal income tax matters related to an investment in our common shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our common shares and is based on laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. Unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, this section is the opinion of Haneberg Hurlbert PLC, our U.S. and British Virgin Islands counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law and British Virgin Islands tax law, and of KaiTong Law Firm, our China counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Chinese tax law.

 

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold common shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

 

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SHARES.

 

China Enterprise Income Tax

 

According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of China (the “EIT Law”), which was promulgated on March 16, 2007 and became effective on January 1, 2008, the income tax for both domestic and foreign-invested enterprises is at a uniform rate of 25%, unless they qualify for certain exceptions. The Regulation on the Implementation of Enterprise Income Tax Law of China (the “EIT Rules”) was promulgated on December 6, 2007 and became effective on January 1, 2008.

 

On April 14, 2008, the Chinese Ministry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation enacted the Administrative Measures for Certifying High and New Technology Enterprises, which retroactively became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the EIT Law, certain qualified high-tech companies may benefit from a preferential tax rate of 15% if they own their core intellectual properties and are classified into certain industries strongly supported by the Chinese government and set forth by certain departments of the Chinese State Council. Jinzheng was granted the high and new technology enterprise (“HNTE”) qualification valid until the year-end of 2017. There can be no assurance, however, that Jinzheng will continue to meet the qualifications for such a reduced tax rate. In addition, there can be no guaranty that relevant governmental authorities will not revoke Jinzheng’s “high and new technology enterprise” status in the future.

 

Uncertainties exist with respect to how the EIT Law applies to the tax residence status of Newater and our offshore subsidiaries. Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with a “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise”, which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that exercises substantive and overall management and control over the production and business, personnel, accounting books and assets of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in Circular 82 issued by the State Administration of Taxation, at April 22, 2009 which provides that a foreign enterprise controlled by a Chinese company or a Chinese company group will be classified as a “resident enterprise” with its “de facto management bodies” located within China if the following criteria are satisfied:

 

the place where the senior management and core management departments that are in charge of its daily operations perform their duties is mainly located in China;

 

  95  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

its financial and human resources decisions are made by or are subject to approval by persons or bodies in China;

 

its major assets, accounting books, company seals, and minutes and files of its board and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in China; and

 

more than half of the enterprise’s directors or senior management with voting rights frequently reside in China.

 

We do not believe that we meet the conditions outlined in the preceding paragraph since Newater does not have a Chinese enterprise or enterprise group as our primary controlling shareholder. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to the Company that has been deemed a China “resident enterprise” by the Chinese tax authorities.

 

If we are deemed a China resident enterprise, we may be subject to the EIT at the rate of 25% on our global income, except that the dividends we receive from our Chinese subsidiaries may be exempt from the EIT to the extent such dividends are deemed dividends among qualified resident enterprises. If we are considered a resident enterprise and earn income other than dividends from our Chinese subsidiaries, a 25% EIT on our global income could significantly increase our tax burden and materially and adversely affect our cash flow and profitability.

 

China Business Tax and VAT

 

Pursuant to the Provisional Regulation of China on Business Tax of China last amended on November 10, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009 and the Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Provisional Regulation of China on Business Tax last amended on October 28, 2011 and effective as of November 1, 2011, all entities and individuals engaged in providing taxable services, transfer of intangible assets or the sale of real estate are subject to business tax. The business tax rate applicable to the construction industry is 3%. Certain client projects require services from the company, which fall into the construction work category. The business tax rate at 3% therefore applied. Due to tax reform, business tax is now replaced by value added tax.

 

Pursuant to the Provisional Regulations on VAT of China last amended on November 5, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009 and the Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Provisional Regulation of China on VAT last amended on October 28, 2011 and effective as of November 1, 2011, all entities or individuals in China engaging in the sale of goods, the provision of processing services, repairs and replacement services, and the importation of goods are required to pay VAT. The amount of VAT payable is calculated as “output VAT” minus “input VAT” and the rate of VAT is 17% for sales of most of our goods.

 

People’s Republic of China Taxation

 

Under the EIT law and EIT Rules, both of which became effective on January 1, 2008, the income tax for both domestic and foreign-invested enterprises is at a uniform rate of 25%, unless they qualify for certain exceptions. On April 14, 2008, the Chinese Ministry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation enacted the Administrative Measures for Certifying High and New Technology Enterprises, which retroactively became effective on January 1, 2008 provide that certain qualified high-tech companies may benefit from a preferential tax rate of 15% if they own their core intellectual properties and are classified into certain industries strongly supported by the Chinese government and set forth by certain departments of the Chinese State Council. Jinzheng was granted the HNTE qualification valid for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. There can be no assurance, however, that Jinzheng will continue to meet the qualifications for such a reduced tax rate. In addition, there can be no guaranty that relevant governmental authorities will not revoke Jinzheng’s “high and new technology enterprise” status in the future. We are a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and we gain substantial income by way of dividends from our Chinese subsidiaries. The EIT Law and Rules provide that China-sourced income of foreign enterprises, such as dividends paid by a Chinese subsidiary to its equity holders that are non-resident enterprises, will normally be subject to Chinese withholding tax at a rate of 10%, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement.

 

British Virgin Islands Taxation

 

Under the BVI Act as currently in effect, a holder of common shares who is not a resident of the British Virgin Islands is exempt from British Virgin Islands income tax on dividends paid with respect to the common shares and all holders of common shares are not liable to the British Virgin Islands for income tax on gains realized during that year on sale or disposal of such shares. The British Virgin Islands does not impose a withholding tax on dividends paid by a company incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act.

 

  96  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

There are no capital gains, gift or inheritance taxes levied by the British Virgin Islands on companies incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act. In addition, shares of companies incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act are not subject to transfer taxes, stamp duties or similar charges.

 

There is no income tax treaty or convention currently in effect between the United States and the British Virgin Islands or between China and the British Virgin Islands.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

a person whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar;

 

banks;

 

financial institutions;

 

insurance companies;

 

regulated investment companies;

 

real estate investment trusts;

 

broker-dealers;

 

traders that elect to mark-to-market;

 

U.S. expatriates;

 

tax-exempt entities;

 

persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;

 

persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting shares;

 

persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as consideration; or

 

persons holding our common shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

 

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors about the application of the U.S. Federal tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the common shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

 

  97  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or in the event we are deemed to be a Chinese “resident enterprise” under the China tax law, we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, common shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our common shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

 

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our common shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

 

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

 

Taxation of Dispositions of Common Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the common shares. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Capital gains are generally subject to United States federal income tax at the same rate as ordinary income, except that non-corporate U.S. Holders who have held common shares for more than one year may be eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

Based on our current and anticipated operations and the composition of our income and assets, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending December 31, 2016. Our actual PFIC status for the current taxable years ending December 31, 2016 will not be determinable until after the close of such taxable years and, accordingly, there is no guarantee that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year. PFIC status is a factual determination for each taxable year which cannot be made until the close of the taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

 

at least 75% of its gross income is passive income; or

 

at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

 

We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

 

We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC. As a result, our PFIC status may change. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our common shares, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our common shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the common shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold common shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold common shares. However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “deemed sale” election with respect to the common shares.

 

  98  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the common shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the common shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares;

 

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

 

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale or other disposition of the common shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the common shares as capital assets.

 

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the common shares, you will include in ordinary income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in such common shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the common shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the common shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the common shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the common shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the common shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such common shares. Your tax basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “—Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares” generally would not apply.

 

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the NASDAQ Capital Market. If the common shares are regularly traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market and if you are a holder of common shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

 

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold common shares in any year in which we are a PFIC, you will generally be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 to report your ownership of our common shares as well as distributions received on the common shares, any gain realized on the disposition of the common shares, any PFIC elections you would like to make in regard to the common shares, and any information required to be reported pursuant to such an election.

 

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our common shares and the elections discussed above.

 

  99  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Dividend payments with respect to our common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders.

 

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain United States Holders are required to report information relating to common shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold shares. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

 

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status to the payor, under penalties of perjury, on the applicable IRS Form W-8BEN.

 

  100  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with limited liability. We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a British Virgin Islands corporation, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, all of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

We have appointed Vcorp Agent Services, Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

 

KaiTong Law Firm, our counsel as to Chinese law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of China would (1) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, or (2) be competent to hear original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction, against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

KaiTong Law Firm has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the Chinese Civil Procedure Law. Chinese courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the Chinese Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or in reciprocity between jurisdictions. Accordingly, there is uncertainty whether China courts will recognize or enforce judgments of United States or British Islands Courts because China does not have any treaties or other agreements with the British Virgin Islands or the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. KaiTong Law Firm has further advised us that under Chinese law, Chinese courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our officers and directors if the court decides that such judgment violates the basic principles of Chinese law or national sovereignty, security or social public interest.

 

We have been advised by Haneberg Hurlbert PLC, our counsel as to British Virgin Islands law, that the United States and the British Virgin Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, is unlikely to be enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. We have also been advised by Haneberg Hurlbert PLC that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts under which a sum of money is payable as compensatory damages (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the court of the British Virgin Islands under the common law doctrine of obligation.

 

  101  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

UNDERWRITING

 

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with ViewTrade Securities Inc. to act as representative for the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of our common shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:

Underwriter   Number of Shares  
ViewTrade Securities Inc.        
Total     1,600,000  

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of the common shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

 

The underwriters will initially offer the shares to be sold in this offering directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers at the initial public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $     per share. After the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. No change in those terms will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

We have applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NEWA.”

 

The following table shows the per share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us.  

 

    Per Share     Total  
Initial public offering price           -           -  
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)     -       -  
Proceeds, before expenses     -       -  

 

 

(1) Does not include a 1.5% non-accountable expense allowance or other expenses described below. 

 

We will also pay to the underwriters by deduction from the net proceeds of the offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1.5% of the gross proceeds from the offering. In addition, we have agreed to pay up to $100,000 of the legal fees of counsel to the underwriters.

 

We shall also be responsible for all expenses relating to the offering, including, without limitation, (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares to be sold in the offering with the SEC and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (b) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such shares on a mutually acceptable stock exchange; (c) up to for fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of such shares under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate; (d) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such shares; (e) stock transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from us to the underwriters; and (f) the fees and expenses of our accountants and the fees and expenses of our legal counsel and other agents and representatives.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $800,000.

 

  102  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price of the shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

Indemnification Escrow Agreement

 

We have agreed with the underwriters in this offering to establish an escrow account in the United States and to fund such account with $500,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during a two year period following the offering. The escrow account will not be interest bearing, and we will be free to invest the assets in securities. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the two year period expires.

 

No Sales of Similar Securities

 

Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders who own our common shares, will enter into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, agree not to: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common shares (including common shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired; (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the foregoing securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of common shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The common shares to be sold pursuant to Internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

  103  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

Selling Restrictions

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

The underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both in and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.

 

Hong Kong

 

The common shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 622, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

People’s Republic of China

 

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in China, and common shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of China except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of China. For the purpose of this paragraph, China does not include Taiwan, and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

 

  104  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

 

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) will be as follows. With the exception of the filing fees for the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, FINRA and NASDAQ, all amounts are estimates.

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 806  
FINRA filing fee   $ 4,100  
NASDAQ listing fee   $ 70,000  
Legal fees and expenses for Chinese counsel   $ 80,000 *
Legal fees and expenses for BVI counsel   $ 10,000 *
Legal fees and expenses for U.S. counsel   $ 310,000 *
Accounting fees and expenses   $ 270,000 *
Printing fees and expenses   $ 50,000 *
Miscellaneous   $ 5,094 *
Total   $ 800,000 *

 

* Estimated

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain matters as to U.S. federal law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Haneberg Hurlbert PLC. The validity of the shares and certain legal matters relating to the offering as to British Virgin Islands law will be passed upon for us by Haneberg Hurlbert PLC. Certain legal matters relating to the offering as to Chinese law will be passed upon for us by KaiTong Law Firm, People’s Republic of China. Haneberg Hurlbert PLC may rely upon KaiTong Law Firm with respect to matters governed by Chinese law. K&L Gates LLP, Miami, FL, has acted as counsel for the underwriters with respect to this offering.

 

EXPERTS

 

Financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years then ended appearing in this prospectus, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of MaloneBailey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing. MaloneBailey LLP has been our independent auditor since 2016 and is not a member of any professional organizations. MaloneBailey’s address is 9801 Westheimer Rd., Houston, TX 77042.

 

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

  

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the common stock was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal underwriters, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

 

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

  

  105  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public, we will be required to file periodic reports (including an annual report on Form 20-F, which we will be required to file within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

  106  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2016 and 2015 F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-6
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 – F-27

 

  F- 1  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

 

Newater Technology, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Newater Technology, Inc. and Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. The consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Newater Technology, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP

 

www.malonebailey.com

 

Houston, Texas

April 18, 2017

 

  F- 2  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
             
ASSETS
Current assets            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,484,762     $ 135,152  
Restricted cash     1,439,926       596,394  
Accounts receivable, net     2,637,236       1,443,005  
Accounts receivable from related parties, net     1,060,977       3,636,027  
Notes receivable     68,108       15,404  
Inventories     4,840,234       2,369,798  
Advances to suppliers and other current assets, net     2,528,411       683,876  
Due from related parties     3,563       320,396  
Deferred tax assets     181,003       109,546  
Total current assets     14,244,220       9,309,598  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net     1,199,611       1,323,721  
Land use right, net     2,143,002       -  
Other non-current assets     4,591       28,305  
Total assets   $ 17,591,424     $ 10,661,624  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Current liabilities                
Accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors   $ 1,844,077     $ 840,795  
Accounts payable to related party     -       1,112,463  
Short term loans     2,879,853       3,234,900  
Due to related parties     714,999       204,375  
Current portion of deferred income     25,919       27,728  
Advances from customers     833,742       456,204  
Income tax payables     329,212       537,834  
Other current liabilities     210,400       463,586  
Total current liabilities     6,838,202       6,877,885  
                 
Deferred income, non-current     -       30,808  
Total liabilities     6,838,202       6,908,693  
                 
Shareholders' equity                
Common shares ($0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 9,199,000 and 8,200,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)     9,199       8,200  
Additional paid-in capital     7,949,466       2,999,947  
Statutory reserves     382,802       92,995  
Retained earnings     2,960,698       816,785  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (548,943 )     (164,996 )
Total shareholders' equity     10,753,222       3,752,931  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 17,591,424     $ 10,661,624  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 3  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

   

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

  

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
             
Net revenues   $ 11,985,055     $ 3,318,833  
Net revenues from related parties     294,666       3,659,421  
Total revenues     12,279,721       6,978,254  
Cost of revenues     7,182,081       778,903  
Cost of revenues from related party     556,692       2,984,968  
Total cost of revenues     7,738,773       3,763,871  
Gross profit     4,540,948       3,214,383  
Operating expenses:                
Selling, general and administrative     3,146,521       1,643,313  
Total operating expenses     3,146,521       1,643,313  
Income from operations     1,394,427       1,571,070  
Interest expense     155,553       164,613  
Other expenses (income)     (1,743,283 )     8,030  
Total other expense (income)     (1,587,730 )     172,643  
Income before income taxes provisions     2,982,157       1,398,427  
Income tax provisions     548,437       452,850  
Net income     2,433,720       945,577  
Other comprehensive loss                
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (383,947 )     (166,349 )
Total comprehensive income   $ 2,049,773     $ 779,228  
                 
Earnings per common share                
Basic   $ 0.28     $ 0.12  
Diluted   $ 0.28     $ 0.10  
Weighted average common shares outstanding                
Basic     8,767,738       8,200,000  
Diluted     8,767,738       9,160,087  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 4  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Number of Shares     Common Shares     Additional Paid-in Capital     Retained Earnings (Deficit)     Statutory Reserves     Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)    

Total Shareholders’

Equity

 
Balance, December 31, 2014     8,200,000     $ 8,200     $ 787,151     $ (35,797 )   $ -     $ 1,353     $ 760,907  
Net income     -       -       -       945,577       -       -       945,577  
Capital contribution from owners     -       -       2,212,796       -       -       -       2,212,796  
Statutory reserves     -       -       -       (92,995 )     92,995       -       -  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       (166,349 )     (166,349 )
Balance, December 31, 2015     8,200,000       8,200       2,999,947       816,785       92,995       (164,996 )     3,752,931  
Net income     -       -       -       2,433,720       -       -       2,433,720  
Capital contribution from  owners     -       -       198,917       -       -       -       198,917  
Statutory reserves     -       -       -       (289,807 )     289,807       -       -  
Issuance of common shares for debt conversion     999,000       999       3,846,001       -       -       -       3,847,000  
Issuance of common shares for cash     -       -       5,323,026       -       -       -       5,323,026  
Capital distribution in connection with acquisition of a subsidiary     -       -       (4,418,425 )     -       -       -       (4,418,425 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       (383,947 )     (383,947 )
Balance, December 31, 2016     9,199,000     $ 9,199     $ 7,949,466     $ 2,960,698     $ 382,802     (548,943 )   $ 10,753,222  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 5  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities                
Net income   $ 2,433,720     945,577  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization expense     187,662       86,396  
Bad debt expense     76,459       39,173  
Deferred income taxes     (82,162 )     (106,401 )
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment     -       6,199  
Gain on disposal of subsidiary     (789 )     -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable, net     (1,410,115 )     (1,411,777 )
Accounts receivable from related parties, net     3,645,922       (3,754,977 )
Notes receivable     (56,139 )     64,218  
Inventories     (2,743,853 )     (1,890,918 )
Advances to suppliers and other current assets     (2,289,933 )     (540,737 )
Advances to supplier - related party     -       793,106  
Due from related parties     75,469       (1,023 )
Other non-current assets     22,857       132,971  
Accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors     1,079,258       582,555  
Accounts payable to related party     (2,140,504 )     1,159,416  
Other current liabilities    

352,502

      437,151  
Advances from customers     425,736       (42,227 )
Deferred income     (30,102 )     61,007  
Due to related parties     (28,257 )     (68,302 )
Income tax payables     (181,386 )     550,163  
Cash used in operating activities     (663,655 )     (2,958,430 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities                
Purchase of land use right     (2,261,745 )     -  
Purchases of property and equipment     (66,641 )     (1,218,404 )
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment     -       9,296  
Cash advanced to third parties     (301,019 )     (40,136 )
Repayments from third parties     338,646       -  
Cash advanced to related parties     (239,467 )     (353,767 )
Repayments from related parties     473,320       20,871  
Net change in restricted cash     (922,380 )     (621,567 )
Disposal of subsidiary     (1,209 )     -  
Cash used in investing activities     (2,980,495 )     (2,203,707 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from issuances of common shares     5,323,026       -  
Capital contribution from shareholders     198,917       2,212,796  
Capital distribution in connection with acquisition of a subsidiary     (4,418,425 )     -  
Borrowings from related parties     2,558,661       478,969  
Repayment to related parties     (1,982,733 )     (799,590 )
Borrowings from third parties     11,613,289       4,013,614  
Repayment to third parties     (8,142,563 )     (642,178 )
Cash provided by financing activities     5,150,172       5,263,611  
                 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (156,412 )     (3,080 )
                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,349,610       98,394  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year     135,152       36,758  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year   $ 1,484,762     $ 135,152  
                 
Supplemental cash flow information                
Cash paid for interest   $ 307,797     8,354  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 812,637     9,088  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Stock issued for debt conversion   $ 3,847,000     -  

 

The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

  F- 6  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 – ORGANIZATION

 

Newater Technology, Inc. (“Newater Technology”) was incorporated on September 30, 2015 under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. On November 4, 2015, Newater Technology incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary, Newater HK Limited (“Newater HK”) in Hong Kong for the purpose of being a holding company for the equity interest in Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. (“Jinzheng”). Other than the equity interest in Newater HK, Newater Technology did not conduct any operations or own any material assets or liabilities except for cash and prepaid professional fees. Newater HK did not conduct any operations or own any material assets or liabilities except for cash, professional fees payable, and the 100% of the equity interest of Jinzheng which it acquired on January 25, 2016.

 

Jinzheng was founded in Yantai City, Shandong Province, People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) on July 5, 2012 as a limited liability company. Prior to December 8, 2016, Jinzheng had a wholly owned subsidiary, Shandong Jinmo Recycled Water Resource Co., Ltd. (“Jinmo”), which was incorporated on March 19, 2015, in Yantai City, Shandong Province, PRC. Jinmo, prior to being disposed of in December 2016, and Jinzheng were engaged in the business of development, manufacture, installation and sale of disk tube reverse osmosis (“DTRO”) and Disk Tube Nanofiltration (“DTNF”) membrane filtration products that are used in the treatment, recycling and discharge of wastewater.

 

On January 25, 2016, and February 5, 2016, respectively, Newater HK entered into an equity transfer agreement and supplementary equity transfer agreement with Yuebiao Li, Zhuo Zhang, and Yue Zhang, the shareholders of Jinzheng at the time, to acquire 100% of the equity interests in Jinzheng (“reorganization”).

 

On December 8, 2016, the Company transferred 100% of its equity interests in Jinmo to a third party company, Beijing Hezhong Qingyuan Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd., for a consideration of RMB 220,000 (approximately $31,678).

 

As a result, Jinmo, prior to it being disposed of on December 8, 2016, Newater HK, and Jinzheng are referred to as subsidiaries. Newater Technology and its consolidated subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”, “we” and “us”, unless specific reference is made to an entity.

 

Immediately before and after the reorganization, the shareholders of Jinzheng controlled Jinzheng and Newater Technology. Therefore, for accounting purposes, the reorganization is accounted for as a transaction of entities under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout the periods presented. The historical cost of the both parties are carried forward.

 

Note 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying audited financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

This basis of accounting differs in certain material respects from that used for the preparation of the books of account of the Company, which are prepared in accordance with the accounting principles and the relevant financial regulations applicable to enterprises with limited liabilities established in the PRC ("PRC GAAP"), the accounting standards used in the places of their domicile. The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect necessary adjustments not recorded in the books of account of the Company to present them in conformity with U.S. GAAP.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consolidate the financial statements of Newater Technology, its 100% owned subsidiary Newater HK, Newater HK’s 100% owned subsidiary Jinzheng, and Jinzheng’s 100% owned subsidiary Jinmo prior to being disposed of in December 2016. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

  F- 7  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollar (“$”), which is the reporting currency of the Company. The functional currency of Newater Technology and Newater HK is United States dollar. The functional currency of Jinzheng and Jinmo is Renminbi (“RMB”). For the subsidiaries whose functional currencies are RMB, results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate at the end of the period, and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are included in determining other comprehensive income or loss. Transaction gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

The consolidated balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were translated at RMB 6.9448 and RMB 6.4917 to $1.00, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were RMB 6.6441 and RMB 6.2288 to $1.00, respectively.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions of future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. Significant estimates and assumptions by management include, among others, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories and income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and cash in time deposits, certificates of deposit and all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

 

Restricted Cash

 

Restricted cash mainly represents bank deposits used to pledge the bank acceptance notes. The Company entered into credit agreements with commercial banks in China (“endorsing banks”) which agree to provide credit within stipulated limits. Within the stipulated credit limits, the Company can issue bank acceptance notes to its suppliers as payments for the purchases. In order to issue bank acceptance notes, the Company is generally required to make initial deposits to the endorsing banks in amounts of certain percentage of the face amount of the bank acceptance notes to be issued by the Company. The cash in such accounts is restricted for use over the terms of the bank acceptance notes, which are normally three to six months.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Bad Debts

 

Accounts receivable consists principally of amounts due from trade customers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and collateral is not generally required. Certain credit sales are made to industries that are subject to cyclical economic changes.

 

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its clients to make required payments or to cover potential credit losses. Estimates are based on historical collection experience, current trends, credit policy and relationship between accounts receivable and revenues. In determining these estimates, the Company examines historical write-offs of its receivables and reviews each client’s account to identify any specific customer collection issues.

 

  F- 8  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Retention receivable

 

Retention receivable is the amount withheld by a customer until the warranty period is over. Retention receivables which were expected to be collected within one year of $708,424 and $242,986 were included in the balance of accounts receivables as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Retention receivables which were expected to be collected after one year were presented separately as a non-current asset. Retention receivables from related parties which were expected to be collected within one year of $53,833 and $197,645 were included in the balance of accounts receivables from related parties as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories, consisting of raw materials, work in process and finished goods related to the Company’s products are stated at the lower of cost or market utilizing the weighted average method. The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate excess and slow moving inventory. We evaluate the recoverability of our inventory based on assumption about expected demand and market conditions.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment, are stated at cost less depreciation and accumulated impairment loss. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. Maintenance, repairs and betterments, including replacement of minor items, are charged to expense; major additions to physical properties are capitalized.

 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is calculated based on cost, less their estimated residual value, if any, using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Machinery equipment     10 years  
Computer software     10 years  
Electronic equipment     5 years  
Office equipment     5 years  
Motor vehicles     10 years  
Buildings     20 years  
Leasehold improvement     5 years  

 

Construction in progress mainly represents expenditures with respect of the Company’s factory under construction. All direct costs relating to the acquisition or construction of the Company’s factory are capitalized as construction in progress. No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress.

 

Land Use Rights 

 

According to the law of China, the government owns all the land in China. Companies or individuals are authorized to possess and use the land only through land use rights granted by the Chinese government. Land use rights are being amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of 50 years. 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 360, the Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, or at least annually. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value and its book value. For years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not record any impairment charges on long-lived assets.

 

  F- 9  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, notes receivables, inventories, advances to suppliers and other current assets, accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors, short term loans, advances from customers, and other current liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values due to the short maturities.

 

Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm's-length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, freemarket dealings may not exist. Representations about transactions with related parties, if made, shall not imply that the related party transactions were consummated on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's-length transactions unless such representations can be substantiated. It is not, however, practical to determine the fair value of amounts due from/to related parties due to their related party nature.

 

Operating Leases

 

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the lease period. 

 

Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the sum of the weighted average number of common stock outstanding and dilutive potential common stock during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of common stock warrants using the treasury stock method. Common equivalent shares are not included in the denominator of the diluted earnings per share calculation when inclusion of such shares would be anti-dilutive.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company derives its revenues from sale of products such as water purifying membranes and water purification equipment (“product sales”) and sale of water purifying installation projects (“project sales”). The Company recognizes revenue when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Revenue consists of the invoiced value for the sales net of value-added tax (“VAT”), business tax, applicable local government levies, rebates, discounts and returns.

 

The Company chooses its customers with scrutiny and keeps record of collection of receivables. Receivables from customers with solid credit condition and history are considered probable to be collected.

 

There were no sales returns and allowances for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company does not provide unconditional right of return, pricing protection or any other concessions to its customers. The Company provides free after-sales service including warranty, technical support and training for a period ranging from one to two years. Historically, the actual after-sales expense was immaterial.

  

For project sales, transfer of title and risk of loss occurs when the equipment is delivered and installed in accordance with the contractual terms. For product sales to third parties and related parties, transfer of title and risk of loss occurs when the membranes and equipment are delivered. In instances where contractual terms include a provision for customer acceptance, revenue is recognized when either (i) the Company has previously demonstrated that the equipment meets the specified criteria based on either seller or customer-specified objective criteria or (ii) upon formal acceptance received from the customer where the equipment has not been previously demonstrated to meet customer-specified objective criteria.

 

Project Sales

 

The general contract terms of water purifying installation projects include project management, timeframe of the project, payment terms, rights and obligations of parties, acceptance criteria, and liability for breach of contract.

 

The term of project management specifies the details such as design and manufacturing of the water-purifying equipment, site installation, trial runs and technical support and training. A general contract would be completed within two months and does not include general right of return.

 

  F- 10  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Government Grants

 

Government grants include cash subsidies as well as other subsidies received from the PRC government by the subsidiaries of the Company. Such subsidies are generally provided as incentives from the local government to encourage the expansion of local business. The government grant is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income when cash is received and the relevant performance criteria specified in the grant are met. In the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company received government grants of approximately $1,721,000 (RMB 11,432,000) and $61,000 (RMB 380,000), respectively, and recognized approximately $1,751,000, or RMB 11,632,000 (RMB 11,432,000 from issuance in 2016 and RMB 200,000 from issuance in 2015), and $0 as other income in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, respectively. Approximately $26,000 and $59,000 were recorded as deferred income as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The details including performance criteria are as follows:

 

Jinzheng received the following subsidies in 2015:

 

  RMB 180,000 as Jinzheng’s research and development plan was chosen as one of the annual key plans of Shandong Province. (“RMB 180K Subsidy”)

 

  RMB 200,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the subsidy of production and cooperation project of Yantai City, Laishan District. (“RMB 200K Subsidy”)

 

The above subsidies were subject to further research and development obligations and were recorded as deferred income in 2015. The research and development projects required for the RMB 200K Subsidy were completed in the year ended December 31, 2016, and therefore the RMB 200,000 received in 2015 was recognized as other income in consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income in 2016. The RMB 180K Subsidy remained as deferred income as of December 31, 2016 as required research and development projects were uncompleted.

 

Jinzheng received the following subsidies in 2016:

 

  RMB 500,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the subsidy of university-industry cooperation and international cooperation projects (“RMB 500K Subsidy”). The recognition requirements for the RMB 500K Subsidy include research and development projects completed with higher education institutions and collaboration with foreign companies with advanced technologies.

 

  RMB 1,200,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the subsidy of special membrane project (“RMB 1.2M Subsidy”). The recognition requirements for the RMB 1.2M Subsidy include the commencement of special membrane project in Laishan District Economic Development Area in 2016 and tax payment of certain amount in the same year.

 

  RMB 9,732,000 as Jinzheng successfully applied for the high technology subsidy (“RMB 9.7M Subsidy”). There is no specific requirement for the RMB 9.7M Subsidy.

 

The requirements of the above subsidies totaling RMB 11,432,000 received in 2016 were fully fulfilled and the subsidies were recognized as other income in consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The costs primarily consist of raw materials consumed in research and development activities and salaries paid for the development and improvement of the Company’s products. Research and development costs of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $622,051 and $434,974, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses.

 

Selling expenses

 

Selling expenses consist primarily of advertising, salaries, travelling and shipping and handling costs incurred during the selling activities. Advertising and transportation expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Advertising costs amounting to $7,931 and $8,816 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are included in selling expenses.

 

Shipping and handling costs amounting to $11,663 and $41,002 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are included in selling expenses.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the provision of FASB ASC 740-10, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

  F- 11  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Comprehensive income/loss

 

ASC 220 “Comprehensive Income” established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income/loss, its components and accumulated balances. Components of comprehensive income/loss include net income/loss and foreign currency translation adjustments. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the only component of accumulated other comprehensive income/loss was foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are cash, restricted cash, notes receivables and accounts receivable arising from its normal business activities. The Company places its cash in what it believes to be credit-worthy financial institutions. The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of the customer and, based upon factors surrounding the credit risk, establishes an allowance, if required, for uncollectible accounts and, as a consequence, believes that its accounts receivable credit risk exposure beyond such allowance is limited.

 

Related Parties Transactions

 

A related party is generally defined as (i) any person that holds 10% or more of the Company’s securities and their immediate families, (ii) the Company’s management, (iii) someone that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company, or (iv) anyone who can significantly influence the financial and operating decisions of the Company. A transaction is considered to be a related party transaction when there is a transfer of resources or obligations between related parties. The Company conducts business with its related parties in the ordinary course of business. Related parties may be individuals or corporate entities.

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer of the Company who reviews financial information of separate operating segments based on U.S. GAAP. The chief operating decision maker now reviews results analyzed by customer. This analysis is only presented at the revenue level with no allocation of direct or indirect costs. Consequently, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment.

   

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “ Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis ”. The amendments in this Update affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments: 1. Modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities. 2. Eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. 3. Affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships. 4. Provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The ASU will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2015, The FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “ Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory ”. The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require an entity to measure in scope inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Subsequent measurement is unchanged for inventory measured using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments should be applied prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The adoption of ASU 2015-11 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date ”. The amendments in ASU 2015-14 defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year. Public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 12  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, " Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes ". The amendments in ASU 201517 eliminates the current requirement for organizations to present deferred tax liabilities and assets as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. Instead, organizations will be required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The amendments may be applied prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, " Financial Instruments Overall (Subtopic 82510): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ". The amendments in ASU 201601, among other things, requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; Requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; Requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables); Eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance permits early adoption of the own credit provision. In addition, the new guidance permits early adoption of the provision that exempts private companies and not-for-profit organizations from having to disclose fair value information about financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, " Leases (Topic 842) ". Among other things, in the amendments in ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short term leases) at the commencement date: A lease liability, which is a lessee's obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and A right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee's right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted for all public business entities and all nonpublic business entities upon issuance. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08," Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) ". The amendments in this ASU are intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations by amending certain existing illustrative examples and adding additional illustrative examples to assist in the application of the guidance. The effective date and transition of these amendments is the same as the effective date and transition of ASU 20140-9, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)". Public entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2014-09 for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods therein. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing ”. The amendments add further guidance on identifying performance obligations and also to improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. The amendments do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in Topic 606. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 13  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients ”. The amendments, among other things: (1) clarify the objective of the collectability criterion for applying paragraph 606-10-25-7; (2) permit an entity to exclude amounts collected from customers for all sales (and other similar) taxes from the transaction price; (3) specify that the measurement date for noncash consideration is contract inception; (4) provide a practical expedient that permits an entity to reflect the aggregate effect of all modifications that occur before the beginning of the earliest period presented when identifying the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations, determining the transaction price, and allocating the transaction price to the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations; (5) clarify that a completed contract for purposes of transition is a contract for which all (or substantially all) of the revenue was recognized under legacy GAAP before the date of initial application, and (6) clarify that an entity that retrospectively applies the guidance in Topic 606 to each prior reporting period is not required to disclose the effect of the accounting change for the period of adoption. The effective date of these amendments is at the same date that Topic 606 is effective. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “ Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ”. These amendments provide cash flow statement classification guidance for: 1. Debt Prepayment or Debt Extinguishment Costs; 2. Settlement of Zero-Coupon Debt Instruments or Other Debt Instruments with Coupon Interest Rates That Are Insignificant in Relation to the Effective Interest Rate of the Borrowing; 3. Contingent Consideration Payments Made after a Business Combination; 4. Proceeds from the Settlement of Insurance Claims; 5. Proceeds from the Settlement of Corporate-Owned Life Insurance Policies, including Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policies; 6. Distributions Received from Equity Method Investees; 7. Beneficial Interests in Securitization Transactions; and 8. Separately Identifiable Cash Flows and Application of the Predominance Principle. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-17, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control” . These amendments change the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity by changing how a reporting entity that is a single decision maker of a variable interest entity treats indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity. If a reporting entity satisfies the first characteristic of a primary beneficiary (such that it is the single decision maker of a variable interest entity), the amendments require that reporting entity, in determining whether it satisfies the second characteristic of a primary beneficiary, to include all of its direct variable interests in a variable interest entity and, on a proportionate basis, its indirect variable interests in a variable interest entity held through related parties, including related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If an entity adopts the pending content that links to this paragraph in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim period. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “ Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash ”. These amendments require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. As a result, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 14  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20, “ Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ”. The amendments in ASU 2016-20 affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2014-09 including Loan Guarantee Fees, Contract Costs, Provisions for Losses on Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts, Disclosure of Remaining Performance Obligations, Disclosure of Prior Period Performance Obligations, Contract Modifications, Contract Asset vs. Receivable, Refund Liability, Advertising Costs, Fixed Odds Wagering Contracts in the Casino Industry, and Costs Capitalized for Advisors to Private Funds and Public Funds. The effective date of these amendments are at the same date that Topic 606 is effective. Topic 606 is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods therein (i.e., January 1, 2018, for a calendar year entity). The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “ Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business ”. These amendments clarify the definition of a business. The amendments affect all companies and other reporting organizations that must determine whether they have acquired or sold a business. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The amendments are intended to help companies and other organizations evaluate whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early adoption is permitted under certain circumstances. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 3 – DISPOSAL

 

On December 8, 2016, the Company sold all of the assets and liabilities of Jinmo to a third party for proceeds of approximately $31,678 (RMB 220,000), which resulted in a gain on the transaction of $789. Including the gain on the sale transaction, Jinmo contributed $14,511 to income before income taxes provisions. Jinmo has historically been reported as a component of our operations and contributed $21,799 to income before income taxes provisions for the year ended December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, the balance of Jinmo’s net assets that were sold during 2016 included cash and cash equivalents of $2,099, accounts receivable of $289,292, accounts receivable from related parties of $970,470, other current assets of $75,204, other current liabilities of $85,634, and income tax payables of $815.

 

The disposal does not constitute a strategic shift that will have a major effect on our operations or financial results and as such, the disposal is not classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 4 – RESTRICTED CASH

 

Restricted cash represents the bank deposit pledged for the bank acceptance notes issued to suppliers. The Company had restricted cash of $1,439,926 and $596,394 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

On September 28, 2015, the Company issued bank acceptance notes of $267,510 (RMB1,736,596). To expedite the issuing process, the Company and Zhuo Zhang agreed to use the same personal account used in 2014 under Zhuo Zhang’s name for deposit purpose and therefore $267,510 was transferred from the Company to Zhuo Zhang, who made a term deposit under her name as a pledge for the notes. As the deposit was provided and only used by the Company as pledge for its bank acceptance notes, could not be used for other purposes during the term of the notes, and directly used to settle the liabilities when the bank acceptance notes became due on March 29, 2016, it was recorded as restricted cash as of December 31, 2015.

 

Note 5 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

The net book value of accounts receivable consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
Accounts receivable   $ 2,674,134     $ 1,482,478  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (36,898 )     (39,473 )
Accounts receivable, net   $ 2,637,236     $ 1,443,005  

 

  F- 15  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

The movement of allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance   $ 39,473     $ 4,432  
Increase     -       36,765  
Decrease     -       -  
Effects of foreign exchange rate     (2,575 )     (1,724 )
Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance   $ 36,898     $ 39,473  

 

Note 6 – INVENTORIES

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, inventories consisted of the following: 

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Raw materials   $ 1,707,610     $ 624,432  
Work in progress     3,132,624       300,420  
Finished goods     -       1,444,946  
      4,840,234       2,369,798  
Less: reserve for obsolete inventory     -       -  
Inventories   $ 4,840,234     $ 2,369,798  

 

Note 7 – ADVANCES TO SUPPLIERS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, advances to suppliers and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Other current assets                
VAT-input   $ -     $ 103,001  
Others     610,216       135,666  
Total other current assets     610,216       238,667  
Advances to suppliers     1,991,343       445,209  
Total     2,601,559       683,876  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (73,148 )     -  
Advances to suppliers and other current assets, net   $ 2,528,411     $ 683,876  

 

Other current assets include the value added tax pending for deduction, advances to employees for business travels or business development purpose and other miscellaneous receivables such as utility fees, social insurances, personal income tax paid in advances on behalf of employees and deposits, which include guarantee deposit, rent deposit, and security deposit for bidding customer projects.

 

The Company advanced RMB 2,000,000 (approximately $307,700) to Yantai Yezhan Economic and Trade Ltd., Co. on August 10, 2016. The loan bears annual interest of 5% and due in six months. On September 29, 2016, the loan was fully repaid along with interest.

 

  F- 16  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Note 8 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

      December 31,
2016
      December 31,
2015
 
Machinery equipment   $ 941,333     $ 957,769  
Electronic equipment     69,037       53,775  
Office equipment     62,542       46,473  
Vehicles     194,961       208,568  
Buildings     89,661       64,698  
Computer software     23,825       25,488  
Construction in progress     -       5,661  
Leasehold improvements     50,011       55,613  
Total property, plant and equipment     1,431,370       1,418,045  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (231,759 )     (94,324 )
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 1,199,611     $ 1,323,721  

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $165,906 and $86,396, respectively.

 

Note 9 – LAND USE RIGHT, NET

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, land use right consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Cost   $ 2,163,815     $       -  
Less: accumulated amortization     (20,813 )     -  
Land use right, net   $ 2,143,002     $ -  

 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $21,756 and $0, respectively.

 

On July 19, 2016, the Company entered into a land use right transfer agreement with Yantai Aotesai Energy Ltd., pursuant to which the Company purchased a parcel of land of 32,441.61 square meters located in Laishan District Economic Development Area for a total consideration of approximately $2,248,829 (RMB 14,598,725). Transfer of the land use right was completed in March 2017.

 

Note 10 – DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

 

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Deferred tax assets, current            
Unpaid accrued expenses   $ 57,221     $ 86,573  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     5,859       10,446  
Expense cut-off     10,972       12,527  
Others     106,951       -  
Deferred tax assets     181,003       109,546  
Less: valuation allowance     -       -  
Deferred tax assets, current   $ 181,003     $ 109,546  

 

Deferred taxation is calculated under the liability method in respect of taxation effect arising from all timing differences, which are expected with reasonable probability to realize in the foreseeable future. The Company and its subsidiaries do not have income tax liabilities in U.S. as the Company had no U.S. taxable income for the reporting periods. The Company’s subsidiary registered in the PRC is subject to income taxes within the PRC at the applicable tax rate.

 

  F- 17  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Note 11 – SHORT TERM LOANS

 

Short term loans and related guarantees are comprised of the following:

 

    Guarantors   December 31,
2016
    December 31, 2015  
Bank of China, Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch   Yantai Runtai Medical Co., Ltd.;
Yuebiao Li, principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and his wife;
Jinmo;
Xiaojun Chen, husband of Zhuo Zhang who is principal shareholder, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company;
Yue Zhang, principal shareholder, sister of Zhuo Zhang who is principal shareholder, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company
  $ -     $ 770,214  
Beijing Bangruisi Investment Co., Ltd.   Yuebiao Li, principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company;
Zhuo Zhang, principal shareholder, director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company
    -       2,310,643  
Bank of China, Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch  

Yantai Runtai Medical Co., Ltd.;

Yuebiao Li, principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and his wife;

Zhuo Zhang, principal shareholder, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and her husband;

Yue Zhang, principal shareholder, sister of Zhuo Zhang who is principal shareholder, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company;

    1,151,941       -  
Yantai Branch, China Everbright Bank  

Yuebiao Li, principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and his wife;

Zhuo Zhang, principal shareholder, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company;

    215,990       -  
Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd.; Yantai Xingfu Branch  

Yantai Runtai Medical Co., Ltd.;
Yuebiao Li, principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and his wife;

Zhuo Zhang, principal shareholder, Director and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and her husband;

Pledged by the Company using property and equipment

    1,439,926       -  
Daqing Yahualong Lubricating Oil Selling Ltd.         71,996       -  
Yantai Runtai Medical Co., Ltd. (“Runtai”)         -       154,043  
        $ 2,879,853     $      3,234,900  

 

  F- 18  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

On February 2, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year loan contract with Beijing Bangruisi Investment Co., Ltd. (“Bangruisi”), pursuant to which the Company borrowed $2,310,643 (RMB 15,000,000) with an annual interest rate of 10%, and Yuebiao Li, principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, would transfer 1% of the Company’s equity interest to a person assigned by Bangruisi as the pledge. Bangruisi would have the option to extend the loan for another year upon maturity. In addition, Bangruisi would have the right to convert all or part of the loan into contributed capital of Jinzheng at a price of $2,310,643 (RMB 15,000,000) for 20% equity interest within two years from inception of the loan and the right would not expire in case of early repayment. Furthermore, the Company granted Bangruisi a transferable option to acquire a maximum of 5% of the Company’s equity interest by a consideration of $770,214 (RMB 5,000,000). If Bangruisi decides to purchase less than 5% of the Company’s equity interest, the consideration would be adjusted proportionately. The 5% interest could be repurchased by Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang with a price of $1,540,428 (RMB 10,000,000) upon the consent of Bangruisi. If the Company were to accept capital contributions at terms which were more favorable to other investors, Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang should compensate Bangruisi for the price difference and Bangruisi would enjoy the same favorable terms. The contract also states that Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang were obligated to pay for certain penalty if the net income of Jinzheng did not reach $2,310,643 (RMB 15,000,000) and $4,621,286 (RMB 30,000,000) for the year of 2015 and 2016, respectively. If the Company did not generate sufficient net income to meet the net income requirement in 2015, it would be allowed to make up for the deficiency in 2016. In events of default, Bangruisi could choose one of the following settlements: (1) demand penalty at a daily rate of 1‰ of the unpaid portion, or (2) convert the defaulted amount to contributed capital and have 40% of the Company’s equity interest.

 

The Company made full repayment of the principal and accrued interest in January 2016 and the 1% equity interest was returned. Consequently, the agreement was fully terminated and the Company is not subject to any further obligations.

 

On June 30, 2015, the Company borrowed a ten-month non-interest bearing loan of $462,129 (RMB 3,000,000) from Runtai and made payment of $308,086 (RMB 2,000,000) in the same year. The remaining balance was repaid in March, 2016.

 

On July 9, 2015, the Company borrowed a one-year loan of $154,043 (RMB 1,000,000) with an annual interest rate of 7.275% from Bank of China, Yantai Changjiang Road Branch and made full payment in advance on November 9, 2015.

 

On November 10, 2015, the Company borrowed a non-interest bearing loan of $154,043 (RMB 1,000,000) from a third party individual for working capital purposes and made full payment in the same quarter.

 

On November 10, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year loan agreement with Bank of China, Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch to borrow $770,214 (RMB 5,000,000) with an annual interest rate of 5.665%. The loan was jointly secured by five parties listed above and fully repaid on October 25, 2016. On the same day, the Company entered into another loan agreement with the same bank to borrow approximately $1,151,941 (RMB 8,000,000) for working capital purposes. The loan is due on October 24, 2017 and bears a floating interest at the prime rate issued by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center on the initial drawdown date plus 135.50 points. The loan is guaranteed by parties listed above and Xiaojun Chen and Yue Zhang each has a house pledged for the loan. The agreement also specifies that the Company should use the parcel of land of 32,441.61 square meters which was transferred from Aotesai as pledge once the transfer procedure is completed.

 

On January 5, 2016, the Company borrowed approximately $61,908 (RMB 400,000) from a third party individual for working capital purposes with zero interest and fully repaid on January 6, 2016.

 

On January 13, 2016, the Company borrowed approximately $3,077,000 (RMB 20,000,000) from Yantai Xiangyu Logistics Co., Ltd. with zero interest for six months, approximately $2,538,525 (RMB 16,500,000) of which was used to repay the borrowing from Bangruisi and the remaining was used for operating purpose. Subsequently from April 2, 2016 to June 1, 2016, the Company borrowed a total of approximately $3,077,000 (RMB 20,000,000) from three third party individuals with zero interest for three months to make repayments to Yantai Xiangyu Logistics Co., Ltd. On June 6, 2016, the Company entered into a series of debt conversion agreements with the three individuals, pursuant to which the total borrowings were converted to 724,000 shares of the Company’s common shares at $4.25 per share.

 

  F- 19  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

On March 21 and March 25, 2016, the Company borrowed $768,470 (RMB 4,990,000) and $1,530 (RMB 10,000), respectively, from a third party individual, for three months without interest. This loan was converted to 275,000 shares of the Company’s common shares at $2.8 per share on June 6, 2016.

 

On June 7, 2016, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Yantai Yongxiang Asset Management Ltd., pursuant to which the Company borrowed approximately $1,494,216 (RMB 9,700,000) at daily interest rate of 0.025%. The Company received the fund on July 20, 2016 and repaid the principal along with interest of approximately $1,121 (RMB 7,275) on July 22, 2016.

 

On July 6, 2016, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Daqing Yahualong Lubricating Oil Selling Ltd., pursuant to which the Company borrowed approximately $307,700 (RMB 2,000,000) at annual interest rate of 5% with a term of three months for working capital purposes. On September 5, 2016, the Company repaid approximately $60,210 (RMB 400,000) and agreed with the creditor to extend the loan for another three months at the same interest rate. On November 22, 2016 and December 13, 2016, the Company repaid approximately $96,964 (RMB 600,000) and $75,263 (RMB 500,000), respectively. On January 6, 2017, when approximately $71,996 (RMB 500,000) remained outstanding, the Company reached another extension agreement with the creditor to extend the loan for another three months at the same interest rate. The Company repaid the principal along with interest on April 12, 2017.

 

On July 13, 2016, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Yantai Branch, China Everbright Bank to borrow approximately $215,990 (RMB 1,500,000) for working capital purposes. The loan was due on January 12, 2017 with a fixed annual interest rate of 6.525%. The loan was guaranteed by Yuebiao Li, Yanhui Li, wife of Yuebiao Li, and Zhuo Zhang. On January 4, 2017, the Company repaid the loan and entered into another loan agreement with the same bank to borrow the same amount, $215,990 (RMB 1,500,000) for working capital purposes. The loan is due on July 3, 2017 with a fixed annual interest rate of 6.525% and guaranteed by Yuebiao Li, Yanhui Li, wife of Yuebiao Li, and Zhuo Zhang.

 

On July 19, 2016, the Company obtained a line of credit of approximately $3,080,857 (RMB 20,000,000) from Huaxia Bank Co., Ltd. Yantai Xingfu Branch. The line of credit starts from July 19, 2016 and ends on June 30, 2017. The borrowings under the line of credit are guaranteed by Runtai, Yuebiao Li and his wife, Zhuo Zhang and her husband. In addition, the Company pledged certain property and equipment with original book value of approximately $2,955,467 (RMB 19,186,003) for the line of credit. On July 26, 2016, the Company entered into a loan agreement under the line of credit, pursuant to which the Company borrowed approximately $1,439,926 (RMB 10,000,000) at annual interest rate of 5.655% from July 26, 2016 to June 28, 2017.

 

The interest expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $155,553 and $164,613, respectively.

 

  F- 20  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Note 12 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The related parties consisted of the following:

  

Name of Related Party   Nature of Relationship
Yuebiao Li   Principal shareholder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)
     
Zhuo Zhang   Principal shareholder, Director, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”)
     
Yue Zhang   Principal shareholder, Zhuo Zhang’s sister
     
Wei Wang   Brother-in-law of Zhuo Zhang
     
Xiaojun Chen   Husband of Zhuo Zhang
     
Heilongjiang Binteer Environmental Protection Equipment Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (“Heilongjiang Binteer”)   Established by Yuebiao Li, and then Mr. Li transferred his 60% equity interest to his brother, Yuefeng Li in May 2014. Yuefeng Li then transferred his 60% equity interest to a third party individual for zero consideration in March 2016. Heilongjiang Binteer continues to be significantly influenced by us because we are its primary vendor and customer.
     
Daqing Wanjieyuan Water Treatment Equipment Sales Co., Ltd. (“Daqing Wanjieyuan”)   Controlled by Yuebiao Li
     
Mojie Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (“Mojie”)   Established and controlled by Yuebiao Li and Zhuo Zhang. All of the equity interest was transferred to a third party in July 2015 but continues to be significantly influenced by us because we are its primary vendor.
     
Yantai Jinna Commerce Co., Ltd. (“Jinna”)   Significantly influenced by Yue Zhang, principal shareholder and sister of Zhuo Zhang
     
Shandong Jinmo Recycled Water Resource Co., Ltd. (“Jinmo”)   A subsidiary that was incorporated on March 19, 2015 and disposed of to a third party on December 8, 2016 for consideration of RMB 220,000 (approximately $31,678). After the transfer, the Company continues to have significant influence on Jinmo as Ping Yu, accounting manager of Jinzheng, serves as the legal representative of Jinmo.

 

Revenues from related parties and accounts receivable from related parties, net

 

The Company primarily provides products such as membranes, components and water purification equipment to Heilongjiang Binteer, Mojie, Daqing Wanjieyuan and Jinna. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company generated net related party revenues from Heilongjiang Binteer, Mojie, Daqing Wanjieyuan and Jinna in the amount of $294,666 and $3,659,421, respectively. The net related party accounts receivable with Heilongjiang Binteer, Mojie, Daqing Wanjieyuan and Jinmo amounted to $1,060,977 and $3,636,027 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, all of which were collected as of the filing date.

 

The Company took advantage of its related parties’ sales channels, in order to increase the business transactions and develop its own competitive advantage in the markets of North East China and Beijing Area.

 

Net revenues from related parties consisted of the following:

 

   

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
      2016       2015  
Heilongjiang Binteer   $ 290,007     $ 1,213,905  
Mojie     3,268       2,437,283  
Jinna     1,391       -  
Daqing Wanjieyuan     -       8,233  
Total   $ 294,666     $ 3,659,421  

 

  F- 21  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

During the period from January 1, 2016 to December 7, 2016, Jinzheng sold equipment of $1,063,137 to Jinmo. The sales were prior to the disposal of Jinmo, recorded as intercompany sales and eliminated on consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The receivables in connection with the sales were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and fully collected as of the filing date.

 

Accounts receivable from related parties consisted of the following:

 

      December 31,
2016
      December 31,
2015
 
Heilongjiang Binteer   $ -     $ 970,470  
Mojie     -       2,654,004  
Jinmo     1,063,137       -  
Daqing Wanjieyuan     -       13,864  
Accounts receivable from related parties     1,063,137       3,638,338  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (2,160 )     (2,311 )
Accounts receivable from related parties, net   $ 1,060,977     $ 3,636,027  

 

The movement of allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable from related parties consisted of the following:

 

      December 31,
2016
      December 31,
2015
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance   $ 2,311     $ -  
Increase     -       2,408  
Decrease     -       -  
Effects of foreign exchange rate     (151 )     (97 )
Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance   $ 2,160     $ 2,311  

 

Materials supplied by related party and accounts payable to related party

 

The Company also purchased materials from Heilongjiang Binteer amounting to $556,692 and $2,971,017 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The materials purchased include membrane column, membrane filter, and other components of water treatment equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the total purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer represented cost of revenues from related party for 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, total purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer of $2,971,017 and the purchase of $13,951 from 2014, totaling $2,984,968, constituted the cost of revenues from related party for 2015. The balance of accounts payable to related party was entirely related to the purchase from Heilongjiang Binteer, which amounted to $0 and $1,112,463 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Due from related parties

 

Due from related parties consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Xiaojun Chen   $ -     $ 77,021  
Jinna     -       46,391  
Yuebiao Li     -       2,311  
Yue Zhang     683       -  
Jinmo     2,880       -  
Mojie     -       194,673  
Total   $ 3,563     $ 320,396  

 

  F- 22  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

The balance due from Xiaojun Chen, Jinna and Mojie represents non-secured short-term loans obtained from the Company, which bear no interest and were due on demand. On January 29, 2015, the Company entered into a car leasing agreement with Yuebiao Li, pursuant to which the Company would lease Yuebiao Li’s personal car from February 1, 2015 to January 31, 2018 under a monthly rent of approximately $2,400 (RMB 15,000). The Company paid $28,898 (RMB 180,000) for twelve months’ use during 2015 and the balance of $2,311 (RMB 15,000) due from Yuebiao Li as of December 31, 2015 was expensed during 2016. All the balance due from Xiaojun Chen, Jinna, and Mojie was paid off during 2016.

 

From time to time, the Company advances to Yue Zhang, former cashier and currently staff of purchase department of the Company, in connection with the Company’s daily operations. The advances are in immaterial amount each time and reflected as due from Yue Zhang before invoice is received. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company advanced $240,492 and settled $239,809 with invoices. The balance due from Yue Zhang was $683 as of December 31, 2016 and was collected as of the filing date.

 

The balance due from Jinmo represents non-secured short-term loan obtained from the Company, which bears no interest and were due on demand. The balance was paid off as of the filing date.

 

Due to related parties

 

Due to related parties consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Zhuo Zhang   $ 1,084     $ 193,592  
Yuebiao Li     713,915       10,783  
Total   $ 714,999     $ 204,375  

 

The balance of due to related parties represents expenses incurred by related parties in the ordinary course of business, expense related parties paid on behalf of the Company as well as the loans the Company obtained from related parties for working capital purposes. The loans owed to the related parties are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

On August 31, 2015, Zhuo Zhang and Xiaojun Chen, on behalf of the Company, entered into a non-interest one-year car loan agreement with Ping’an Bank, pursuant to which a loan of $25,834 (RMB 167,708) would be provided for car purchase. The loan was guaranteed and pledged by the Company and recorded as due to related parties as of December 31, 2015.  The loan was repaid on August 17, 2016.

 

In September 2015, Zhuo Zhang deposited $267,510 (RMB 1,736,596) in the bank on behalf of the Company, as a pledge for bank acceptance notes issued by the Company. The deposit was recorded as restricted cash as of December 31, 2015.

 

On November 28, 2016, Yantai Guotai Investment Limited Company (“Yantai Guotai”), Yuebiao Li, and Jinzheng entered into a borrowing agreement, pursuant to which, Yuebiao Li personally borrowed RMB 5,000,000 (approximately $719,963) from Yantai Guotai at annual interest rate of 10% for one year. The loan and associated interest are temporarily received and paid by Jinzheng on behalf of Yuebiao Li. The funds were used by Jinzheng in early 2017 and thus recorded as loan from Yuebiao Li as of December 31, 2016.

 

On November 30 and December 28, 2016, respectively, the Company paid approximately $5,040 (RMB 35,000) and $2,160 (RMB 15,000) to purchase a trademark from Daqing Wanjieyuan.

 

  F- 23  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Note 13 – INCOME TAXES

 

British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)

 

Under the current laws of BVI, Newater Technology is not subject to tax on income or capital gain. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

 

Hong Kong

 

The Company’s subsidiary, Newater HK, is incorporated in Hong Kong and has no operating profit or tax liabilities during the period. Newater HK is subject to tax at 16.5% on the assessable profits arising in or derived from Hong Kong.

 

PRC

 

Jinzheng and Jinmo were incorporated in the PRC and are subject to PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) on the taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws. On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress enacted a new enterprise income tax law, which took effect on January 1, 2008. The law applies a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to both foreign invested enterprises and domestic enterprises. In the fourth quarter of 2015, Jinzheng was granted with the “High-Tech Enterprise” designation and is qualified for a preferential tax rate of 15% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. In years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, Jinmo was recognized as small low-profit enterprise and received a preferential income tax of 10% for years then ended.

  

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Current   $ 680,756     $ 554,082  
Deferred     (132,319 )     (101,232 )
Total   $ 548,437     $ 452,850  

 

The reconciliations of the statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate are as follows:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
HK statutory income tax rate     16.50 %     16.50 %
Valuation allowance recognized with respect to the loss in the HK company     (16.50) %     (16.50) %
PRC statutory income tax rate     25.00 %     25.00 %
Effect of income tax exemptions and reliefs     (11.63) %     (0.23) %
Effect of expenses not deductible for tax purposes     0.05 %     7.79 %
Others     4.97 %     (0.18) %
Total     18.39 %     32.38 %

 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

 

The tax authority of the PRC Government conducts periodic and ad hoc tax filing reviews on business enterprises operating in the PRC after those enterprises complete their relevant tax filings. Therefore, the Company’s PRC entities’ tax filings results are subject to change. It is therefore uncertain as to whether the PRC tax authority may take different views about the Company’s PRC entities’ tax filings, which may lead to additional tax liabilities.

 

ASC 740 requires recognition and measurement of uncertain income tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income taxes was necessary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  F- 24  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

Note 14 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The stockholders’ equity structures as of December 31, 2015 was presented after giving retroactive effect to the reorganization of the Company that was completed in the first quarter of 2016.

 

On September 30, 2015, Newater Technology was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. On the same day, the Company issued 10,000 common shares at $0.001 per share to its incorporator with cash proceeds of $10. On March 27, 2016, the Company issued 73,000 common shares at $0.65 per share to the incorporator with total cash proceeds of $47,450.

 

On March 27, 2016, a total of 8,117,000 shares were issued at $0.65 per share, to six individuals and seven companies with total cash proceeds of $5,276,050 received, among which $4,418,425 was distributed to the former owners of Jinzheng to acquire 100% of its equity interest.

 

On June 6, 2016, the Company converted loans of $3,077,000, owed to three third party individuals, to 724,000 common shares at $4.25 per shares. On the same day, the Company converted a loan of $770,000, owed to another third party individual, to 275,000 common shares at $2.80 per share. As a result, the Company had 9,199,000 common shares outstanding with par value of $0.001 per share as of December 31, 2016. Also See Note 11 for more details.

 

Note 15 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Net income available to common shareholders for basic and diluted net income per common share   $ 2,433,720     $ 945,577  
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic     8,767,738       8,200,000  
Effect of dilutive securities:                
Warrants issued to third party     -       960,087  
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted     8,767,738       9,160,087  
Net income per common share – basic   $ 0.28     $ 0.12  
Net income per common share – diluted   $ 0.28     $ 0.10  

 

On February 2, 2015, the Company entered into a one-year loan contract with Bangruisi, pursuant to which Bangruisi lent $2,310,643 (RMB 15,000,000) with an annual interest rate of 10% to the Company, and would have the right to convert all or part of the loan into contributed capital of Jinzheng at a price of $2,310,643 (RMB 15,000,000) for 20% equity interest within two years from inception of the loan and the right would not expire in case of early repayment. Furthermore, the Company granted Bangruisi a transferable option to acquire a maximum of 5% of the Company’s equity interest by a consideration of $770,214 (RMB 5,000,000). Those terms constitute warrants with exercise price of $1.19 and $1.88, respectively. Those warrants and options were cancelled subsequently when the loan was paid in full. Also see Note 11 for more details.

 

Note 16 – CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

 

Customers

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, customers accounting for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue were as follows:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
Customer   2016     2015  
Nanjing Blue Sky Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd.     32.19 %     * %
Dalian Yihe Electric Power Installation Co., Ltd.     20.93 %     * %
Dalate Sino German Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd.     12.63 %     * %
Mojie     * %     34.93 %
Heilongjiang Binteer     * %     17.40 %

 

* Less than 10%

 

  F- 25  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  

Nanjing Blue Sky Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd and Dalate Sino German Environmental Protection Science and Technology Co., Ltd. accounted for 12.52% and 46.96% of the Company’s total current outstanding accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016, respectively. Dalian Yihe Electric Power Installation Co., Ltd. did not have outstanding account receivable as of December 31, 2016.

 

Both Mojie and Heilongjiang Binteer are related parties of the Company. As of December 31, 2015, they accounted for 52.25% and 19.11% of the Company’s total current outstanding accounts receivable, respectively. See Note 12 for related party revenue amount and accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015.

 

Suppliers

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, suppliers accounting for 10% or more of the Company’s purchase were as follows:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
Supplier   2016     2015  
Heilongjiang Binteer     * %     45.31 %
Dalian Huarui Heavy Industry Group Limited by Share Ltd.     53.96 %     * %

 

Dalian Huarui Heavy Industry Group Limited by Share Ltd. accounted for 21.03% of the total advances to suppliers as of December 31, 2016.

 

Heilongjiang Binteer, a related party of the Company, accounted for 56.95% of the Company’s total accounts payable and bank acceptance notes to vendors as of December 31, 2015. See Note 10 for purchase amount and accounts payable balance as of December 31, 2015.

 

Note 17 – SEGMENTAL AND REVENUE ANALYSIS

 

The Company operates in a single operating segment that includes the selling of water purifying membranes and water purification equipment (products) and developing, installing and selling of water purification projects (projects).

 

The net revenues consist of the following:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015  
Products   $ 8,855,284     $ 25,010  
Projects     3,129,771       3,293,823  
Net revenues     11,985,055       3,318,833  
Products – related parties     294,666       3,590,812  
Projects – related parties     -       68,609  
Net revenues from related parties     294,666       3,659,421  
Total revenues   $ 12,279,721     $ 6,978,254  

 

All of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

 

  F- 26  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Note 18 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

On November 20, 2014, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a third party individual, to lease an office space of 34,164 square feet (3,174 square meters) located in Ruida Road, Laishan District Economic Development Area, Yantai City, Shandong Province. The lease starts from December 26, 2014 with a term of two years. The annual rent is $14 (RMB 90) and $16 (RMB 100) per square meter for the first and second year, respectively. The monthly rent expense is $4,548. In November 2016, the lease was renewed with the landlord at the time for another year. Annual rent of the renewed lease is $64,423 (RMB 428,035). The office space for the renewed lease is 34,304 square feet (3,187 square meters).

 

On February 28, 2015, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a third party individual, to lease an office space for Jinmo located in No. 508, A Building, No. 33, Changjiang Road, Yantai Economic Technical Development Area, Yantai, Shandong Province. The lease starts from March 1, 2015 with a term of three years. The annual rent of $1,605 (RMB 10,000) is waived by the government of Yantai Economic Technical Development Area, Yantai, Shandong Province, as an incentive of investment.

 

On April 15, 2015, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Yantai Dongjin Packing Materials Company for a production shop located in No. 8, Lande Road, Laishan District Economic Development Area, Yantai, Shandong Province. The lease starts on April 19, 2015 with a term of one year and was renewed in April 2016 for another year with terms unchanged. Annual rent for the lease is $29,279 (RMB 182,370).

 

In June 2016, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a third party to lease an office located in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region. The lease term is one year with annual rent of $18,063 (RMB 120,000).

 

In October 2016, the Company entered into a lease agreement with a third party, for an apartment located in No. 28-11 of Shengli Dong, Changsheng Street, Yulin City, Guangxi Autonomous Region. The lease starts on October 21, 2016 with a term of one year. Annual rent for the lease is $2,348 (RMB 15,600).

 

Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $83,945 and $63,326, respectively.

 

The Company has future minimum lease obligations as of December 31, 2016 as follows:

 

2017   $ 83,318  
2018     -  
2019     -  
2020     -  
2021     -  
Thereafter     -  
Total   $ 83,318  

 

Note 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The following subsequent events were evaluated on April 18, 2017, the date the financial statements were issued.

 

On January 4, 2017, the Company repaid loan of approximately $215,990 (RMB 1,500,000) borrowed from Yantai Branch, China Everbright Bank and entered into another loan agreement with the same bank to borrow the same amount, $215,990 (RMB 1,500,000), for working capital purposes. The loan is due on July 3, 2017 with a fixed annual interest rate of 6.525% and guaranteed by Yuebiao Li, Yanhui Li, wife of Yuebiao Li, and Zhuo Zhang.

 

On January 6, 2017, when approximately $71,996 (RMB 500,000) of the total of borrowings of $307,700 (RMB 2,000,000) from Daqing Yahualong Lubricating Oil Selling Ltd. remained outstanding, the Company reached another extension agreement with the creditor to extend the remaining loan balance for another three months at the annual interest rate of 5%. The extended loan is due on April 5, 2017. The Company repaid the principal along with interest on April 12, 2017.

 

Also see Note 11 for more details of the above loans.

 

On February 22, 2017, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Runtai to advance a total of approximately $1,223,937 (RMB 8,500,000) to Runtai for its working capital purposes. The loan is due on August 21, 2017 with an annual interest rate of 10%.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company repaid the balance of $1,084 due to Zhuo Zhang as of December 31, 2016. There is no amount due to Zhuo Zhang as of the filing date. The Company repaid approximately $512,000 (RMB 3,553,927) to Yuebiao Li.

 

  F- 27  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

1,600,000

 

Common Shares

 

at $4.00 to $5.00 per share

 

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

 

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

 

 

 

Until                , 2017 (25 days after commencement of our initial public offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our memorandum and articles of association, we may indemnify our directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item  7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

In the past three years, we issued 9,199,000 shares in the aggregate to 19 shareholders upon the reorganization of our Company, in transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933. All issuances of common shares to these shareholders were deemed to be exempt under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) thereof as transactions not involving any public offering and Regulation S, Rules 901 and 903. In addition, the issuance of 9,116,000 shares were deemed not to fall within Section 5 under the Securities Act and to be further exempt under Rule 901 and 903 of Regulation S by virtue of being issuances of securities by non-U.S. companies to non-U.S. citizens or residents, conducted outside the United States and not using any element of interstate commerce.

 

    Date of Issue     No. of Common Shares     Consideration     Securities Registration
Exemption
Four individual lenders (conversion pursuant to June 6, 2016 Convertible Debt Investment Agreements)     June 6, 2016       999,000     $ 3,847,000     Securities Act Section 4(a)(2)  and Regulation S, Rules 901 and 903.
                             
Jinzheng Shareholders     March 27, 2016       8,117,000     $ 5,276,050     Securities Act Section 4(a)(2)  and Regulation S, Rules 901 and 903.
                             
Incorporator of Newater     September 30, 2015       10,000      $  10     Securities Act Section 4(a)(2).
      March 27, 2016       73,000      $ 47,450      

 

  II- 1  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Item 8.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference in this prospectus:

  

Exhibit    
     
1.1  

Form of Underwriting Agreement

     
2.1   Equity Transfer Agreement of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. Dated January 25, 2016
     
2.2   Supplementary Equity Transfer Agreement of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. Dated February 5, 2016
     
3.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association
     
4.1   Specimen Common Share Certificate
     
5.1   Opinion of Haneberg Hurlbert PLC
     
8.1   Opinion of Haneberg Hurlbert PLC with respect to tax matters
     
8.2   Opinion of KaiTong Law Firm as to tax matters
     
10.1   Form of Lock-Up Agreement
     
10.2   Translation of Employment Agreement with Yuebiao Li
     
10.3   Translation of Employment Agreement with Zhuo Zhang
     
10.4   Translation of November 10, 2015 Loan Agreement with Bank of China, Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch
     
10.5   Translation of October 25, 2016 loan agreement with Bank of China, Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch
     
10.6   Translation of January 20, 2016 financial supporting agreement with Laishan District Economic Development Area
     
10.7   Translation of July 19, 2016 assignment of land use right transfer agreement with Yantai Aotesai Energy Ltd.
     
10.8   Translation of July 19, 2016 line of credit with Huaxia Bank Co. Ltd.
     
10.9   Form of Indemnification Escrow Agreement
     
10.10   Translation of Convertible Debt Investment Agreement dated June 6, 2016 by and between Newater Technology, Newater HK, Jinzheng and Hairwong Wang
     
10.11   Translation of Convertible Debt Investment Agreement dated June 6, 2016 by and between Newater Technology, Newater HK, Jinzheng and Honghua Liu
     
10.12   Translation of Convertible Debt Investment Agreement dated June 6, 2016 by and between Newater Technology, Newater HK, Jinzheng and Yang Gao
     
10.13   Translation of Convertible Debt Investment Agreement dated June 6, 2016 by and between Newater Technology, Newater HK, Jinzheng and Yuxiang Qi
     
10.14   Translation of July 26, 2016 loan agreement with Huaxia Bank Co. Ltd.
     
21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

  II- 2  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

Exhibit    
     
23.1   Consent of MaloneBailey LLP
     
23.2   Consent of Haneberg Hurlbert PLC (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     
23.3   Consent of Haneberg Hurlbert PLC (included in Exhibit 8.1)
     
23.4   Consent of KaiTong Law Firm (included in Exhibit 8.2)
     
24.1   Power of Attorney (previously included on signature page to the registration statement)
     
99.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

  

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

None.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

Provided, however , That:

 

  (A) Paragraphs (a)((i) and (a)(ii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-8, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement; and

 

  (B) Paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) of this section do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3 or Form F-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

 

  (C) Provided further, however, that paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement is for an offering of asset-backed securities on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment is provided pursuant to Item 1100(c) of Regulation AB.

 

(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  II- 3  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(d) to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f)” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(d) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

 

(e) That, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(f) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(g) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(h) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(i) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  II- 4  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the People’s Republic of China, on April 18, 2017.

 

  NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.
     
  By:   /s/ Yuebiao Li
  Name: Yuebiao Li
  Title:

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

     
  Dated: April 18, 2017

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Yuebiao Li as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all post-effective amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Yuebiao Li   Chief Executive Officer and Director   April 18, 2017
Yuebiao Li   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Zhuo Zhang   Chief Financial Officer   April 18, 2017
Zhuo Zhang   (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)    
         
/s/ Hengtong Li        
Hengtong Li   Director   April 18, 2017
         
/s/ Zhicun Chen        
Zhicun Chen   Director   April 18, 2017
         
/s/ Yan Shen        
Yan Shen   Director   April 18, 2017
         
/s/ Holly Chen        
Holly Chen   Authorized Representative in the U.S.   April18, 2017

 

 

II-5

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[●], 2017

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc. 7280
W. Palmetto Park Road

Suite 105

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Annex A hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, Newater Technology, Inc., a company limited by shares organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Company ”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “ Agreement ”) with the several underwriters (such underwriters, for whom ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (in such capacity, the “ Representative ,” if there are no underwriters other than the Representative, reference to multiple underwriters shall be disregarded and the term Representative as used herein shall have the same meaning as underwriter, the “ Underwriters ” and each an “ Underwriter ”) to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of 1,600,000 common shares, $0.001 par value per share of the Company (“ Common Shares ”). The offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Offering .”

  

(1)  Purchase of Securities/Consideration.

 

(a) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of 1,600,000 Common Shares (the “ Securities ”) at a purchase price (net of discount and commissions) of $[●] per Security. The Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase from the Company the Securities set forth opposite their respective names on Annex A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(b) In consideration of the services to be provided for hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees their pro rata portion (based on the Securities purchased) of (i) an underwriting discount equal to eight percent (8%) of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in the Offering (the “ Underwriting Fee ”), and (ii) a non-accountable expense allowance of one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the gross proceeds of the Offering. The non-accountable expenses will be reduced by any Advances paid to the Representative.

 

(2)  Delivery and Payment.

 

(a)   Delivery of and Payment for Securities . Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the third (3rd) 1 Business Day following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement (or the fourth (4th) Business Day following the Effective Date, if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:01 P.M.) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery of and payment for the Securities is called the “ Closing Date .” The closing of the payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates representing, the Securities is referred to herein as the “ Closing .” Payment for the Securities shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Securities (or if uncertificated through the full fast transfer facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “ DTC ”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Securities shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date. If certificated, the Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Securities for delivery at least one full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Securities except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Securities.

 

 

1 NTD: If closing occurs on or after 9/5/17, settlement cycle must be reduced to T+2 days per SEC rule change.

 

1

 

 

(b) Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company, the Representative and Pearlman Law Group LLP, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), shall enter into an escrow agreement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), pursuant to which $500,000 in proceeds from the Offering shall be deposited by the Company at Closing in a non-interest bearing escrow account (the “ Escrow Account ”). All remaining funds in the Escrow Account that are not subject to an indemnification claim as of the second anniversary of Closing will be returned to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Escrow Agent.

 

(3)   Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

 

(a)  Filing of Registration Statement . The Company has filed with Commission a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[●]), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act (the “ Rule 430A Information ”), is referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement .” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “ Preliminary Prospectus .” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion and filed with the Commission on [●], 2017, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus .” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus .” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

Applicable Time ” means [●] p.m., Eastern Time, on [●], 2017.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

 

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Effective Date ” means each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto became or becomes effective.

 

Execution Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties to this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (“ Rule 433 ”), including any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

Marketing Materials ” means written roadshow materials prepared by or on behalf of the Company and used or referred to by the Company or with the Company’s express consent.

 

2

 

 

Offering ” means the offering and sale of the Securities.

 

Pricing Disclosure Package ” means the Pricing Prospectus, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses set forth on Schedule II and the information included on Schedule I hereto, all considered together.

 

Registration Statement ” means the registration statement referred to in Section 3(a) hereof including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A, as amended, on each Effective Date and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended.

 

Rule 158 ,” “ Rule 163 ,” “ Rule 164 ,” “ Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 405 ,” “ Rule 415 ,” “ Rule 424 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 430B ” and “ Rule 433 ” refer to such rules under the Securities Act.

 

SEC Filings ” means any filings made by the Company with the Commission.

 

Trading Day ” means any day on which the Exchange is open for trading.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

(b)  Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

(i) Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T;

 

(ii) Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at the time each part thereto became effective pursuant to the Securities Act, as of the date of this Agreement, at the Closing Date, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided however that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of (i) the name of the Underwriters contained on the cover page of the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus and (ii) the sentence related to concession appearing in the [6th] paragraph, the information regarding electronic and internet distribution appearing in the [15th] paragraph, the information relating to passive market making appearing in the [16th] paragraph and the [18th] paragraph, in each case under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (the “ Underwriter Information ”);

 

(iii) The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, as of the date of this Agreement, and at the Closing Date, did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information; and

 

3

 

 

(iv) Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), or at the Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriter Information.

 

(c)  Disclosure of Agreements . The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries (as defined below) is a party or by which any of them is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or (ii) that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company or a Subsidiary, as applicable, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and neither the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company or a Subsidiary, as applicable, of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or businesses, including those relating to environmental laws and regulations, except to the extent that the violation would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(d)  Good Standing . The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a company limited by shares in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(e)  Subsidiaries . Each of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries (each a “ Subsidiary ” and collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”) has been identified on Schedule III hereto. Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package; all of the outstanding equity interests of each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, are fully paid and non-assessable and, except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. None of the outstanding share capital or equity interest in any Subsidiary was issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of such Subsidiary. All of the constitutive or organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries comply with the requirements of applicable laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and are in full force and effect. Apart from the Subsidiaries, the Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries or any other company over which it has direct or indirect effective control.  

 

(f)  [Reserved]

 

(g)  Prior Securities Transactions . No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.

 

4

 

 

(h)  Regulations.

 

(i) The disclosures in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Offering and the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and no other such regulations are required to be disclosed pursuant to the Securities Act in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

(ii) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has complied, and has taken all steps to ensure compliance by each of its shareholders, directors and officers that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen with any applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC government agencies in effect on the Closing Date (including but not limited to the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“ CSRC ”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange) (the “ SAFE ”) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents and citizens (the “ PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations ”), including, requesting each such person that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE).

 

(iii) The Company is aware of and has been advised as to the content of the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors and any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations or implementation rules in connection with or related thereto in effect on the Closing Date (the “ PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules ”) jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the CSRC and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on August 8, 2006, including the provisions thereof which purport to require offshore special purpose entities formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules from its PRC counsel, and the Company understands such legal advice. In addition, the Company has communicated such legal advice in full to each of its directors that signed the Registration Statement and each such director has confirmed that he or she understands such legal advice. The issuance and sale of the Securities, the listing and trading of the Securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement (A) are not and will not be, as of the date hereof or at the Closing Date, as the case may be, adversely affected by the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules and (B) do not require the prior approval of the CSRC.

 

(i)  Absence of Certain Events. Except as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding Common Shares of the Company due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities of the Company), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any material adverse change in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, management, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (“ Material Adverse Change ”), or any development which could reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change.

 

(j)  Independent Accountants. MaloneBailey, LLP (the “ Auditor ”), which has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is (i) an independent public accounting firm within the meaning of the Securities Act, (ii) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”)) and (iii) not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

5

 

 

(k)  Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company and its Subsidiaries with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(l)  Capitalization; the Securities; Registration Rights . All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the outstanding Common Shares, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state and foreign securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities that have not been waived in writing (a copy of which has been delivered to counsel to the Underwriters), and the holders thereof are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and the capital stock of the Company, including the Common Shares, conforms to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, (i) there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any Common Shares pursuant to the Company’s charter, by-laws (or other organizational documents) or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, (ii) neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Common Shares or other securities of the Company (collectively “ Registration Rights ”) and (iii) any person to whom the Company has granted Registration Rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus. The Company has an authorized and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization.” The Common Shares (including the Securities) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(m)  Stock Options . Except as described in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements (the “ Company Stock Plans ”), and the options (the “ Options ”) or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. Each grant of an Option (i) was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Option was by its terms to be effective by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required shareholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and (ii) was made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Stock Plan, and all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including all applicable federal securities laws.

 

6

 

 

(n)  Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements . Each of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

(o)  No Conflicts, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Company and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or the Subsidiaries, as applicable, is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Organizational Documents ”); or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental authority as of the date hereof, except in the case of (i) or (iii), such as would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(p)  No Defaults; Violations . No default exists, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default, in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries may be bound or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of any term or provision of its constitutive or organizational documents, or (ii) in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental authority, except such as would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(q)  Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

 

(i) Conduct of Business . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(ii) Transactions Contemplated Herein . The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and thereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and as contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

 

(r)  D&O Information . All information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause such information to become materially inaccurate or incorrect.

 

(s)  Litigation; Governmental Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit or proceeding (i) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or (ii) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, any employee benefit plan sponsored or any property or assets owned or leased by, the Company or any Subsidiary before or by any court or governmental authority, or any arbitrator, which, individually or in the aggregate, might result in any Material Adverse Change, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Securities. There are no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, pending, legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings (x) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is subject or (y) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of, any employee plan sponsored by or any property or assets owned or leased by, the Company or any Subsidiary, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus and that have not been so described.

 

7

 

 

(t)  Insurance . Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries carries, or is covered by, insurance from reputable insurers in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries; all policies of insurance and any fidelity or surety bonds insuring any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; there are no claims by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

(u)  Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA .

 

(i) Finder’s Fees . Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, broker’s, agent’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or any Subsidiary or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

(ii) Payments Within Twelve Months . Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (A) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (B) any FINRA member; or (C) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

(iii) Use of Proceeds . None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

(iv) FINRA Affiliation . There are no affiliations or associations between (A) any member of the FINRA and (B) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors or, to the knowledge of the Company, 5% or greater security holders or, to the knowledge of the Company, any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired at any time on or after the 180th day immediately preceding the date that the Registration Statement was initially filed with the Commission.

 

(v) Information . All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to the Underwriters’ counsel specifically for use by the Underwriters’ counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

(v)  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates, nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or their respective affiliates, has (A) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (B) taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; or (C) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit; and the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

8

 

 

(w)  Compliance with OFAC .

 

(i) None of the Company or its Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is:

 

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

 

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, Burma/Myanmar, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity:

 

(C) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any individual or entity or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

(D) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(iii) For the past five years, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has knowingly engaged in, and is now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

(x)  Money Laundering Laws . None of the Company or its Subsidiaries, their respective affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents, or employees, has violated, the Company’s participation in the Offering will not violate, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance with, each of the following laws: (A) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope or (B) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, regulations or government guidance regarding anti-money laundering, including, Title 18 US. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to concur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder.

 

(y)  Lock-Up Agreements . Schedule IV hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares (or securities convertible or exercisable into Common Shares) (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Parties ”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representative an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), prior to the execution of this Agreement. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions of any Lock-Up Agreement between an officer or director of the Company and the Representative and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three Business Days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by means of a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, issued through a major news service, at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

9

 

 

(z)  Related Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

(aa) Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance .

 

(i) Disclosure Controls . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ Exchange Act ”) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer. The Company has utilized such controls and procedures in preparing and evaluating the disclosures in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

(ii) Compliance . The Company is in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure its future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

(iii) Accounting Controls . The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the Company, its board of directors and audit committee is aware of any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” (each as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in its internal control over financial reporting, or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Company who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls; and since the end of the latest audited fiscal year, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s board of directors has, subject to the exceptions, cure periods and the phase-in periods specified in the applicable stock exchange rules (“ Exchange Rules ”), validly appointed an audit committee to oversee internal accounting controls whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of the Exchange Rules and the Company’s board of directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the Exchange Rules.

 

(bb) Investment Company Act . None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(cc) No Labor Disputes. No labor problem or dispute with the employees of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its Subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

10

 

 

(dd) Intellectual Property Rights. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. No action or use by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(dd), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by each of the Company or its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(dd), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that any of the Company or its Subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 3(dd), reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with any of the Company or its Subsidiaries. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to any of the Company or its Subsidiaries which has not been patented has been kept confidential. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by any of them in violation of any contractual obligation binding on any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

(ee) Taxes. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all returns (as defined below) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as defined below) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against it. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. No issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from any of the Company or its Subsidiaries and no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from any of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

11

 

 

(ff) ERISA and Employee Benefits Matters . None of the Company or its Subsidiaries maintains any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including any stock purchase, stock option, stock-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, under which (i) any current or former employee, director or independent contractor has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) any of the Company or its Subsidiaries has had or has any present or future obligation or liability.

 

(gg) Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental authority or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect; and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order or has reason to believe that any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order will not be renewed in the ordinary course; and each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

 

(hh) Ownership of Assets . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title (valid land use rights and building ownership certificates in the case of real property located in the PRC) to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects except such as are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The property held under lease by any of the Company or its Subsidiaries is held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

(ii)  Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental authority or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change; and none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim. None of the Company or its Subsidiaries anticipates incurring any material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws.

 

(jj) Compliance with Occupational Laws . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) is in compliance, in all material respects, with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, treaties, statutes and codes promulgated by any and all governmental authorities (including pursuant to the Occupational Health and Safety Act) relating to the protection of human health and safety in the workplace (“ Occupational Laws ”); (ii) has received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Occupational Laws to conduct its business as currently conducted; and (iii) is in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of such permit, license or approval. No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, writ, injunction or claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any of the Company or its Subsidiaries relating to Occupational Laws, and the Company does not have knowledge of any facts, circumstances or developments relating to its operations or cost accounting practices that could reasonably be expected to form the basis for or give rise to such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings.

 

(kk) Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act) of any of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

(ll) Business Arrangements . Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has granted rights to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products to any other person or is bound by any agreement that affects the exclusive right of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries to develop, manufacture, produce, assemble, distribute, license, market or sell its products.

 

12

 

 

(mm) Industry Data. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources. The Company has obtained all consents required for the inclusion of such statistical and market-related data in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(nn) Forward-looking Statements . No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(oo)  Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below)) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(pp) Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as defined below) other than those listed on Schedule V hereto. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(qq) No Other Offering Materials . The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the Offering other than any Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Securities Act to be distributed by the Company; provided, however, that, except as set forth on Schedule II , the Company has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(m) of this Agreement and, except as set forth on Schedule II , the Company has not made and will not make any communication relating to the Securities that would constitute a Testing-the-Waters Communication, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(m) of this Agreement.

 

(rr) Payments of Dividends; Payments in Foreign Currency . Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, (i) none of the Company or its Subsidiaries is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from (A) paying any dividends or making any other distributions on its share capital, (B) making or repaying any loan or advance to the Company or any other Subsidiary or (C) transferring any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary; and (ii) all dividends and other distributions declared and payable upon the share capital of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (A) may be converted into foreign currency that may be freely transferred out of such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, without the consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body in such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation or tax residence, and (B) are not and will not be subject to withholding, value added or other taxes under the currently effective laws and regulations of such person’s jurisdiction of incorporation, without the necessity of obtaining any consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations, clearances or qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such person.

 

13

 

 

(ss) PFIC Status . Based on the Company’s current income and assets and projections as to the value of its assets and the market value of its Shares, including the current and anticipated valuation of its assets, the Company does not believe it was a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its most recent taxable year, and does not expect to become a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. 

 

(tt) Foreign Private Issuer . The Company is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.  

 

(uu) Margin Securities . The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve Board ”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Common Shares to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(vv) Stock Exchange Listing . The Securities have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market upon official notice of issuance and, on the date the Registration Statement became effective, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A or other applicable form under the Exchange Act, became effective.

 

(ww) No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

(xx)  No Immunity . None of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues has any right of immunity, under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the PRC or the State of New York, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, set-off or counterclaim, the jurisdiction of any British Virgin Islands, PRC, New York or United States federal court, service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement; and, to the extent that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law and has consented to such relief and enforcement as provided in this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

(yy) Validity of Choice of Law . The choice of the laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement is a valid choice of law under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and the PRC and will be honored by courts in the British Virgin Islands and the PRC. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each New York State and United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (each, a “ New York Court ”) and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court; and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and empowered, an authorized agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, any preliminary prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the offering of the Securities in any New York Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

14

 

 

(zz) Enforceability of Judgment . Any final judgment for a fixed or readily calculable sum of money rendered by a New York Court having jurisdiction under its own domestic laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement and any instruments or agreements entered into for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein would be declared enforceable against the Company, without re-examination or review of the merits of the cause of action in respect of which the original judgment was given or re-litigation of the matters adjudicated upon, by the courts of the British Virgin Islands and PRC, provided that with respect to courts of the PRC, (A) adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard, (B) such judgments or the enforcement thereof are not contrary to the law, public policy, security or sovereignty of the PRC, (C) such judgments were not obtained by fraudulent means and do not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties and (D) an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any PRC court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in a foreign court. The Company is not aware of any reason why the enforcement in the British Virgin Islands or the PRC of such a New York Court judgment would be, as of the date hereof, contrary to public policy of the British Virgin Islands or PRC.

 

(aaa) Officer’s Certificate . Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to the Underwriters’ counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

(4)  Certain Agreements of the Company . The Company agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

 

(a)  Required Filings. The Company will prepare and file a Prospectus with the Commission containing the Rule 430A Information omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Securities Act. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act to increase the size of the offering registered under the Securities Act and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has not yet been filed and become effective, the Company will prepare and file the Rule 462 Registration Statement with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rule 462(b) and the Securities Act. The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the Representative’s request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the Representative’s opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will furnish the Representative and its counsel a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus and will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which the Representative shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

 

(b)  Notification of Certain Commission Actions. The Company will advise the Representative, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

 

(c)  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .

 

(i) Within the time during which a prospectus (assuming the absence of Rule172) relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by the Underwriters or any dealer, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective investors, the Pricing Disclosure Package) to comply with the Securities Act, the Company promptly will (x) notify the Underwriters of such untrue statement or omission, (y) amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and (z) notify the Underwriters when any amendment to the Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or when any supplement to the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) is filed.

 

15

 

 

(ii) If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the Securities or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company (x) has promptly notified or promptly will notify the Underwriters of such conflict, untrue statement or omission, (y) has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission and (z) has notified or promptly will notify the Underwriters when such amendment or supplement was or is filed with the Commission to the extent required to be filed by the Securities Act.

 

(d)  Rule 158 . The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 16 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (which, for purposes of this paragraph, will be deemed to be the effective date of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if applicable) that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

(e)  Furnishing of Prospectuses. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement, including all exhibits, any Statutory Prospectus relating to the Securities, the Final Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters reasonably requests. The Company will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

 

(f)  Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such domestic United States or foreign jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any state.

 

(g)  Provision of Documents . The Company will furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and their counsel copies of the Registration Statement (one of which will be signed and will include all consents and exhibits filed therewith), and to the Underwriters and any dealer each Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(h)  Reporting Requirements . The Company will file on a timely basis with the Commission such periodic and special reports as required by the Exchange Act.

 

(i)  Payment of Expenses . The Company shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses relating to the Offering, including (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Securities to be sold in the Offering with the Commission and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the Securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market; (iii) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably designate (including, all filing and registration fees); (v) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including this Agreement, and, if appropriate, any blue sky surveys, etc.), the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Underwriters may reasonably deem necessary; (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Securities; (vii) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the Securities; (viii) stock transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of the Securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives. In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for the legal fees of their counsel in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities contemplated hereby; provided, that such reimbursement obligation shall not exceed $100,000. In the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

16

 

 

(j)  Use of Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(k)  Absence of Manipulation . The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Common Shares which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act which have not been so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

(l)  Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Underwriters if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (B) completion of the 180-day restricted period referenced to in Section 4(l) hereof.

 

(m)  Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Underwriters, and the Underwriters represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule II . Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company or the Underwriters is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show. Each Underwriter represents and agrees that, (A) unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not distributed, and will not distribute any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those listed on Schedule V , and (B) any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken by it was with entities that are qualified institutional buyers with the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

 

(n)  Company Lock Up . The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. The Company agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.

 

(o)  Transfer Agent . The Company shall maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Company’s Common Shares reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters, and shall retain such transfer agent for a period of not less than one year from the Closing Date.

 

(p)  Press Releases . The Company shall not issue any press release without the Representative’s prior written consent, commencing on the date of this Agreement and continuing for a period of 40 days from Closing of the Offering, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, each of which the Underwriters shall have a reasonable right to review in advance of publication.

 

(q)  PRC Compliance . The Company shall comply with the PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations, and use its reasonable efforts to cause holders of its ordinary shares that are, or that are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, Chinese residents or Chinese citizens, to comply with the PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations applicable to them, including requesting each such shareholder to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE).

 

17

 

 

(5)  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at the Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)  Filing of Prospectuses . All filings required by Rules 424, 430A and 433 of the Securities Act shall have been timely made (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the Underwriters’ satisfaction.

 

(b)  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Underwriters shall not have advised the Company that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in the Underwriters’ opinion, is material or omits to state a material fact which, in the Underwriters’ opinion, is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the Underwriters’ opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the Underwriters’ opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

(c)  Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding Common Shares of the Company due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt of any of the Company (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities of the Company), or its Subsidiaries, or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any Material Adverse Change or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), that, in the Underwriters’ judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

(d)  Officer’s Certificate . The Underwriters shall have received on and as of the Closing Date a certificate, addressed to the Underwriters, signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

 

(ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body.

 

(e)  Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate . At the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying: (i) that the Articles and Memorandum of Association are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate

 

18

 

 

(f)  Opinions of Counsel for the Company . The Underwriters shall have received the written opinion and negative assurance letter of Haneberg, PLC, U.S. and British Virgin Islands counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

(g)  Opinion of PRC Counsel for the Company . The Underwriters shall have received the written opinion of Kaitong Law Firm, PRC counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

(h)  Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . The Underwriters shall have received on and as of the Closing Date an opinion of K&L Gates LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Underwriters may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(i)  No Legal Impediment to Issuance . No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.

 

(j)  Good Standing . The Underwriters shall have received on and as of the Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions or, for any such jurisdiction in which evidence of good standing may not be obtained from appropriate governmental authorities, in the form of an opinion of counsel licensed in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

(k)  Lock-up Agreements . The Underwriters shall have received all of the Lock-Up Agreements from the Lock-Up Parties, and the Lock-Up Agreements shall be in full force and effect.

 

(l)  Escrow Agreement. The Company shall have entered into the Escrow Agreement with the Representative and the Escrow Agent, and such agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

(m)  FINRA Matters. FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(n)  Comfort Letters . The Company shall have requested and caused the Auditor to have furnished to the Underwriters, at the Execution Time and at the Closing Date and any settlement date, letters (which may refer to letters previously delivered to the Underwriters), dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date and any settlement date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

(o)  Exchange Listing . The Securities to be delivered on the Closing Date shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, subject to official notice of issuance and shall be DTC eligible.

 

(p)  Additional Documents . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters. The Company will furnish the Underwriters with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as it shall reasonably request.

 

19

 

 

(6)  Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriters, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company) arising out of (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications or in any other materials used in connection with the offering of the Securities, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications or, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Representative), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information, and will reimburse such Underwriter Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.

 

20

 

 

(d) The indemnifying party under this Section 6 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to Section 6(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(e)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering and sale of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total Underwriting Fee received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Underwriter shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 6, either as indemnification or contribution or both, any amount in excess of the amount of the Underwriting Fee actually received by it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriters confirm, and the Company acknowledges, that there is no information concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by the Representative specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than the Underwriter Information.

 

21

 

 

(7)  Term and Termination of Agreement . The term of this Agreement will commence upon the execution of this Agreement and will terminate at the Closing of the Offering; provided the Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing of the Offering if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to the Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the Representative’s judgment, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that those portions of this Agreement specified in Section 9 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein, less any advances previously paid which as of the date hereof is $[_______________] (the “ Advances ”), then due and payable and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Underwriters. To the extent that the Underwriters’ out-of-pocket expenses are less than the Advances, the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advances not offset by actual expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any provision in this Agreement concerning or relating to confidentiality, indemnification, contribution, advancement, the Company’s representations and warranties and the Company’s obligations to pay fees and reimburse expenses will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

(8)  Underwriter Default.

 

(a)  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligation to purchase Securities, and if the Securities with respect to which such default relates (the “ Default Securities ”) do not (after giving effect to arrangements, if any, made by the Representative pursuant to subsection (b) below) exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Securities, each non-defaulting Underwriter, acting severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company that number of Default Securities that bears the same proportion to the total number of Default Securities then being purchased as the number of Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Annex A hereto bears to the aggregate number of Securities set forth opposite the names of the non-defaulting Underwriters; subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make.

 

(b) In the event that the aggregate number of Default Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities , the Representative may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties (including any non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters who so agree) to purchase the Default Securities on the terms contained herein. In the event that within five (5) calendar days after such a default the Representative does not arrange for the purchase of the Default Securities as provided in this Section 8, this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of the Company with respect thereto (except in each case as provided in Sections 4(i), 6, 7, 8 and 9) or the Underwriters, but nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters of its or their liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and the Company for damages occasioned by its or their default hereunder.

 

(c) In the event that any Default Securities are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a period, not exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which, in the reasonable opinion of Underwriters’ counsel, may be necessary or advisable. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 8 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.

 

(9)  Survival of Indemnities, Representations, Warranties, Etc. The respective indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by them respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company, the Purchasers or any person controlling any of them and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, including any termination pursuant to Section 7, the payment, reimbursement, indemnity and contribution agreements contained in Sections 4(i), 6, 7, 8 and 9, and the Company’s covenants, representations, and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect at all times. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, any person who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or any affiliate of the Underwriters, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Company’s directors or officers or any person who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the issuance and delivery of the Securities. The Company and the Underwriters agree to notify each other of the commencement of any proceeding against either of them promptly, and, in the case of the Company, against any of the Company’s officers or directors in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities, or in connection with the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

22

 

 

(10)  Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or faxed and confirmed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

[_____________________]

 

c/o Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology CO. LTD.,

8 Lande Road

Laishan District, Yantai

Shangdong 264000

People’s Republic of China

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [●]

 

with a copy to:

 

Haneberg PLC

1111 E. Main St., Suite 2010

Richmond, VA 23219

Attention: Brad Haneberg

Fax: [●]

 

If to the Underwriters:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Rd Suite 105

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [●]

 

with a copy to:

 

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, FL 33131

Attention: Clayton E. Parker

Fax: (305) 358-7095

 

(11)  Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 6, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

(12)  Headings . The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and will not be deemed to be part of this Agreement.

 

(13)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, electronic delivery, or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the Party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile, electronic copy, or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 

23

 

 

(14)  Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(d)  No Other Relationship . The Underwriters have been retained solely as independent contractors to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and any Underwriter has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Final Prospectus, irrespective of whether any such Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

 

(e)  Arm’s-Length Negotiations . The price of the Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arm’s-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(f)  Absence of Obligation to Disclose . The Company has been advised that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(g)  Waiver . The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

(15)  Amendment . In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior and all contemporaneous agreements (whether written or oral), understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may only be amended or modified in writing, signed by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit.

 

(16)  Confidentiality . In the event of the consummation or public announcement of the Offering, the Underwriters shall have the right to disclose their participation in the Offering, including through, at the Underwriters’ cost, the use of “tombstone” advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals. The Underwriters agrees not to use any confidential information concerning the Company provided to the Underwriters by the Company for any purposes other than those contemplated under this Agreement.

 

(17)  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

(18)  Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service . The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (each, a “ New York Court ”) in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and each of the Company’s Subsidiaries irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the New York Courts, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company irrevocably appoints [●] as its respective authorized agent (the “ Authorized Agent ”) in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agree that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of two years from the date of this Agreement.

 

(19)  Judgment Currency . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any sum due from it to the Underwriters or any person controlling the Underwriters shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day following receipt by the Underwriters or controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that the Underwriters or controlling person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Underwriters or controlling person against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder, the Underwriters or controlling person agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Underwriters or controlling person hereunder.

 

(20)  Time of Essence . Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

24

 

 

Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this Agreement whereupon this Agreement will become a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Newater Technology, Inc.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Accepted by the Representative, acting for itself and as
Representative of the Underwriters named on Annex A hereto,
as of the date first written above:  
     
ViewTrade Securities, Inc.  
     
By:       
Name:    
Title:    

 

25

 

 

Annex A

 

Name of Underwriter   Number of Securities Being Purchased  
ViewTrade Securities, Inc.      
         
         
Total     1,600,000  

 

26

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Pricing Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Certain Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

SCHEDULE III

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

SCHEDULE IV

 

Lock-Up Parties

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

SCHEDULE V

 

Testing the Waters Communications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

, 2017

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road Suite 105

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Annex A to the Underwriting Agreement

 

Dear Sirs:

 

As an inducement to the underwriters, for which ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (the “ Representative ”), to execute an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of common shares (the “ Common Shares ”), of Newater Technology, Inc. and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby agrees that without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representative during the period specified in the second succeeding paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Common Shares (including Common Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (the “ Undersigned’s Securities ”); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Undersigned’s Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

The undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Securities.

 

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the date of the final prospectus used to sell Common Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, to which you are or expect to become parties.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Underwriting Agreement agrees that, at least three Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Shares, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two Business Days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration, and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter that are applicable to the transferor, to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

32

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of Common Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust, (v) transfers by testate succession or intestate succession or (vi) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, nor more remote than first cousin.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Common Shares if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that upon request, the undersigned will execute and additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement if (i) the Company notifies the Representative that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Offering is not completed by August 30, 2017.

 

The undersigned understands that the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

[signature page follows]

 

33

 

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
   
    Printed Name of Holder
     
  By:  
    Signature
     
   
  Printed Name of Person Signing
  (and indicate capacity of person signing if
  signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

 

34

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

 

[ADDRESS]

 

[Date]

 

Newater Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that ViewTrade Securities, Inc., the sole Underwriters, is [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction [s] with respect to an aggregate of **[# of common shares] held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with ViewTrade in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on **[date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release].

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

35

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

The Equity Merger and Acquisition Agreement of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co Ltd

 

Party A:

Chinese Name: Li Yuebiao

Legal Address: Room 201, Door 3, No. 3-36A Weiwu Road, Saertu District, Daqing City, Heilongjiang Province.

Nationality: Chinese

 

Party B:

Chinese Name: Zhang Zhuo

Legal Address: No.8 Inner, No. 32 Fushan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

Nationality: Chinese

 

Party C:

Chinese Name: Zhang Yue

Legal Address: No.207 Inner, No. 76 Shangshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

Nationality: Chinese

 

Party D:

English Name: NEWATER HK LIMITED

Legal Address: Room 1501(153) 15/F., SPA Centre 53-55 Lockhart Road, Wanchai Hong Kong

 

Under the principal of equality and mutual benefit, Party A, B, C and D reach the following agreement through friendly negotiation.

 

  1 /6  

 

 

Chapter I Equity Merger and Acquisition

 

1.1 The registered capital of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co Ltd (Hereinafter referred to as Company) is CNY 20 million which is invested by Party A, B and C together. Party A invested CNY 11 million and took up 55% of registered capital. Party B invested CNY 8 million and took up 40% of registered capital. Party C invested CNY 1 million and took up 5% of registered capital. Due to the demand of business expansion, all shareholders of Company decide to agree that NEWATER HK LIMITED (Party D) acquires 100% equity of Company and the acquisition price is CNY 20,000,000 (Based on Yanzhongpingbaozi[2016] No. 5 Valuation Report by Yantai Zhongshan Asset Valuation Co Ltd on January 25 of 2016) which is to acquire Party A’s all shares (55% of Company’s registered capital) at CNY 11 million and to acquire Party B’s all shares (40% of Company’s registered capital) at CNY 8 million and to acquire Party C’s all shares (5% of Company’s registered capital) at CNY 1 million. The method of equity acquisition is US Dollars in cash. The price of acquisition will be fully paid to Company’s shareholders by Party D within 6 months after the date of approval of Examination and Approval Authority.

 

1.2 After Equity Merger and Acquisition, the total investment of Company is CNY 40 million. The registered capital is CNY 20 million and Party D invests CNY 20 million which takes up 100% of Company’s registered capital.

 

1.3 Party A, B, C and D confirm that the balance sheet before this equity merger and acquisition is based on Yanguanhuishenzi [2016] No. 02 Audit Report by Yantai Guanda Lianhe Accounting Firm. Party A and B both promise to be liable to the integrity of this report. If the new debts come besides this report, Party A, B and C will be responsible to handle them. Company after equity merger and acquisition is liable for the debts before equity merger and acquisition. Company after equity and acquisition arranges the employees.

 

1.4 After this equity merger and acquisition, Party D is the only one shareholder of Company and Company becomes sole foreigner owning enterprise from domestic owning. Company needs re-formulate the articles of corporation of sole foreigner owning company and restructure shareholder meeting of Company.

 

  2 /6  

 

 

1.5 Non Equity Interest

 

Party A, B and C here all confirm and guarantee that they have legal ownership on current 100% shares of Company and do not have any equity interest or imperfect on those shares.

 

Chapter II the Promises on Merger and Acquisition

 

2.1 Completion of Merger and Acquisition

 

After equity merger and acquisition approved by Examination and Approval Authority and registered by Administrative Authority of Industry and Commerce, Party D will become shareholder who owns 100% share of Company and execute every rights of Company’s shareholder based on the law of China and rules of articles of corporation.

 

2.2 Document Delivery

 

Party A, B and C should submit to Party D all related contracts, agreements, decisions, certificates, approvals, permits, registration and record files and copies which are the same as the originals. Copies should have Company stamp and remark that those copies are the same as the originals.

 

Chapter III Defaults

 

3.1 Defaults

 

Any parties whose statements or guarantees have dishonesty, omits, inaccuracy or misleading should be treated as default party. Any parties which do not fulfil promises or obligations in this agreement should be treated as default party. Besides fulfilling the other obligations in this agreement, the default party should also compensate the other three parties or Company’s loss, damages and expenses (including but not limited to the reasonable attorney’s fees, litigation and arbitration fees) and obligations caused by or suffered from the defaults of default party.

 

  3 /6  

 

 

3.2 Actual Performance

 

Under pre-condition that not to damage other parties’ interest, if any parties do not fulfil any obligations in this agreement, the other three parties have the right to demand the default party to actually fulfil the obligations which have not been fulfilled besides the other three parties execute the other rights or relief. At this situation, the default party cannot refuse to actually fulfil any obligations which have not been fulfilled in this agreement based on the reason that the default party has burdened the responsibility of compensation for the damage.

 

Chapter IV Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

4.1 Applicable Law

 

This agreement is applied to China Law and its explanation.

 

4.2 Dispute Resolution

 

Any disputes (Hereinafter referred to as the dispute) related to this agreement should first be solved through four parties efforts on friendly negotiation. If this dispute cannot be solved through friendly negotiation within 30 days after the date of this dispute happens, then any one party has the right to submit the dispute to arbitration office and the dispute will be solved under the method of arbitration according to the effective arbitration rules at that time. The decision of arbitration is binding on all four parties.

 

  4 /6  

 

 

Chapter V Agreement Validity and Others

 

5.1 Take Effect

 

This agreement will take effect at the date that the following conditions are all fulfilled.

 

a)

Signed by four parties representatives;  

     
b) This agreement and solely invested company’s article of corporation approved by Examination and Approval Authority.

 

5.2 Amendment and Supplement

 

Any amendments and supplements to this agreement should all be written on the paper through four parties’ negotiation and take effect after the approval of Examination and Approval Authority.

 

5.3 Non-abandon Right

 

Any party which abandon or delay to execute one or more rights in this agreement should not be treated as abandon any other rights in this agreement or abandon to execute the same right at the other situations.

 

5.4 Independence

 

If the laws which are applied by one or more terms become invalid or lose effect, this will not impact the effectiveness of the whole agreement and the other terms of the agreement.

 

5.5 Full Agreement

 

All agreements on the topics reached by four parties in this agreement replace the previous intentions, understandings, agreements or discussions of four parties for those topics.

 

5.6 Transfer

 

Without written agreements of the other three parties, any party should not transfer all or part rights or obligations under this agreement to other parties.

 

5.7 Language and Text

 

1) This agreement is written in Chinese.
     
2) This agreement has 6 Chinese version originals. Every party holds one original and the other originals are used for the demand of examination and approval, registration and records. Every official signed agreement original has the same effect.

 

This agreement is signed by Party A, B, C and D on January 25 of 2016.

 

There is no text following but signature page.

  

  5 /6  

 

 

Party A:

 

/s/ Li Yuebiao  

 

Party B:

 

/s/ Zhang Zhuo  

 

Party C:

 

/s/ Zhang Yue  

 

Party D:

 

NEWATER HK LIMITED

 

/s/ NEWATER HK LIMITED  

 

 

 

6/6

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

The Supplementary Agreement of Equity Merger and Acquisition of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co Ltd

 

Party A: Li Yuebiao

 

Address: Room 201, Door 3, No. 3-36A Weiwu Road, Saertu District, Daqing City, Heilongjiang Province.

 

Party B: Zhang Zhuo

 

Address: No.8 Inner, No. 32 Fushan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

 

Party C: Zhang Yue

 

Address: No.207 Inner, No. 76 Shangshan Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

 

Party D: NEWATER HK LIMITED

 

Address: Room 1501(153) 15/F., SPA Centre 53-55 Lockhart Road, Wanchai Hong Kong

 

In consideration of:

 

1. Party A, B, C and D signed “The Equity Merger and Acquisition Agreement of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co Ltd” (Hereinafter referred to as “original agreement”) on January 25 of 2016;
   
2. According to “Approval about change Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co Ltd to Foreign Investment Enterprise by Commerce Department of Shandong Province” issued by Commerce Department of Shandong Province on February 2 of 2016 and “Rules of Foreign Investors Merge and Acquire Domestic Enterprise by Depart of Commerce”, through friendly negotiation Party A, B, C and D all agree to amend part of terms on the base of the original agreement and specifically make the following supplementary agreement.

 

  1 /3  

 

 

I. Amended Content

 

According to the rule of original agreement, Party D acquires Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co Ltd at price of CNY 20 million which is to acquire Party A’s all shares (55% of Company’s registered capital) at CNY 11 million and to acquire Party B’s all shares (40% of Company’s registered capital) at CNY 8 million and to acquire Party C’s all shares (5% of Company’s registered capital) at CNY 1 million. The price of acquisition will be fully paid to Company’s shareholders by Party D within 6 months after the date of approval of Examination and Approval Authority.

 

Party A, B and C will fully pay the all subscription price by US Dollars in cash. Party A, B and C all agree the subscription prices which are as follows through negotiation.

 

Name   Original Subscription Price (CNY)     Increment on Subscription Price (CNY)  
Li Yuebiao     11,000,000.00       4,695,550.99  
Zhang Zhuo     8,000,000.00       3,414,946.17  
Zhang Yue     1,000,000.00       426,868.27  

 

II. After this supplementary agreement takes effect, this supplementary agreement becomes the undivided party of original agreement and has the same legal effect as original agreement does. Except the amended content specified by this supplementary agreement, the other parts of original agreement are unchanged and continuously effective.

 

If this supplementary agreement conflicts with original agreement, this supplementary agreement prevails.

 

III. This supplementary agreement has four copies and every party holds one copy which has the same legal effect. This supplementary agreement will take effect after signed and stamped by Party A, B, C and D.

 

  2 /3  

 

 

(The page has no text below but signature.)    
     
Party A:    
     
/s/ Li Yuebiao    
     
Party B:    
     
/s/ Zhang Zhuo    
     
Party C:    
     
/s/ Zhang Yue    
     
Party D:    
     
NEWATER HK LIMITED    
     
/s/ NEWATER HK LIMITED    
     
    February 5, 2016

 

 

3/3

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

BVI COMPANY NUMBER: 1891454

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

 

 

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

 

 

OF ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

OF

 

 

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

Incorporated on the 30th day of September, 2015

 

 

INCORPORATED IN THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

   

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 In this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

 

Act ” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (No. 16 of 2004) and includes the regulations made under the Act;

 

Articles ” means the Articles of Association of the Company;

 

Chairman of the Board ” has the meaning specified in Regulation 12;

 

Distribution ” in relation to a distribution by the Company to a Shareholder means the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other than Shares, to or for the benefit of the Shareholder, or the incurring of a debt to or for the benefit of a Shareholder, in relation to Shares held by a Shareholder, and whether by means of the purchase of an asset, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Shares, a transfer of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend;

 

Memorandum ” means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;

 

Person ” includes individuals, corporations, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons;

 

Registrar ” means the Registrar of Corporate Affairs as appointed under section 229 of the Act;

 

Resolution of Directors ” means either:

 

(a) a resolution at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director has given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or

 

(b) a resolution consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable or other written electronic communication by a majority of the directors of the Company. A written resolution consented to in such manner may consist of several documents including written electronic communication, in like form each signed or assented to by one or more directors.

 

Resolution of Shareholders ” means either:

 

(a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of in excess of 50 percent of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

  1 /24  

 

 

(b) a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of in excess of 50 percent of the votes of Shares entitled to vote thereon;

 

Seal ” means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;

 

Securities ” means Shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire Shares or debt obligations;

 

Share ” means a share issued or to be issued by the Company;

 

Shareholder ” means a Person whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder or one or more Shares or fractional Shares;

 

Treasury Share ” means a Share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not canceled; and

 

Written ” or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and “ in writing ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  1.2 In the Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to:

 

(a) a “ Regulation ” is a reference to a regulation of the Articles;
     
(b) a “ Clause ” is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum;
     
(c) voting by Shareholders is a reference to the casting of votes attached to the Shares held by the Shareholder voting;
     
(d) the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended or, in the case of the Act, any re-enactment thereof and any subsidiary legislation made thereunder; and
     
(e) the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

  1.3 Any words or expressions defined in the Act unless the context otherwise requires bear the same meaning in the Memorandum and the Articles unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.4 Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and the Articles.

 

2. NAME

 

The name of the Company is NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC. The name of the Company may be changed and this Clause thereby amended by a Resolution of the Directors.

 

3. STATUS

 

The Company is a company limited by Shares.

 

  2 /24  

 

 

4. REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

4.1 The first registered office of the Company is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporation Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.

 

4.2 The first registered agent of the Company is Offshore Incorporation Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporation Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

4.3 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, change the location of its registered agent or change its registered agent.

 

4.4 Any change of registered office or registered agent will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of the change filed by the existing registered agent or a legal practitioner in the British Virgin Islands acting on behalf of the Company.

 

5. CAPACITY AND POWERS

 

5.1 Subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation, the Company has, irrespective of corporate benefit:

 

(a) full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

(b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

5.2 For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, there are no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

6. NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

6.1 Shares in the Company shall be issued in the currency of the United States of America.

 

6.2 The Company is authorized to issue a maximum of 200,000,000 Shares of a single class each with a par value of US$0.001.

 

6.3 The company may issue fractional Shares and a fractional Share shall have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole Share of the same class or series of Shares.

 

6.4 Shares may be issued in one or more series of Shares as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine from time to time.

 

7. RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

7.1 Each Share confers upon the Shareholder:

 

(a) the right to one vote at a meeting of the Shareholders or on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

(b) the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

(c) the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

7.2 The Company may be Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Shares subject to Regulation 3 of the Articles.

 

  3 /24  

 

 

8. VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

If at any time the Shares are divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not the Company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of not less than 50 percent of the issued Shares in that class.

 

9. RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU

 

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

10. REGISTERED SHARES

 

10.1 The Company shall issue Registered Shares only.

 

10.2 The Company is not authorized to issue Bearer Shares, convert Registered Shares to Bearer Shares or exchange Registered Shares for Bearer Shares.

 

11. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

11.1 The Company shall, on receipt of an instrument of transfer complying with Sub- Regulation 6.1 of the Articles, enter the name of the transferee of a Share in the register of members unless the directors resolve to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer for reasons that shall be specified in a Resolution of Directors.

 

11.2 The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a Share unless the Shareholder has failed to pay an amount due in respect of the Share.

 

12. AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM AND THE ARTICLES

 

12.1 Subject to Clause 8, the Company may amend the Memorandum or the Articles by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by Resolution of Directors:

 

(a) to restrict the rights or powers of the Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b) to change the percentage of Shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(c) in circumstances where the Memorandum or the Articles cannot be amended by the Shareholders; or

 

(d) to Clauses 7, 8, 9 or this Clause 12.

 

12.2 Any amendment of the Memorandum or the Articles will take effect on the registration by the Registrar of a notice of amendment, or restated Memorandum and Articles, filed by the registered agent.

 

  4 /24  

 

 

We, OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association the 30th day of September, 2015.

 

Incorporator

 

/s/ Rexella D. Hodge
(Sd.)Rexella D. Hodge
Authorised Signatory
OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED

 

  5 /24  

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS THE BVI BUSINESS
COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

1. REGISTERED SHARES

 

1.1. Every Shareholder is entitled, on request to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorised by Resolution of Directors, or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorised person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

1.2. Any Shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by Resolution of Directors.

 

1.3. If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Persons may give an effectual receipt for any Distribution.

 

2. SHARES

 

2.1. Shares and other Securities may be issued at such times, to such Persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

2.2. Section 46 of the Act (Pre-emptive rights) does not apply to the Company.

 

2.3. A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

2.4. The consideration for a Share with par value shall not be less than the par value of the Share. If a Share with par value is issued for consideration less than the par value, the person to whom the Share is issued is liable to pay to the Company an amount equal to the difference between the issue price and the par value.

 

2.5. No Shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:

 

(a) the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares;

 

(b) the determination of the directors of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and

 

(c) that, in the opinion of the directors, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares.

 

  6 /24  

 

 

2.6. The consideration paid for any Share, whether a par value Share or a no par value Share, shall not be treated as a liability or debt of the Company for the purposes of:

 

(a) the solvency test in Regulations 3 and 18; and

 

(b) sections 197 and 209 of the Act.

 

2.7. The Company shall keep a register (the “register of members”) containing:

 

(a) the names and addresses of the Persons who hold Shares;

 

(b) the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Shareholder;

 

(c) the date on which the name of each Shareholder was entered in the register of members; and

 

(d) the date on which any Person ceased to be a Shareholder.

 

2.8. The register of members may be in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members.

 

2.9. A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Shareholder is entered in the register of members.

 

3. REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

3.1. The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares in such manner and upon such other terms as the directors may agree with the relevant Shareholder(s) save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of Shareholders whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without their consent.

 

3.2. The Company may only offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Shares if the Resolution of Directors authorising the purchase, redemption or other acquisition contains a statement that the directors are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

3.3. Sections 60 (Process for purchase, redemptions or other acquisitions of own shares), 61 (Offer to one or more shareholders) and 62 (Shares redeemed otherwise than at the option of company) of the Act shall not apply to the Company.

 

3.4. Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Regulation may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such Shares are in excess of 50 percent of the issued Shares in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.

 

  7 /24  

 

 

3.5. All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share.

 

3.6. Treasury Shares may be transferred by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and the Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

3.7. Where Shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, Shares having more than 50 percent of the votes in the election of directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the Shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.

 

4. MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

4.1. Shareholders may mortgage or charge their Shares.

 

4.2. There shall be entered in the register of members at the written request of the Shareholder:

 

(a) a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

(b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

(c) the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members.

 

4.3. Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

(a) with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

(b) upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

4.4. Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation:

 

(a) no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

(b) the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and

 

(c) no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares,

 

without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

5. FORFEITURE

 

5.1. Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation.

 

5.2. A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares.

 

  8 /24  

 

 

5.3. The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

5.4. Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.3 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates.

 

5.5. The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to a Shareholder whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that Shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.

 

6. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1. Subject to the Memorandum, Shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company for registration.

 

6.2. The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members.

 

6.3. If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors:

 

(a) to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

(b) that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.

 

6.4. Subject to the Memorandum, the personal representative of a deceased Shareholder may transfer a Share even though the personal representative is not a Shareholder at the time of the transfer.

 

7. MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

7.1. Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the Shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable.

 

7.2. Upon the written request of Shareholders entitled to exercise 30 percent or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.3. The director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of Shareholders to:

 

(a) those Shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Shareholders in the register of members and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

(b) the other directors.

 

  9 /24  

 

 

7.4. The director convening a meeting of Shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those Shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice.

 

7.5. A meeting of Shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Shareholders holding at least 90 percent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Shareholder holds.

 

7.6. The inadvertent failure of a director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Shareholder or another director, or the fact that a Shareholder or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

7.7. A Shareholder may be represented at a meeting of Shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Shareholder.

 

7.8. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

7.9. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Shareholder appointing the proxy.

 

 

__________________ (the “Company”)

 

I/We,_____________ being a Shareholder of the Company HEREBY APPOINT

______________ of______________ or failing him_______________ of

 

______________ to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Shareholders to

 

be held on the ___ day of___________ , 20___ and at any adjournment thereof.

 

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

Signed this ___ day of____________ , 20___

 

Shareholder

 

 

7.10. The following applies where Shares are jointly owned:

 

(a) if two or more persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders and may speak as a Shareholder;

 

(b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

(c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

7.11. A Shareholder shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Shareholders if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Shareholders participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

  10 /24  

 

 

7.12. A meeting of Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than one-third (1/3) of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of Shareholders to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single Shareholder or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders.

 

7.13. If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one-third (1/3) of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum.

 

7.14. At every meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman.

 

7.15. The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

7.16. At any meeting of the Shareholders the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

7.17. Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of Persons other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Shareholder shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Shareholder or the Company.

 

7.18. Any Person other than an individual which is a Shareholder may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders or of any class of Shareholders, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the Shareholder which he represents as that Shareholder could exercise if it were an individual.

 

  11 /24  

 

 

7.19. The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Person shall be disregarded.

 

7.20. Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Shareholders and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.

 

7.21. An action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any Resolution of Shareholders is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Shareholders not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Shareholders. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Shareholders have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

8. DIRECTORS

 

8.1. The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors. Any director appointed by Resolution of Directors must be affirmed by the Shareholders at the next meeting of Shareholders.

 

8.2. No person shall be appointed as a director, alternate director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company unless he has consented in writing to be a director, alternate director or to be nominated as a reserve director respectively.

 

8.3. Subject to Sub-Regulation 8.1, the minimum number of directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum number.

 

8.4 The Board shall be divided into three classes of Directors, as nearly equal in numbers as the then total number of Directors permits with the term of office of one class expiring each year.

 

8.5 At the annual meeting of Shareholders in 2016:

 

(a) The Class A Directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of Shareholders;

 

(b) The Class B Directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of Shareholders; and

 

(c) The Class C Directors shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of Shareholders.

 

8.6 At every succeeding annual meeting of Shareholders, the successors to the class of Directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of Shareholders.

 

  12 /24  

 

 

8.7 A Director who retires at the annual meeting of Shareholders shall be eligible for re- election. If he is not re-elected he shall retain office until the meeting elects someone in his place, or if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting.

 

8.8. Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Shareholders or the Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

8.9. A director may be removed from office,

 

(a) with or without cause, by Resolution of Shareholders passed at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by at least 75 percent of the votes of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or

 

(b) with cause, by Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

 

8.10. A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act.

 

8.11. The directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. Where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office.

 

8.12. A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

8.13. Where the Company only has one Shareholder who is an individual and that Shareholder is also the sole director of the Company, the sole Shareholder/director may, by instrument in writing, nominate a person who is not disqualified from being a director of the Company as a reserve director of the Company to act in the place of the sole director in the event of his death.

 

8.14. The nomination of a person as a reserve director of the Company ceases to have effect if:

 

(a) before the death of the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him,

 

(i) he resigns as reserve director, or

 

(ii) the sole Shareholder/director revokes the nomination in writing; or

 

(b) the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him ceases to be able to be the sole Shareholder/director of the Company for any reason other than his death.

 

8.15. The Company shall keep a register of directors containing:

 

(a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company or who have been nominated as reserve directors of the Company;

 

(b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company;

 

  13 /24  

 

 

(c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company;

 

(d) the date on which the nomination of any person nominated as a reserve director ceased to have effect; and

 

(e) such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

8.16. The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors.

 

8.17. The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

8.18. A director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office.

 

8.19. A director, by written instrument deposited at the registered office of the Company may from time to time appoint another director or another person who is not disqualified for appointment as a director under section 111 of the Act to be his alternate to:

 

(a) exercise the appointing director's powers; and

 

(b) carry out the appointing director's responsibilities, in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors in the absence of the appointing director.

 

8.20. No person shall be appointed as an alternate director unless he has consented in writing to be an alternate director. The appointment of an alternate director does not take effect until written notice of the appointment has been deposited at the registered office of the Company.

 

8.21. The appointing director may, at any time, terminate or vary the alternate's appointment. The termination or variation of the appointment of an alternate director does not take effect until written notice of the termination or variation has been deposited at the registered office of the Company, save that if a director shall die or cease to hold the office of director, the appointment of his alternate shall thereupon cease and terminate immediately without the need of notice.

 

8.22. An alternate director has no power to appoint an alternate, whether of the appointing director or of the alternate director.

 

8.23. An alternate director has the same rights as the appointing director in relation to any directors' meeting and any written resolution of directors circulated for written consent. Unless stated otherwise in the notice of the appointment of the alternate, or a notice of variation of the appointment, if undue delay or difficulty would be occasioned by giving notice to a director of a resolution of which his approval is sought in accordance with these Articles his alternate (if any) shall be entitled to signify approval of the same on behalf of that director. Any exercise by the alternate director of the appointing director's powers in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors is as effective as if the powers were exercised by the appointing director. An alternate director does not act as an agent of or for the appointing director and is liable for his own acts and omissions as an alternate director.

 

  14 /24  

 

 

8.24. The remuneration of an alternate director (if any) shall be payable out of the remuneration payable to the director appointing him (if any), as agreed between such alternate and the director appointing him.

 

9. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

9.1. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders.

 

9.2. Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

9.3. If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

9.4. Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.

 

9.5. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

9.6. The directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

9.7. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.

 

9.8. For the purposes of Section 175 (Disposition of assets) of the Act, the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

 

10. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

10.1. Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director.

 

10.2. The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

  15 /24  

 

 

10.3. A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

10.4. A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

10.5. A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is 2.

 

10.6. If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

10.7. At meetings of directors at which the Chairman of the Board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

10.8. An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing or by telex, telegram, cable or other written electronic communication by a majority of the directors or by a majority of the members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. A written resolution consented to in such manner may consist of several documents, including written electronic communication, in like form each signed or assented to by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

11. COMMITTEES

 

11.1. The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee.

 

11.2. The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the following powers:

 

(a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b) to designate committees of directors;

 

(c) to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

(d) to appoint or remove directors;

 

  16 /24  

 

 

(e) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

(f) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

(g) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or

 

(h) to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

11.3. Sub-Regulation 11.2(b) and (c) do not prevent a committee of directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

11.4. The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee.

 

11.5. Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act.

 

12. OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

12.1. The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a president and one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

12.2. The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board to preside at meetings of directors and Shareholders, the president to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the president but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the president, the secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

12.3. The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.4. The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed,but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.5. The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company.

 

  17 /24  

 

 

12.6. An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the following:

 

(a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b) to change the registered office or agent;

 

(c) to designate committees of directors;

 

(d) to delegate powers to a committee of directors;

 

(e) to appoint or remove directors;

 

(f) to appoint or remove an agent;

 

(g) to fix emoluments of directors;

 

(h) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement;

 

(i) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan;

 

(j) to make a determination that immediately after a proposed Distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

(k) to authorise the Company to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

 

12.7. The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

12.8. The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

13. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

13.1. A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company.

 

13.2. For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 13.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry into the transaction or disclosure of the interest, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

13.3. A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

(a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

(b) attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

  18 /24  

 

 

(c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction,

 

and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

14. INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1. Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

(a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or

 

(b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

14.2. The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 14.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

14.3. For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 14.2, a director acts in the best interests of the Company if he acts in the best interests of

 

(a) the Company’s holding company; or

 

(b) a Shareholder or Shareholders; in either case, in the circumstances specified in Sub-Regulation 9.3 or the Act, as the case maybe.

 

14.4. The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

14.5. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

14.6. Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1.

 

14.7. Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a former director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the former director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the former director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1 and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

  19 /24  

 

 

14.8. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section is not exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, Resolution of Shareholders, resolution of disinterested directors or otherwise, both as acting in the person’s official capacity and as to acting in another capacity while serving as a director of the Company.

 

14.9. If a person referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1 has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1, the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

14.10. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

14.11 Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

15. RECORDS

 

15.1. The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

(a) the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

(b) the register of members, or a copy of the register of members;

 

(c) the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors; and

 

(d) copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous 10 years.

 

15.2. Until the directors determine otherwise by Resolution of Directors the Company shall keep the original register of members and original register of directors at the office of its registered agent.

 

  20 /24  

 

 

15.3. If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

(a) within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

(b) provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

15.4. The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine:

 

(a) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Shareholders and classes of Shareholders;

 

(b) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of directors; and

 

(c) an impression of the Seal.

 

15.5. Where any original records referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location.

 

15.6. The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act, 2001 (No. 5 of 2001) as from time to time amended or re-enacted.

 

16. REGISTER OF CHARGES

 

The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:

 

(a) the date of creation of the charge;

 

(b) a short description of the liability secured by the charge;

 

(c) a short description of the property charged;

 

(d) the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee;

 

(e) unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and

 

(f) details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge.

 

17. SEAL

 

The Company shall have a Seal and may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

  21 /24  

 

 

18. DISTRIBUTIONS

 

18.1. The directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a Distribution at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the Distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

18.2. Distributions may be paid in money, Shares, or other property.

 

18.3. Notice of any Distribution that may have been declared shall be given to each Shareholder as specified in Sub-Regulation 20.1 and all Distributions unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

18.4. No Distributions shall bear interest as against the Company and no Distribution shall be paid on Treasury Shares.

 

19. ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

19.1. The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at anytime, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

19.2. The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.

 

19.3. The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

19.4. The first auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.5. The auditors may be Shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office.

 

19.6. The remuneration of the auditors of the Company may be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

19.7. The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Shareholders or otherwise given to Shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

(a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and

 

(b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

  22 /24  

 

 

19.8. The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Shareholders.

 

19.9. Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

19.10. The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

20. NOTICES

 

20.1. Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to Shareholders may be given by personal service or by mail addressed to each Shareholder at the address shown in the register of members.

 

20.2. Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.

 

20.3. Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.

 

21. VOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION

 

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or, subject to section 199(2) of the Act, by Resolution of Directors appoint a voluntary liquidator.

 

22. CONTINUATION

 

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by a Resolution of Directors continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

 

  23 /24  

 

 

We, OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign these Articles of Association the 30th day of September, 2015.

 

Incorporator

 

/s/ Rexella D. Hodge  
(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge
Authorised Signatory
OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED

   

 

24/24

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT...............................Custodian........................
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties (Cust)                                 (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with the right of        Act.....................................................................
   survivorship and not as tenants in common                   (State)  
       
  Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received,  ___________________________________________________  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

P LEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE:

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___ shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________, Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.  

 

 

Dated _______________________________  

 

X  

 THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE. THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED:

 

 

TRANSFER FEE WILL APPLY  

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

April 18, 2017

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

c/o Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai City

Shandong Province

People’s Republic of China 264000

 

Re: Newater Technology, Inc., Registration Statement Form F-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as British Virgin Islands counsel for Newater Technology, Inc., a British Virgin Islands corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 and all amendments thereto (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on April 18, 2017. The Registration Statement relates to the offering (the “Offering”) of 1,600,000 of the Company’s common shares, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares”).

 

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the Registration Statement and the prospectus contained therein (the “Prospectus”), the Company’s Articles and Memorandum of Association, as amended to date, and the originals, or copies certified to our satisfaction, of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below (collectively, the “Documents”). We are relying (without any independent investigation thereof) upon an Officer’s Certificate from an Officer of the Company, certifying to the truth and accuracy of the factual statements, covenants, representations and warranties set forth in the Documents. We have assumed the authenticity of the signatures and seals set forth in such Officer’s Certificate. In addition, for all purposes of this opinion, as to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers of the Company.

 

The following opinion is given as to matters of British Virgin Islands law.

 

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, it is our opinion that the Shares of the Company are duly authorized and will, upon the receipt of full payment, issuance and delivery in accordance with the terms of the offering described in the Registration Statement, be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Prospectus constituting a part thereof. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Haneberg Hurlbert, PLC
   
  Haneberg Hulbert, PLC

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

 

April 18, 2017

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

c/o Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai City

Shandong Province

People’s Republic of China 264000

 

Re: Newater Technology, Inc., Registration Statement Form F-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel as to matters of United States law, including tax law, to Newater Technology, Inc., a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 and all amendments thereto (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), as originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on April 18, 2017. The Registration Statement relates to the offering of 1,600,000 of the Company’s common shares, $0.001 par value per share.

 

We have examined such documents and have reviewed such questions of law, as we have considered necessary and appropriate for the purposes of our opinion set forth below. In rendering our opinions set forth below, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures and the conformity to authentic originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity for all purposes relevant hereto of all natural persons and, with respect to all parties to agreements or instruments relevant hereto other than the Company, that such parties had the requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to execute, deliver and perform such agreements or instruments, that such agreements or instruments have been duly authorized by all requisite action (corporate or otherwise), executed and delivered by such parties and that such agreements or instruments are the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of such parties. As to questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon factual statements and factual representations of officers of the Company.

 

Based upon and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

The statements made in the Registration Statement, under the caption “Tax Matters Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares,” to the extent such statements relate to matters of United States tax law, represent our opinion. This opinion is given under Item 601 of Regulation S-K, as our opinion regarding tax matters. All such statements are based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of the prospectus, all of which are subject to change. Further, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or a court will not take a contrary position.

 

Our opinions expressed above are limited to the tax laws of the United States. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this letter in the event of any changes in law or fact arising after the date hereof; provided, however, that our opinions set forth in the Registration Statement will be revised, if needed to remain accurate in all material respects as of the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement and the prospectus that forms a part thereof. In giving these consents, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Haneberg Hurlbert, PLC
  Haneberg Hulbert, PLC

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

KAI TONG LAW FIRM  

Suites 3409-3412, Guangzhou CTF Finance Center

Zhujiang New Town, Guangzhou, PRC

 
Tel: +86 20 8752 1833  Fax: +86 20 8385 0222  
www.ktlf.com.cn  

 

 

 

April 18, 2017

 

To: Newater Technology, Inc.

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Re: PRC Legal Opinion for the PRC taxation of Newater Technology, Inc.

 

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”) and as such are qualified to issue this legal opinion (the “ Opinion ”) on the PRC Laws effective as of the date hereof. For the purpose of this Opinion, the PRC excludes the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

 

We have acted as the PRC legal counsel to Newater Technology, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Newater ”), a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, solely in connection with (a) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, (the “ Registration Statement ”), initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) on April 18, 2017 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, , including the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”); (b) the Company’s proposed initial public offering (the “ Offering ”), 1,600,000 the Company’s common shares, par value $0.001 per common share (the “ Shares ”); and (c) the proposed listing and trading of the Shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

The Opinion is rendered on the basis of all laws, regulations, statutes, rules, decrees, notices, and supreme court’s judicial interpretations currently in effect and publicly available in the PRC as of the date hereof (the “ PRC Laws ”).

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd., is the Company’s PRC entity (the “ PRC Entity ”)

 

I.       Documents and Assumptions

 

In this capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the due diligence documents provided by the Company and such other documents, corporate records and certificates, Governmental Authorizations and other instruments (collectively the “ Documents ”) as we have considered necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this Opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In our examination of the Documents, we have assumed that:

 

1.       all Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and that all documents submitted to us as copies conform to their originals and such originals are authentic;

 

2.       all Documents have been validly authorized, executed and delivered by all the relevant parties thereto and all natural persons have the necessary legal capacity;

 

3.       all the signatures, seals and chops on the Documents submitted to us are genuine;

 

4.       all the Documents and the factual statements provided to us by the Company, including but not limited to those set forth in the Documents, are complete, true and correct; and

 

5.       no amendments, revisions, modifications or other changes have been made with respect to any of the Documents after they were submitted to us for the purposes of this Opinion.

 

II.       Opinions

 

Based on our review of the Documents, subject to the Assumptions and the Qualifications, and except as publicly disclosed in the Registration Statement, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “ Tax Matters Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares ” to the extent such statements relate to matters of PRC tax laws and regulations or interpretations, constitute true and accurate description of the matters described therein in all material aspects and such statements represent our opinion.
   
2. The ownership structure of the Company and its PRC Entity and their business operations, are not in violation of any PRC Laws.
   
3. The PRC Entity establishment and existence are properly authorized and holds all certificates and permits that are necessary to run its business operation as foreign invested companies in China. These certificates and permits are in valid time period.

 

III.       Qualifications

 

Our opinion expressed above is subject to the following qualifications (the “ Qualifications ”):

 

1.       This Opinion relates only to the PRC Laws and we express no opinion as to any other laws or regulations than the PRC Laws. There is no guarantee that any of the PRC Laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefore, will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect;

 

  2  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.       This Opinion is intended to be used in the context that is specifically referred to herein and each section should be considered as a whole regarding the same subject matter and no part shall be extracted for interpretation separately from this Opinion.

 

This Opinion is rendered to the Company for the purpose of confirming the effectiveness and legality of the Company’s taxation under the PRC Laws, and except as provided for herein, this Opinion shall not be quoted nor shall a copy be given to any person (apart from the addressee) without our express prior written consent except where such disclosure is required to be made by the applicable law or is requested by the SEC or any other regulatory agencies.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this Opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

/s/ KaiTong Law Firm

KaiTong Law Firm

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

April 6, 2017

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

7280 W. Palmetto Park Road Suite 105

Boca Raton, Florida 33433

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Annex A to the Underwriting Agreement

 

Dear Sirs:

 

As an inducement to the underwriters, for which ViewTrade Securities, Inc. is acting as representative (the “ Representative ”), to execute an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of common shares (the “ Common Shares ”), of Newater Technology, Inc. and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby agrees that without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representative during the period specified in the second succeeding paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Common Shares (including Common Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (the “ Undersigned’s Securities ”); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Undersigned’s Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

The undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Securities.

 

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the date of the final prospectus used to sell Common Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, to which you are or expect to become parties.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Underwriting Agreement agrees that, at least three Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Shares, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two Business Days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration, and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter that are applicable to the transferor, to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of Common Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust, (v) transfers by testate succession or intestate succession or (vi) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, nor more remote than first cousin.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of Common Shares if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that upon request, the undersigned will execute and additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement if (i) the Company notifies the Representative that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Shares to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Offering is not completed by August 30, 2017.

 

The undersigned understands that the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

[signature page follows]

 

 

 

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  Printed Name of Holder

 

  By:  
    Signature

 

   
  Printed Name of Person Signing
(and indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

[ADDRESS]

 

[Date]

 

Newater Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that ViewTrade Securities, Inc., the sole Underwriters, is [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction [s] with respect to an aggregate of **[# of common shares] held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with ViewTrade in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on **[date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release].

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Employment Contract – Yuebiao Li

 

BETWEEN:    Yantai Jinzheng Enivonmental Technology Co., Ltd. , a company legally incorporated under the laws of People’s Republic of China, having a mailing address at No.1366, Zhongtianmen Street, High-tech Zone, Tai’an City, acting and represented herein by Mr. Yuebiao Li , Legal Representative , declaring duly authorized, (hereinafter called the "COMPANY")

 

AND:     Yuebiao Li , residing at Taiwan Village, Yantai City, (hereinafter called the “EMPLOYEE ")

 

(COMPANY and EMPLOYEE hereinafter collectively called “Parties”)

 

WHEREAS:

COMPANY requires the services of EMPLOYEE as Chief Executive Officer (CEO);

 

EMPLOYEE agreed to provide COMPANY his full-time services as CEO;

 

the Parties wish to confirm their agreement in writing;

 

the Parties have the capacity and quality of exercise all the rights necessary for the conclusion and implementation of the agreement found in this Contract;

 

THEREFORE THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Employment

 

EMPLOYEE agrees to assume full-time for COMPANY (minimum of forty (40) hours per week) the role of CEO during the entire duration of the Contract;

 

2. Term

 

This Contract is for an initial term of 54 months, namely from July 5, 2012 to December 31, 2016 , renewable for an additional period of 6 months unless either party terminates it in writing at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the initial term;

 

3. Responsibilities

 

EMPLOYEE agrees and undertakes to COMPANY to the following: The services must be made full time in a professional manner, according to the rules generally accepted by industry.

 

  1  

 

 

3.1 Shall be subject to regulatory oversight of the Board, in representation of the COMPANY and take overall responsibility for the operational management and financial management of the COMPANY, to ensure the safety of operation, effective management and the preservation and appreciation of assets.

 

3.2 Shall be strictly compliance with laws, regulations and financial and accounting system, drafting plans on the establishment of the COMPANY’s internal management departments and basic management system of the COMPANY.

 

3.3 Unless agreed by the Board, shall not make change to the legal representative, company name, business scope of the company.

 

3.4 Unless agreed by the Board, shall not dispose the property of the COMPANY, including but not limited to transfer, selling off, mortgaging, pledge, leasing or giving out.

 

3.5 If the COMPANY needs to ask for a loan, consent of the Board shall be made.

 

3.6 Shall not provide external guarantee in the name of the COMPANY.

 

3.7 Shall regularly submit factual financial reports to the Board.

 

3.8 Deciding on the hiring or dismissing of the persons-in-charge other than those who shall be decided by the Board.

 

3.9 Performing other responsibility granted by the articles of association or the Board.

 

4. CONSIDERATION

 

4.1 Service Awards

 

In consideration of the provision of services, COMPANY to pay EMPLOYEE, as compensation;

 

The gross amount of RMB216,720 annually calculated at the rate of twelve (12) equal monthly installments consecutively of RMB18,060 each.

   

4.2 Expenditure incurred

 

COMPANY will reimburse EMPLOYEE all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with this Contract, upon presentation of appropriate documentation. The date of reimburse EMPLOYEE shall be the 20 th of each month.

 

  2  

 

 

4.3 Bonus

 

Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based on annual profit of COMPANY, according to the resolution of board of directors. The board of directors shall have the sole discretion to determine the amount of any such bonus.

 

5. Commitment to confidentiality and nondisclosure

 

EMPLOYEE recognizes that certain disclosures to be provided by COMPANY have or may have considerable strategic importance, and therefore represent trade secrets for purposes of this Contract. During the term of this Contract and for a period of 36 months following the end of it, EMPLOYEE is committed to COMPANY to:

 

a) keep confidential and not disclose the information;

 

b) take and implement all appropriate measures to protect the confidentiality of the information;

 

c) not disclose, transmit, exploit or otherwise use for its own account or for others, elements of information;

 

6. Exclusivity of service provider

 

During the term of this Contract and for a period of 24 months following the end of it, EMPLOYEE is committed to COMPANY not render services to or for direct or indirect competitors of COMPANY.

 

7. Termination of Contract

 

Either party may terminate this Contract at any time, upon presentation of a sixty (60) days notice given to the other party.

 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Unless specific provision to the contrary in this Contract, the following provisions apply.

 

8.1 Force Majeure

 

Neither party can be considered in default under this Contract if the performance of its obligations in whole or in part is delayed or prevented by following a force majeure situation. Force majeure is an external event, unforeseeable, irresistible and it absolutely impossible to fulfill an obligation.

 

  3  

 

 

8.2 Severability

 

The possible illegality or invalidity of an article, a paragraph or provision (or part of an article, a paragraph or provision) does not in any way affect the legality of other items, paragraphs or provisions of this Contract, nor the rest of this article, this paragraph or provision unless a contrary intention is evident in the text.

 

8.3 Notices

 

Any notice to a party is deemed to have been validly given if in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, by bailiff or by courier to such party at the address listed at the beginning of this Contract or any other address that the party may indicate a similar notice to another party. A copy of any notice sent by mail must be sent by one mode of delivery mentioned above.

 

8.4 No Waiver

 

The inertia, neglect or delay by any party to exercise any right or remedy under this Contract shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such right or remedy.

 

8.5 Contract Amendment

 

This Contract may be amended only by a writing signed by all Parties.

  

9. Applicable Laws and Election of domicile

 

This Contract is subject to the laws of the People’s Republic of China. 

 

The Parties agree to elect domicile in the judicial district of Taian City, Shandong Province, China , and chose it as the appropriate district to hear any claim arising from the interpretation, application, and performance, the entry into force, validity and effect of this Contract.

 

10. Currencies

 

All sums of money under this Contract refer to Chinese currency.

 

11. Effectiveness and Copies

 

This Contract will come into force upon signature and seal by both Parities. This Contract is made in duplicate and both are of equally binding force. The COMPANY and the EMPLOYEE each holds one copy.

  

IN THE CITY OF YANTAI, SHANDONG PROVINCE, 

 

Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

(Seal) 

 

/s/ Yuebiao Li  
(Signature)  

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Employment Contract – Zhuo Zhang

 

BETWEEN:    Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd. , a company legally incorporated under the laws of People’s Republic of China, having a mailing address at Ruida Road, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai City, Shandong Province, acting and represented herein by Mr. Yuebiao Li , Legal Representative , declaring duly authorized, (hereinafter called the "COMPANY")

 

AND: Zhuo Zhang , residing at Zhifu District, Yantai City, (hereinafter called the “EMPLOYEE ")

 

(COMPANY and EMPLOYEE hereinafter collectively called "Parties")

 

WHEREAS:

COMPANY requires the services of EMPLOYEE as Chief Financial Officer (CFO);

 

EMPLOYEE agreed to provide COMPANY her full-time services as CFO;

 

the Parties wish to confirm their agreement in writing;

 

the Parties have the capacity and quality of exercise all the rights necessary for the conclusion and implementation of the agreement found in this Contract;

 

THEREFORE THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Employment

 

EMPLOYEE agrees to assume full-time for COMPANY (minimum of forty (40) hours per week) the role of CFO during the entire duration of the Contract;

 

2. Term

 

This Contract is for an initial term of 54 months, namely from July 1, 2012 to December 31, 2016 , renewable for an additional period of 6 months unless either party terminates it in writing at least sixty (30) days before the expiration of the initial term;

 

  1  

 

 

3. Responsibilities

 

EMPLOYEE agrees and undertakes to COMPANY to the following: The services must be made full time in a professional manner, according to the rules generally accepted by industry.

 

3.1 Set-up and/or oversee all financial and operational controls and metrics within the organization.

 

3.2 Maintain executive responsibility for financial operations, including working capital, capital expenditures, debt levels, taxes, budget, and general accounting.

 

3.3 Develop and direct financial plans to the strategic business plan, company growth, and market opportunities and direction.

 

3.4 Establish and maintain stable cash flow management policies and procedures, and ensure cash resources are available for daily operations and business and product development.

 

3.5 Analyze current and future business operations and plans to determine financial effectiveness.

 

3.6 Establish the performance goals, allocate resources, and assess policies for employees, through other managers.

 

4. CONSIDERATION

 

4.1 Service Awards

 

In consideration of the provision of services, COMPANY to pay EMPLOYEE, as compensation;

 

The gross amount of RMB216,720 annually calculated at the rate of twelve (12) equal monthly installments consecutively of RMB 18,060 each.

   

4.2 Expenditure incurred

 

COMPANY will reimburse EMPLOYEE all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with this Contract, upon presentation of appropriate documentation. The date of reimburse EMPLOYEE shall be the 20 th of each month.

 

  2  

 

 

4.3 Bonus

 

Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based on annual profit of COMPANY, according to the resolution of board of directors. The board of directors shall have the sole discretion to determine the amount of any such bonus.

 

5. Commitment to confidentiality and nondisclosure

 

EMPLOYEE recognizes that certain disclosures to be provided by COMPANY have or may have considerable strategic importance, and therefore represent trade secrets for purposes of this Contract. During the term of this Contract and for a period of 36 months following the end of it, EMPLOYEE is committed to COMPANY to:

 

a) keep confidential and not disclose the information;

 

b) take and implement all appropriate measures to protect the confidentiality of the information;

 

c) not disclose, transmit, exploit or otherwise use for its own account or for others, elements of information;

 

6. Exclusivity of service provider

 

During the term of this Contract and for a period of 24 months following the end of it, EMPLOYEE is committed to COMPANY not render services to or for direct or indirect competitors of COMPANY.

 

7. Termination of Contract

 

Either party may terminate this Contract at any time, upon presentation of a sixty (60) days notice given to the other party.

 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Unless specific provision to the contrary in this Contract, the following provisions apply.

 

8.1 Force Majeure

 

Neither party can be considered in default under this Contract if the performance of its obligations in whole or in part is delayed or prevented by following a force majeure situation. Force majeure is an external event, unforeseeable, irresistible and it absolutely impossible to fulfill an obligation.

 

  3  

 

 

8.2 Severability

 

The possible illegality or invalidity of an article, a paragraph or provision (or part of an article, a paragraph or provision) does not in any way affect the legality of other items, paragraphs or provisions of this Contract, nor the rest of this article, this paragraph or provision unless a contrary intention is evident in the text.

 

8.3 Notices

 

Any notice to a party is deemed to have been validly given if in writing and sent by registered or certified mail, by bailiff or by courier to such party at the address listed at the beginning of this Contract or any other address that the party may indicate a similar notice to another party. A copy of any notice sent by mail must be sent by one mode of delivery mentioned above.

 

8.4 No Waiver

 

The inertia, neglect or delay by any party to exercise any right or remedy under this Contract shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such right or remedy.

 

8.5 Contract Amendment

 

This Contract may be amended only by a writing signed by all Parties.

 

9. Applicable Laws and Election of domicile

 

This Contract is subject to the laws of the People’s Republic of China. 

 

The Parties agree to elect domicile in the judicial district of Yantai City, Shandong Province, China , and chose it as the appropriate district to hear any claim arising from the interpretation, application, and performance, the entry into force, validity and effect of this Contract.

 

10. Currencies

 

All sums of money under this Contract refer to Chinese currency.

 

11. Effectiveness and Copies

 

This Contract will come into force upon signature and seal by both Parities. This Contract is made in duplicate and both are of equally binding force. The COMPANY and the EMPLOYEE each holds one copy.

 

IN THE CITY OF YANTAI, SHANDONG PROVINCE

 

Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

(Seal)  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
(Signature)  

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Current Capital Loans Contract

 

(Contract No: 2015 JZJZ 001)

 

Borrower: Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

烟台金正环保科技有限公司

 

Business License No: 370602200087371

Legal Representative/ Person in Charge: Zhang Zhuo

Address: No.6 Guangchang South Road, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai Municipality, Shandong Province

Zip Code: 264003

Bank of Deposit: Bank of China Corp., Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch

Telephone: 0535-6264177       Fax: 0535-6262600

 

Lender: Bank of China Corp., Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch

中国银行股份有限公司烟台保税港区支行

Legal Representative/ Person in Charge: Zhang Xinquan

Address: No.88-1 Huanhai Road, Zhifu District, Yantai Municipality, Shandong Province

Zip Code: 264000

Telephone: 0535-6858781      Fax: 0535-6858796

 

The Borrower and the Lender, after reaching agreement through equal negotiations on the current capital loans to the Borrower by the Lender, hereby enter into this Contract.

 

Article 1: The Amount of Loans

 

Currency of this Contract: RMB.

The amount of Loans: (in words) RMB five million only;

(in figures ) RMB 5,000,000 Yuan. 

 

Article 2: The Period of Loans

 

The period of loans under this Contract shall be twelve month, the starting date shall be the actual drawdown date, or date of initial drawings in case of drawdown in installments.

 

The Borrower shall draw out loans in strict compliance with the stipulated drawdown date. In case the actual drawdown date is late than the stipulated drawdown date, Borrower shall still repay the loans in accordance with the stipulated repayment schedule.

 

  1  

 

 

Article 3: The Purpose of Loans

 

The Purpose of Loans: purchasing membrane module, diversion plate, electric motor.

 

Any misappropriation of the loan proceeds under this Contract is not allowed, including but not limited to the investment on fixed assets, stock equities, or on any areas and purposes prohibited to manufacture and operate unless there is a written approval from the lender.

 

Article 4: The Interest Rate of Loans and the Calculation

 

1. The Interest Rate of Loans

 

Floating rate shall be executed, the interest rate of the loans shall be calculated from the actual drawdown date (or date of initial drawings in case of drawdown in installments). Each twelve month shall be a floating cycle and shall reset the rate. The date to reset the interest rate shall be the first day of the next cycle (the correspondent day of the resetting month), or the last day of the resetting month in case there is no such correspondent day existing.

 

For each drawdown:

 

The floating loan interest rate of RMB shall be executed (based on loan prime rate issued by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center).

 

A. The interest rate of first cycle (from the drawdown date to the due date of the first cycle) shall be the average rate of loan prime rate quotation issued by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center plus 135.50 points;

 

B. The interest rate shall be reset based on the average rate of loan prime rate quotation issued on the last working day of that day by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center plus 135.50 points, together with other installments, as the rate applied on that floating cycle.

 

2. The Calculation of Interest

 

The interest of loans shall be calculated from the actual drawdown date, and shall be based on the actual amount of drawdown and the actual days of usage.

 

  2  

 

 

The formula of the calculation: interest=principal of loans*actual days of usage*interest rate per day.

 

The base for calculating interest rate per day is 360 days a year, the conversion equation: interest rate per day=interest rate per year/360.

 

3. The Methods of Settling Interests

 

The interest shall be settled quarterly, each 20 th of the last month of each quarter is the day to settle interest, the next day (21 st ) is the day to repay interest.

 

In case the day to repay the last installment of the principal of loans is inconsistent with the day to repay the interest, the former day shall be the same with the latter day, and the Borrower shall pay off all due interest on that day.

 

4. The Penalty

 

(1) In case the Borrower fails to repay the loans before the due date, or fails to use the loans for purposes as agreed in this Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to collect default interest for the overdue part or the misappropriation from the due date or the misappropriation date in line with the default interest rate stipulated in this article.

 

In case the Borrower fails to do either of them, the Lender shall be entitled to collect penalty interest in line with a higher penalty rate.

 

(2) In case the Borrower fails to repay the interest of loans and the penalty interest before the due date, the Lender is entitled to collect compound interest in line with the methods of settling interest stipulated in Article 4.3 and the penalty rate stipulated in this article.

 

(3) The Penalty Rate

 

The penalty rate for loans under floating rate:

 

A. The rate shall float from the due date or the misappropriation date in line with the floating cycle stipulated in Article 4.1. The day to reset the penalty rate shall be the correspondent day of the due date or the misappropriation date in the resetting month, or the last day of the resetting month in case there is no such correspondent day existing.

 

B. The penalty rate for overdue and misappropriated loans shall be 50% more than the penalty prime rate stipulated in Article 4.4(3) C.

 

C. The penalty prime rate in first floating cycle shall be the rate of loans actually executed in the cycle of the due date or misappropriation. The penalty prime rate in next floating cycle after each floating cycle expiration shall be reset in line with Article 4.1 on the resetting day.

 

  3  

 

 

Article 5: Drawdown Requirements

 

The Borrower shall satisfy all requirements as follows for drawdown:

 

1. The Contract and the attachments shall come into force;

 

2. The Borrower has provided guarantees as required by the Lender. The Guarantee Contracts are effective and has been examined, approved and put on record pursuant to related rules;

 

3. The Borrower has reserved and concluded the documents, vouchers, seals, list of staff, specimen signature related to the performance of this Contract to the Lender, and has filled in the related loan vouchers;

 

4. The Borrower has opened a necessary account for performing the Contract as required by the Lender;

 

5. The Borrower shall submit the written drawdown application, and other materials to prove the purpose of the loans to the Lender, and complete the related drawdown procedures five (5) banking days before the drawdown;

 

6. The Borrower shall submit the written decisions and authorizations on the agreement of concluding and performing this Contract by the board of directors or other authorized departments;

 

7. Other requirements as stipulated in laws, regulations, and in this Contract.

 

Should the above-mentioned requirements not be satisfied by the Borrower, unless agreed by the Lender otherwise, the Lender shall be entitled to refuse the drawdown applications by the Borrower.

 

Article 6: The Date and Methods of Drawdown

 

1. The Borrower shall draw out the loans in a lump sum within twenty (20) days from November 10 th , 2015.

 

2. Should the Borrower fails to draw out the loans before the due date stipulated above, the Lender shall be entitled to refuse the drawdown applications by the Borrower.

 

  4  

 

  

Article 7: Payment of Loans

 

1. The Disbursement Account

 

The Borrower opened the following account at the Lender for the granting and payment of loans.

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

烟台金正环保科技有限公司

 

2. The Methods of Payment

 

(1) The methods of payment shall be executed in accordance with laws, regulations, regulations for supervision, and stipulations of this Contract. The method of disbursing an installment shall be confirmed in the drawdown application. Should the method of payment selected in the drawdown application is considered not conforming to the requirements by the Lender, the Lender is entitled to change the disbursement methods or to stop the granting of loans.

 

(2) Entrusted payment of loans by the Lender refers to the disbursement of loans by the Lender to the counterparty of the Borrower conforming to the stipulated purposes pursuant to the drawdown application and the consignation of payment by the Borrower. In accordance with related rules of China Banking Regulatory Commission and internal management regulations of the Lender, upon satisfaction of one of the following requirements, the Lender shall disburse the loans by entrusted payment:

 

A. The Borrower and the Lender newly establish a relationship of credit operations, and the credit rating of the Borrower fails to satisfy the internal requirements of the Lender;

 

B. The payment target at the time of drawdown application is definite (the account and the account name are definite), and each payment exceeds three million Yuan (RMB 3,000,000);

 

C. Other requirements as stipulated by the Lender, or as concluded with the Borrower.

 

(3) Independent payment of loans by the Borrower refers to the circumstance that the Lender disburses the loans to the account of the Borrower pursuant to the drawdown application by the Borrower, and the Borrower independently pay the counterparty of the Borrower conforming to the stipulated purposes. All other methods of payment shall be independent payment, unless it conforms to entrusted payment stipulated in preceding clause.

 

  5  

 

 

(4) The alteration of payment. In case the external payments, or credit rating of the Borrower changes after submission of drawdown application, and the requirements stipulated in Article 7.2(2) are satisfied, the payment of loans shall be altered. Should the amount of payment, the payment target, or the purpose of loans is changed under the alteration of payment, or entrusted payment, the Borrower shall provide a written elucidation for alteration application to the Lender, and shall resubmit the drawdown application and related transaction materials for proving the purpose of loans.

 

3. Specific Requirements for Entrusted Payment of Loans

 

(1) The consignation of payment. In case the requirements of entrusted payment are satisfied, the Borrower shall provide a drawdown application with specific consignation of payment, which authorizes and consigns the Lender to directly disburse the loans to the account of the counterparty conforming to the stipulated purposes designated by the Borrower after the loans are transferred to the designated account of the Borrower. The Borrower shall also provide necessary payment information, such as the name and account of the receiving counterparty, the amount of payment, etc.

 

(2) The provision of transaction materials. In case the requirements of entrusted payment are satisfied, the Borrower shall provide its account for disbursing loans, the account information of the counterparty, and the materials to prove that the drawdown conforms to the stipulated purposes at the time of each drawdown. The Borrower shall guarantee that all the materials provided to the Lender are authentic, complete, and effective. The Lender shall bear no liabilities upon entrusted payment delay due to the inauthentic, inaccurate, and incomplete transaction materials provided by the Borrower, while it shall in no manner affect the existing repayment obligations of the Borrower under this Contract.

 

(3) The performance of entrusted payment of loans by the Lender.

 

A. For entrusted payment of loans, the loans shall be disbursed to the counterparty of the Borrower through the account of the Borrower after the Borrower submits the consignation of payment and related transaction materials, and the Lender examines and verifies, and approves.

 

B. Should the Lender find the related transaction materials provided by the Borrower, such as those for proving the purposes of loans, do not conform to this Contract, or have other flaws, the Lender shall be entitled to require the supplement, substitution, elucidation, or resubmission of related materials by the Borrower. The Lender shall be entitled to refuse the granting and payment of the loans before the Borrower submits the related transaction materials which are considered to be eligible by the Lender.

 

  6  

 

 

C. The Lender shall bear no liabilities upon entrusted payment delay due to the refund made by bank of deposit of the counterparty, while it shall in no manner affect the existing repayment obligations of the Borrower under this Contract. For the refund made by bank of deposit of the counterparty, the Borrower authorizes the Lender to block hereof. Under this circumstance, the Borrower shall resubmit the related transaction materials, such as the consignation of payment and materials to prove the purposes.

 

(4) The Borrower shall not evade entrusted payment by the Lender by way of breaking up the whole into parts.

 

4. Upon disbursement of loans, the Borrower shall provide the using records and materials of loans timely as required by the Lender. The materials hereof include but not limit to the related transaction materials, such as the receipt of payment, purchase-and-sale contract for proving the purposes, etc.

 

5. Upon one of the following circumstances, the Lender shall be entitled to reconfirm the granting and payment requirements of loans, or stop the granting and payment:

 

(1) The Borrower evades entrusted payment by the Lender by way of breaking up the whole into parts, which violates this Contract;

 

(2) The credit of the Borrower is decreasing, or the profitability of its principal business is weak;

 

(3) Abnormality exists in the usage of loans;

 

(4) The Borrower fails to provide the using records and materials of loans timely as required by the Lender;

 

(5) The Borrower pays the loans by violating this article.

 

Article 8: Repayment of Loans

 

1. The Borrower designates the following account as the one to withdraw funds from circulation, funds from circulation shall be withdrawn to this account. The Borrower shall provide the transferring record of funds in this account. The Lender is entitled to require the Borrower to elucidate the large and abnormal transfers of funds in this account, and monitor this account.

 

  Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

烟台金正环保科技有限公司

 

2. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, the Borrower shall repay the loans in accordance with the repayment schedule hereof:

 

Repay all the loans under this Contract at the due date.

 

Should the Borrower alter the above repayment schedule, the Borrower shall submit a written alteration application to the Lender thirty (30) banking days before the maturity day of the correspondent loans. The alteration shall be approved by both parties in written form.

 

3. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, in case the Borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of loans, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of repayment of principal and interest; in case there are several due and overdue loans under repayment in installments, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of certain installments; in case there are several loans contracts between the two parties expire, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the repayment order of contracts.

 

4. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, should a written notice is given to the Lender seven (7) banking days before the intended prepayment date, prepayment of loans by the Borrower shall be allowed. The repayment shall in reverse order, which means the last due loan shall be repaid by the prepayments first.

 

5. The Borrower shall deposit sufficient funds in the following account for repayment one (1) banking day before each due date of principal and interest of loans. The Lender shall be entitled to independently collect the funds at each due date.

 

Account Name of Repayment: Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

烟台金正环保科技有限公司

 

Article 9: Guarantee

 

1. The methods of guarantee under this Contract shall be:

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (Contract No: 2015 LYBBZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Li Yuebiao and his wife who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (Contract No: 2015 RTBZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Yantai Runtai Medicine Co., Ltd who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

  7  

 

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (Contract No: 2015 JMBZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Shandong Jinmo Reused Water Resources Co., Ltd who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract (Contract No: 2015 CXJDZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Chen Xiaojun who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract (Contract No: 2015 ZYDZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Zhang Yue who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

2. The Lender shall be entitled to, and the Borrower shall be obliged to provide new guarantees, or change the Guarantor to guarantee the loans under this Contract, in case the Lender considers the abilities of the Borrower and the Guarantor to perform the Contract are affected, or the Guarantee Contract become invalid, revoked, or terminated, or the financial status of the Borrower and the Guarantor deteriorate, or the Borrower and the Guarantor are involved in litigation or arbitration, or other reasons that may affect their abilities of performing, or the Guarantor violates the Guarantee Contract or other contracts concluded with the Lender, or the collateral value of guarantees decrease or lose due to devaluation, damage, loss or seizure.

 

Article 10: Statements and Undertakings

 

1. The Borrower states as follows:

 

(1) The Borrower is a legal entity duly established and validly existing in accordance with Chinese law, and has sufficient civil capacity to conclude and perform this Contract;

 

(2) The signature and performance are based on the true declaration of will of the Borrower, are lawfully and validly authorized pursuant to its rules and other requirements of its internal management documents, and shall in no manner violate any agreement, contract, or other legal document which has binding force on the Borrower; the Borrower has acquired, or will acquire all approvals, licenses, records or registrations for signing and performing this Contract;

 

  (3) All documents, financial statements, loan vouchers and other materials provided by the Borrower are authentic, complete, accurate and valid;

 

(4) The transaction background of business elucidated by the Borrower to the Lender at the time of application is authentic and lawful, and is not involved in illegal purposes, such as money laundering;

 

  8  

 

 

(5) The Borrower does not conceal any events that may affect the financial status and the abilities of performing the Contract of the Borrower and the Guarantor;

 

(6) The Borrower and the project for loans conform to National environmental standards, and do not fall into the companies, or projects with high energy consuming, severe polluting problems and without effective rectification and improvement, published and recognized by related authorities, and do not have such risks;

 

(7) Other items stated by the Borrower.

 

2. The Borrower undertakes as follows:

 

(1) Report and submit financial statements (including but not limited to annual, quarterly, and monthly financial reports) and other materials to the Lender regularly or timely as required by the Lender; the Borrower guarantee to abidingly satisfy the following financial index requirement: the asset-liability ratio shall not exceed 80%;

 

(2) In case the Borrower and the Guarantors of this Contract have signed, or will sign counter-guarantee or similar agreements for their guarantee obligations, such agreements shall in no manner derogate any rights of the Lender under this Contract;

 

(3) Accept the credit examination and supervision of the Lender, and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation; the Borrower shall summarize and report the payment and usage of loans regularly as required by the Lender under independent payment, specific time for summarizing and reporting: before 5 th of each month;

 

(4) Consolidation, split, decrease of capital, stock equity transfer, overseas investment, materially increase of debt financing and other activities which may negatively affect the Borrower’s ability to repay the loans shall be subject to written consent from the Lender in advance;

 

Upon the following circumstances, the Borrower shall notice the Lender timely:

 

A. The articles of association, scope of business, registered capital, or legal representative of the Borrower and the Guarantor are altered;

 

  9  

 

 

B. Modes of operations are altered, such as changing into affiliated companies, joint ventures, cooperative ventures, contract operations, reconstructing, restructuring, and planning to be listed, etc.;

 

C. Being involved in major litigation or arbitration, properties or guarantees are seized, impounded or regulated, or to set new warranties on the guarantee;

 

D. Being involved with winding-down, dissolution, liquidation, suspending business for rectification, revocation, revocation of business license, bankruptcy, etc.;

 

E. The shareholders, directors, and the present senior managers are under suspicion of involving in major cases or economic disputes;

 

F. Other events of default by the Borrower under this Contract;

 

G. Other difficulties occurred in business, and the deterioration of financial status, etc.;

 

(5) The repayment to the Lender shall be prior to other loans from its shareholders, and shall be no later than other debts of the similar kind;

 

(6) From the date this contact coming into force until the principal and the interest of the loans, and other fees under this Contract are paid off, no dividends or bonus shall be distributed in any form;

 

(7) Any method to deal with the self-owned assets, which will lower its ability in refunding the debts, shall not be allowed. The Borrower undertakes that the amount of outwards guarantee shall be no more than twice times than its self-owned net assets, and the total of outwards guarantee and the amount of individual guarantee shall not exceed the limit stipulated in the articles of association;

 

(8) Unless conforming to the purposes stipulated in this Contract, or agreed by the Lender otherwise, the Borrower shall not transfer the funds under this Contract to accounts of the same name, or related accounts.

Upon this circumstance, the Borrower shall provide the correspondent proving materials.

 

(9) Upon loans under this Contract, the requirements of loans provided by the Borrower to the Lender, such as the guarantees, the setting of interest rate, and the order of repayment, shall be no less than those provided to other financial institutions at present or in the future.

 

(10) The Lender shall be entitled to withdraw the loans in advance in accordance with the withdrawal of funds from circulation of the Borrower.

 

(11) Before the granting of loans, the Borrower shall pay off the micro loans to Bank of China.

 

(12) Other items undertaken by the Borrower.

 

Article 11: Disclosure of Connected Transactions of the Borrower

 

The Borrower does not belong to group customers confirmed by the Lender pursuant to Risk Management Guidance for Group Customer in Commercial Bank on Credit Business (hereinafter the Guidance ).

 

Upon one of the following circumstances, the Lender shall be entitled to decide unilaterally the cessation of disbursing loans which are not in the possession of the Borrower, and shall be entitled to withdraw the principal and the interest partly or entirely in advance: under false contracts with related parties, the Borrower discount or pledge in banks based on credits like note receivable, account receivable without actual trading background; the Lender considers it may affect the security of loans due to the occurrence of major mergers, restructurings, etc.; the Borrower intends to evade the credit of banks through related transactions; other circumstances stipulated by article 18 of the Guidance .

 

Article 12: Events of Default and Remedial Measures

 

Each of the following events shall constitute or deemed as an event of default under this Contract:

 

1. The Borrower fails to perform the repayment obligations under this Contract to the Lender;

 

2. The Borrower fails to use any loan in accordance with the purposes agreed under this Contract;

 

3. The Borrower fails to make authentic statements, or violates its undertakings under this Contract;

 

4. Under the circumstances stipulated in Article 10.2(4), the Lender considers it may affect the financial status and performing abilities of the Borrower and the Guarantors, and the Borrower fails to provide new guarantee, and change the Guarantor;

 

  10  

 

 

5. The credit rating of the Borrower decreases, or the financial index of the Borrower deteriorates, such as the profitability, ability in refunding the debts, operating ability, or the amount of cash flows decreases, breaking the index restraint stipulated in this Contract or other financial covenants;

 

6. Events of default occurring from other contracts concluded by the Borrower and the Lender, or by the Borrower and other branches of Bank of China; or from credit contracts concluded by the Borrower and other financial institutions;

 

7. The Guarantor violates the Guarantee Contract, or events of default occurring from other contracts concluded by the Guarantor and the Borrower, or by the Guarantor and other branches of Bank of China;

 

8. The Borrower is involved with suspending business, dissolution, revocation, bankruptcy;

 

9. The Borrower is or will be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are seized, impounded or enforced, or other similar proceedings made by judicial organs, tax authorities, or administrative organs for industry and commerce, which have already or may lead to a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligation under this Contract;

 

10. The principal investors, key management members of the Borrower alter abnormally, disappear, or are investigated, restricted the right to freedom by judicial organs pursuant to laws, which have already or may lead to a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligation under this Contract;

 

11. Upon examination and verification on the financial status and ability of performance of the Borrower each year (referring to annually as of the date of effectiveness of this Contract), the Lender finds circumstances which have already or may lead to a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligation under this Contract;

 

12. The large and abnormal transfers of funds exist in the account to withdraw funds from circulation, and the Borrower fails to provide the elucidation materials recognized by the Lender;

 

13. The Borrower violates other stipulations on parties’ rights and obligations in this Contract.

 

  11  

 

 

Where the foresaid events of default occur, the Lender shall be entitled to adopt the following measures separately or in the meantime:

 

1. Require the Borrower, the Guarantee to rectify its violations within a specified time;

 

2. Reduce or suspend the line of credit partly or entirely, or cancel or stop the line of credit;

 

3. Suspend or stop accepting the drawdown application by the Borrower partly or entirely under this Contract, or under other contracts concluded by the Borrower and the Lender; suspend, cancel, or stop the granting, disbursement and acceptance of the remaining loans and trade financing hasn’t been accepted;

 

4. Declare that all the principal, interest, and other fees of the remaining loans, trade financing under this Contract, or under other contracts concluded by the Borrower and the Lender expire partly or entirely;

 

5. Terminate this Contract, as well as other contracts concluded by the Borrower and the Lender partly or entirely;

 

6. Require the Borrower to compensate the loss caused by its violations, including but not limited to court expense, lawyer’s fee, notarial fee, and expense of execution arising from the realization of creditor’s right;

 

7. Directly deduct the deposit in the account opened at the Lender, or other branches of Bank of China, to settle partial or all debts owed by the Borrower under this Contract. The undue loans in the account shall be deemed due in advance. In case of any inconsistency between the loan currency in this account and the currency used in the Lender’s business, the exchange rate should be converted based on the listed exchange rate applied by the Lender at that day;

 

8. Exercise the rights of guarantee;

 

9. Require the Guarantor to undertake the liability of guarantee;

 

10. Other measures deemed as necessary and possible by the Lender.

 

Article 13: Reserved Rights

 

Any party who fails to exercise partial or all rights under this Contract, or fails to require the other party to perform, undertake partial or all obligations, liabilities, does not constitute the abandon of the rights, or the immunity of the obligations and liabilities.

 

Any party who is given tolerance, extension, or delay to exercise its rights under this Contract, does not affect any rights of the other party under laws, regulations and this Contract, and shall not be deemed the abandon of the rights.

 

  12  

 

 

Article 14: Alteration, Modification, and Termination

 

This Contract may be altered or modified by both parties by concluding a written agreement upon consensus.

 

Unless stipulated by laws, regulations, and the parties otherwise, this Contract shall not be terminated until all rights and obligations are fulfilled and performed.

 

Unless stipulated by laws, regulations, and the parties otherwise, any invalid terms of this Contract shall in no manner affect the validity of other terms.

 

Article 15: Applicable Law and Settlement of Dispute

 

This Contract shall be governed by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.

 

All disputes arising from the execution of, or in connection with this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiation. In case no settlement to disputes can be reached through negotiation, any party may file a lawsuit to the People’s Court which has jurisdiction pursuant to laws.

 

During the settlement, should the dispute does not affect the performance of other articles under this Contract, other articles shall be performed.

 

Article 16: Attachments

 

The following attachments and other attachments confirmed by both parties, constitute integral parts of this Contract, and are of the same legal effect.

 

1. Drawdown Application (format);

 

2. Loan Vouchers.

 

Article 17: Miscellaneous

 

1. The Borrower shall not transfer its rights or obligations to a third party, unless there is a written approval from the lender;

 

2. In case the Lender has to entrust other branches of Bank of China to perform the Contract, or entitle other branches of Bank of China to take on the burden of and manage the loan business under this Contract, these branches shall be entitled to exercise all rights arising from this Contract, file lawsuits, submit the disputes for arbitrations, and apply for the compulsory implementations in their own names;

 

  13  

 

 

3. Without affecting other stipulations of this Contract, the Contract has binding force on the lawful successors and transferees of both parties;

 

4. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, the domicile specified in this Contract shall be the address for parties to communicate. Should the address of any party alters, a written notice shall be given to the other party;

 

5. Transactions under this Contract shall be based on parties’ independent benefits respectively. Should the object of transaction constitutes affiliated party or affiliated person pursuant to laws, regulations and supervision requirements, all parties shall not allow this affiliated relationship affect the fairness of the transaction;

 

6. The headings and names of business under this Contract are only for convenient reference, which shall not be deemed as the basis of any interpretation to the contents of the Contract, or to the rights and obligations of parties;

 

7. The Lender shall be entitled to provide information related to this Contract and the Borrower to the credit investigation system of People's Bank of China, or other systems legally established pursuant to related laws and regulations, for the inquiry and use by qualified institutions and individuals. The Lender shall also be entitled to inquire information about the Borrower through these systems for conclusion and performance of this Contract;

 

8. In case the drawdown date or the repayment date comes across an official holiday, it shall be extended to the first working day following that official holiday.

 

9. Due to termination or alteration of the Contract pursuant to the alteration of laws, regulations, or requirements made by the regulators, the lender shall be immune from liabilities for failing to perform the Contract.

 

Article 18: Effectiveness of Agreement

 

This Agreement becomes effective upon signature and affixing of common stamp/ contract stamp by the legal representatives/ main person in charge or duly authorized representatives of both parties.

 

This Agreement is executed in septuplicate, with the Lender, the Borrower, the Guarantor, and the mortgage registry organs each holding one copy of the same legal effect.

 

  14  

 

 

The Borrower: (Seal)

 

Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

(Signature)

 

/s/ Zhuo Zhang  
Zhuo Zhang  

 

Date: November 10, 2015

 

The Lender: (Seal)

 

Legal Representative/Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

(Signature)

 

/s/ Zhang Xinquan  
Zhang Xinquan  

 

Date: November 10, 2015

 

The Guarantors: (Seal)

 

Legal Representative/Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

(Signature)

 

Yantai Runtai Medical Co., Ltd

 

By: /s/ Wenjun Weng  
  Wenjun Weng  
     
  /s/ Yuebiao Li  
  Yuebiao Li  
     
  /s/ Yanhui Li  
  Yanhui Li  

 

Shandong Jinmo Renewable Water Resources Co., Ltd.

 

By: /s/ Zhuo Zhang  
  Zhuo Zhang  
     
  /s/ Xiaojun Chen  
  Xiaojun Chen  
     
  /s/ Yue Zhang  
  Yue Zhang  

 

Date: November 10, 2015

 

 

15

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Current Capital Loans Contract

 

(Contract No: 2016 JZJZ 001)

 

Borrower: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

Business License No: 913706135992875532

Legal Representative/ Person in Charge: Li Yuebiao

Address: Ruida Road, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai City, Shandong Province

Zip Code: 264003

Bank of Deposit: Bank of China Corp., Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch

 

Lender: Bank of China Corp., Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch

Legal Representative/ Person in Charge: Zhang Xinquan

Address: No.88-1 Huanhai Road, Zhifu District, Yantai City, Shandong Province

Zip Code: 264000

 

The Borrower and the Lender, after reaching agreement through equal negotiations on the current capital loans to the Borrower by the Lender, hereby enter into this Contract.

 

Article 1: The Amount of Loans

 

Currency of this Contract: RMB.

The amount of Loans: (in words) RMB eight million only;
  (in figures ) RMB 8,000,000 Yuan.

 

Article 2: The Period of Loans

 

The period of loans under this Contract shall be twelve month, the starting date shall be the actual drawdown date, or date of initial drawings in case of drawdown in installments.

 

The Borrower shall draw out loans in strict compliance with the stipulated drawdown date. In case the actual drawdown date is late than the stipulated drawdown date, Borrower shall still repay the loans in accordance with the stipulated repayment schedule.

 

 

 

Article 3: The Purpose of Loans

 

The Purpose of Loans: purchasing membrane module, diversion plate, electric motor.

 

Any misappropriation of the loan proceeds under this Contract is not allowed, including but not limited to the investment on fixed assets, stock equities, or on any areas and purposes prohibited to manufacture and operate unless there is a written approval from the Lender.

 

Article 4: The Interest Rate of Loans and the Calculation

 

1. The Interest Rate of Loans

 

Floating rate shall be executed, the interest rate of the loans shall be calculated from the actual drawdown date (or date of initial drawings in case of drawdown in installments). Each twelve month shall be a floating cycle and shall reset the rate. The date to reset the interest rate shall be the first day of the next cycle (the correspondent day of the resetting month), or the last day of the resetting month in case there is no such correspondent day existing.

 

For each drawdown:

 

The floating loan interest rate of RMB shall be executed (based on loan prime rate issued by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center).

 

A. The interest rate of first cycle (from the drawdown date to the due date of the first cycle) shall be the average rate of loan prime rate quotation issued by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center plus 135.50 points;

 

B. The interest rate shall be reset based on the average rate of loan prime rate quotation issued on the last working day of that day by National Inter-Bank Borrowing Center plus 135.50 points, together with other installments, as the rate applied on that floating cycle.

 

2. The Calculation of Interest

 

The interest of loans shall be calculated from the actual drawdown date, and shall be based on the actual amount of drawdown and the actual days of usage.

 

The formula of the calculation: interest=principal of loans*actual days of usage*interest rate per day.

 

The base for calculating interest rate per day is 360 days a year, the conversion equation: interest rate per day=interest rate per year/360.

 

2

 

 

3. The Methods of Settling Interests

 

The interest shall be settled quarterly, each 20 th of the last month of each quarter is the day to settle interest, the next day (21 st ) is the day to repay interest.

 

In case the day to repay the last installment of the principal of loans is inconsistent with the day to repay the interest, the former day shall be the same with the latter day, and the Borrower shall pay off all due interest on that day.

 

4. The Penalty

 

(1) In case the Borrower fails to repay the loans before the due date, or fails to use the loans for purposes as agreed in this Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to collect default interest for the overdue part or the misappropriation from the due date or the misappropriation date in line with the default interest rate stipulated in this article. In case the Borrower fails to do either of them, the Lender shall be entitled to collect penalty interest in line with a higher penalty rate.

 

(2) In case the Borrower fails to repay the interest of loans and the penalty interest before the due date, the Lender is entitled to collect compound interest in line with the methods of settling interest stipulated in Article 4.3 and the penalty rate stipulated in this article.

 

(3) The Penalty Rate

 

The penalty rate for loans under floating rate:

 

A. The rate shall float from the due date or the misappropriation date in line with the floating cycle stipulated in Article 4.1. The day to reset the penalty rate shall be the correspondent day of the due date or the misappropriation date in the resetting month, or the last day of the resetting month in case there is no such correspondent day existing.

 

B. The penalty rate for overdue and misappropriated loans shall be 50% more than the penalty prime rate stipulated in Article 4.4(3) C.

 

C. The penalty prime rate in first floating cycle shall be the rate of loans actually executed in the cycle of the due date or misappropriation. The penalty prime rate in next floating cycle after each floating cycle expiration shall be reset in line with Article 4.1 on the resetting day.

 

3

 

 

Article 5: Drawdown Requirements

 

The Borrower shall satisfy all requirements as follows for drawdown:

 

1. The Contract and the attachments shall come into force;

 

2. The Borrower has provided guarantees as required by the Lender. The Guarantee Contracts are effective and has been examined, approved and put on record pursuant to related rules;

 

3. The Borrower has reserved and concluded the documents, vouchers, seals, list of staff, specimen signature related to the performance of this Contract to the Lender, and has filled in the related loan vouchers;

 

4. The Borrower has opened a necessary account for performing the Contract as required by the Lender;

 

5. The Borrower shall submit the written drawdown application, and other materials to prove the purpose of the loans to the Lender, and complete the related drawdown procedures five (5) banking days before the drawdown;

 

6. The Borrower shall submit the written decisions and authorizations on the agreement of concluding and performing this Contract by the board of directors or other authorized departments;

 

7. Other requirements as stipulated in laws, regulations, and in this Contract.

 

Should the above-mentioned requirements not be satisfied by the Borrower, unless agreed by the Lender otherwise, the Lender shall be entitled to refuse the drawdown applications by the Borrower.

 

Article 6: The Date and Methods of Drawdown

 

1. The Borrower shall draw out the loans in a lump sum within twenty (20) days from October 25 th , 2016.

 

2. Should the Borrower fail to draw out the loans before the due date stipulated above, the Lender shall be entitled to refuse the drawdown applications by the Borrower.

 

4

 

 

Article 7: Payment of Loans

 

1. The Disbursement Account

 

The Borrower opened the following account at the Lender for the granting and payment of loans.

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

2. The Methods of Payment

 

(1) The methods of payment shall be executed in accordance with laws, regulations, regulations for supervision, and stipulations of this Contract. The method of disbursing an installment shall be confirmed in the drawdown application. Should the method of payment selected in the drawdown application is considered not conforming to the requirements by the Lender, the Lender is entitled to change the disbursement methods or to stop the granting of loans.

 

(2) Entrusted payment of loans by the Lender refers to the disbursement of loans by the Lender to the counterparty of the Borrower conforming to the stipulated purposes pursuant to the drawdown application and the consignation of payment by the Borrower. In accordance with related rules of China Banking Regulatory Commission and internal management regulations of the Lender, upon satisfaction of one of the following requirements, the Lender shall disburse the loans by entrusted payment:

 

A. The Borrower and the Lender newly establish a relationship of credit operations, and the credit rating of the Borrower fails to satisfy the internal requirements of the Lender;

 

B. The payment target at the time of drawdown application is definite (the account and the account name are definite), and each payment exceeds three million Yuan (RMB 3,000,000);

 

C. Other requirements as stipulated by the Lender, or as concluded with the Borrower.

 

(3) Independent payment of loans by the Borrower refers to the circumstance that the

 

Lender disburses the loans to the account of the Borrower pursuant to the drawdown application by the Borrower, and the Borrower independently pays the counterparty of the Borrower conforming to the stipulated purposes. All other methods of payment shall be independent payment, unless it conforms to entrusted payment stipulated in preceding clause.

 

5

 

 

(4) The alteration of payment. In case the external payments, or credit rating of the Borrower changes after submission of drawdown application, and the requirements stipulated in Article 7.2(2) are satisfied, the payment of loans shall be altered. Should the amount of payment, the payment target, or the purpose of loans is changed under the alteration of payment, or entrusted payment, the Borrower shall provide a written elucidation for alteration application to the Lender, and shall resubmit the drawdown application and related transaction materials for proving the purpose of loans.

 

3. Specific Requirements for Entrusted Payment of Loans

 

(1) The consignation of payment. In case the requirements of entrusted payment are satisfied, the Borrower shall provide a drawdown application with specific consignation of payment, which authorizes and consigns the Lender to directly disburse the loans to the account of the counterparty conforming to the stipulated purposes designated by the Borrower after the loans are transferred to the designated account of the Borrower. The Borrower shall also provide necessary payment information, such as the name and account of the receiving counterparty, the amount of payment, etc.

 

(2) The provision of transaction materials. In case the requirements of entrusted payment are satisfied, the Borrower shall provide its account for disbursing loans, the account information of the counterparty, and the materials to prove that the drawdown conforms to the stipulated purposes at the time of each drawdown. The Borrower shall guarantee that all the materials provided to the Lender are authentic, complete, and effective. The Lender shall bear no liabilities upon entrusted payment delay due to the inauthentic, inaccurate, and incomplete transaction materials provided by the Borrower, while it shall in no manner affect the existing repayment obligations of the Borrower under this Contract.

 

(3) The performance of entrusted payment of loans by the Lender.

 

A. For entrusted payment of loans, the loans shall be disbursed to the counterparty of the Borrower through the account of the Borrower after the Borrower submits the consignation of payment and related transaction materials, and the Lender examines and verifies, and approves.

 

B. Should the Lender find the related transaction materials provided by the Borrower, such as those for proving the purposes of loans, do not conform to this Contract, or have other flaws, the Lender shall be entitled to require the supplement, substitution, elucidation, or resubmission of related materials by the Borrower. The Lender shall be entitled to refuse the granting and payment of the loans before the Borrower submits the related transaction materials which are considered to be eligible by the Lender.

 

C. The Lender shall bear no liabilities upon entrusted payment delay due to the refund made by bank of deposit of the counterparty, while it shall in no manner affect the existing repayment obligations of the Borrower under this Contract. For the refund made by bank of deposit of the counterparty, the Borrower authorizes the Lender to block hereof. Under this circumstance, the Borrower shall resubmit the related transaction materials, such as the consignation of payment and materials to prove the purposes.

 

(4) The Borrower shall not evade entrusted payment by the Lender by way of breaking up the whole into parts.

 

6

 

  

4. Upon disbursement of loans, the Borrower shall provide the using records and materials of loans timely as required by the Lender. The materials hereof include but not limit to the related transaction materials, such as the receipt of payment, and purchase-and-sale contract for proving the purposes.

 

5. Upon one of the following circumstances, the Lender shall be entitled to reconfirm the granting and payment requirements of loans, or stop the granting and payment:

 

(1) The Borrower evades entrusted payment by the Lender by way of breaking up the whole into parts, which violates this Contract;

 

(2) The credit of the Borrower is decreasing, or the profitability of its principal business is weak;

 

(3) Abnormality exists in the usage of loans;

 

(4) The Borrower fails to provide the using records and materials of loans timely as required by the Lender;

 

(5) The Borrower pays the loans by violating this article.

 

Article 8: Repayment of Loans

 

1. The Borrower designates the following account as the one to withdraw funds from circulation, funds from circulation shall be withdrawn to this account. The Borrower shall provide the transferring record of funds in this account. The Lender is entitled to require the Borrower to elucidate the large and abnormal transfers of funds in this account, and monitor this account.

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

2. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, the Borrower shall repay the loans in accordance with the repayment schedule hereof: Repay all the loans under this Contract at the due date. Should the Borrower alter the above repayment schedule, the Borrower shall submit a written alteration application to the Lender thirty (30) banking days before the maturity day of the correspondent loans. The alteration shall be approved by both parties in written form.

 

7

 

 

3. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, in case the Borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of loans, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of repayment of principal and interest; in case there are several due and overdue loans under repayment in installments, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the order of certain installments; in case there are several loans contracts between the two parties expire, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the repayment order of contracts.

 

4. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, should a written notice is given to the Lender seven (7) banking days before the intended prepayment date, prepayment of loans by the Borrower shall be allowed. The repayment shall in reverse order, which means the last due loan shall be repaid by the prepayments first.

 

5. The Borrower shall deposit sufficient funds in the following account for repayment one (1) banking day before each due date of principal and interest of loans. The Lender shall be entitled to independently collect the funds at each due date.

 

Account Name of Repayment: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Article 9: Guarantee

 

1. The methods of guarantee under this Contract shall be:

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (Contract No: 2016 RTBZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Yantai Ruitai Medicine Co., Ltd who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (Contract No: 2016 LYBBZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Li Yuebiao and his wife who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract (Contract No: 2016 ZZBZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Zhang Zhuo and her husband who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract (Contract No: 2015 CXJDZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Chen Xiaojun who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

This Contract is the principal contract of the Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract (Contract No: 2015 ZYDZ 001) concluded by the Guarantor Zhang Yue who provide the maximum amount guarantee and the Lender.

 

8

 

 

2. The Lender shall be entitled to, and the Borrower shall be obliged to provide new guarantees, or change the Guarantor to guarantee the loans under this Contract, in case the Lender considers the abilities of the Borrower and the Guarantor to perform the Contract are affected, or the Guarantee Contract become invalid, revoked, or terminated, or the financial status of the Borrower and the Guarantor deteriorate, or the Borrower and the Guarantor are involved in litigation or arbitration, or other reasons that may affect their abilities of performing, or the Guarantor violates the Guarantee Contract or other contracts concluded with the Lender, or the collateral value of guarantees decrease or lose due to devaluation, damage, loss or seizure.

 

Article 10: Statements and Undertakings

 

1. The Borrower states as follows:

 

(1) The Borrower is a legal entity duly established and validly existing in accordance with Chinese law, and has sufficient civil capacity to conclude and perform this Contract;

 

(2) The signature and performance are based on the true declaration of will of the Borrower, are lawfully and validly authorized pursuant to its rules and other requirements of its internal management documents, and shall in no manner violate any agreement, contract, or other legal document which has binding force on the Borrower; the Borrower has acquired, or will acquire all approvals, licenses, records or registrations for signing and performing this Contract;

 

(3) All documents, financial statements, loan vouchers and other materials provided by the Borrower are authentic, complete, accurate and valid;

 

(4) The transaction background of business elucidated by the Borrower to the Lender at the time of application is authentic and lawful, and is not involved in illegal purposes, such as money laundering;

 

(5) The Borrower does not conceal any events that may affect the financial status and the abilities of performing the Contract of the Borrower and the Guarantor;

 

(6) The Borrower and the project for loans conform to National environmental standards, and do not fall into the companies, or projects with high energy consumption, severe polluting problems and without effective rectification and improvement, published and recognized by related authorities, and do not have such risks;

 

(7) Other items stated by the Borrower.

 

9

 

 

2. The Borrower undertakes as follows:

 

(1) Report and submit financial statements (including but not limited to annual, quarterly, and monthly financial reports) and other materials to the Lender regularly or timely as required by the Lender; the Borrower guarantee to abidingly satisfy the following financial index requirement: the asset-liability ratio shall not exceed 80%;

 

(2) In case the Borrower and the Guarantors of this Contract have signed, or will sign counter-guarantee or similar agreements for their guarantee obligations, such agreements shall in no manner derogate any rights of the Lender under this Contract;

 

(3) Accept the credit examination and supervision of the Lender, and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation; the Borrower shall summarize and report the payment and usage of loans regularly as required by the Lender under independent payment, specific time for summarizing and reporting: before 5 th of each month;

 

(4) Consolidation, split, decrease of capital, stock equity transfer, overseas investment, materially increase of debt financing and other activities which may negatively affect the Borrower’s ability to repay the loans shall be subject to written consent from the Lender in advance;

 

Upon the following circumstances, the Borrower shall notice the Lender timely:

 

A. The articles of association, scope of business, registered capital, or legal representative of the Borrower and the Guarantor are altered;

 

B. Modes of operations are altered, such as changing into affiliated companies, joint ventures, cooperative ventures, contract operations, reconstructing, restructuring, and planning to be listed, etc.;

 

C. Being involved in major litigation or arbitration, properties or guarantees are seized, impounded or regulated, or to set new warranties on the guarantee;

 

D. Being involved with winding-down, dissolution, liquidation, suspending business for rectification, revocation, revocation of business license, bankruptcy, etc.;

 

10

 

 

E. The shareholders, directors, and the present senior managers are under suspicion of involving in major cases or economic disputes;

 

F. Other events of default by the Borrower under this Contract;

 

G. Other difficulties occurred in business, and the deterioration of financial status, etc.;

 

(5) The repayment to the Lender shall be prior to other loans from its shareholders, and shall be no later than other debts of the similar kind;

 

(6) From the date this contact coming into force until the principal and the interest of the loans, and other fees under this Contract are paid off, no dividends or bonus shall be distributed in any form;

 

(7) Any method to deal with the self-owned assets, which will lower its ability in refunding the debts, shall not be allowed. The Borrower undertakes that the amount of outwards guarantee shall be no more than twice times than its self-owned net assets, and the total of outwards guarantee and the amount of individual guarantee shall not exceed the limit stipulated in the articles of association;

 

(8) Unless conforming to the purposes stipulated in this Contract, or agreed by the Lender otherwise, the Borrower shall not transfer the funds under this Contract to accounts of the same name, or related accounts. Upon this circumstance, the Borrower shall provide the correspondent proving materials.

 

(9) Upon loans under this Contract, the requirements of loans provided by the Borrower to the Lender, such as the guarantees, the setting of interest rate, and the order of repayment, shall be no less than those provided to other financial institutions at present or in the future.

 

(10) The Lender shall be entitled to withdraw the loans in advance in accordance with the withdrawal of funds from circulation of the Borrower.

 

(11) Before the granting of loans, the Borrower shall pay off the micro loans to Bank of China.

 

(12) The Borrower promises that after the completion of property right registration for the land-use right “YGY (2011) No.2125”, land area 32441.61 square meter (the actual area shall be subject to result of surveying report), the Borrower shall mortgage the land-use right to the Lender.

 

(13) If the Borrower chooses not to mortgage the land-use right to the Lender during credit period, the maximum amount the Borrower can get shall narrow down to 3 million.
   
(14) Other items undertaken by the Borrower.

 

11

 

 

Article 11: Disclosure of Connected Transactions of the Borrower

 

The Borrower does not belong to group customers confirmed by the Lender pursuant to Risk Management Guidance for Group Customer in Commercial Bank on Credit Business (hereinafter the Guidance ).

 

Upon one of the following circumstances, the Lender shall be entitled to decide unilaterally the cessation of disbursing loans which are not in the possession of the Borrower, and shall be entitled to withdraw the principal and the interest partly or entirely in advance: under false contracts with related parties, the Borrower discounts or pledges to banks based on credits such as notes receivable, account receivable without actual trading background; the Lender considers the security of loans may be affected due to the occurrence of major mergers or restructurings; the Borrower intends to evade the credit of banks through related transactions; other circumstances stipulated by article 18 of the Guidance .

 

Article 12: Events of Default and Remedial Measures

 

Each of the following events shall constitute or be deemed as an event of default under this Contract:

 

1. The Borrower fails to perform the repayment obligations under this Contract to the Lender;

 

2. The Borrower fails to use any loan in accordance with the purposes agreed under this Contract;

 

3. The Borrower fails to make authentic statements, or violates its undertakings under this Contract;

 

4. Under the circumstances stipulated in Article 10.2(4), the Lender considers it may affect the financial status and performing abilities of the Borrower and the Guarantors, and the Borrower fails to provide new guarantee, and change the Guarantor;

 

5. The credit rating of the Borrower decreases, or the financial index of the Borrower deteriorates, such as the profitability, ability in refunding the debts, operating ability, or the amount of cash flows decreases, breaking the index restraint stipulated in this Contract or other financial covenants;

 

12

 

 

6. Events of default occurring from other contracts concluded by the Borrower and the Lender, or by the Borrower and other branches of Bank of China; or from credit contracts concluded by the Borrower and other financial institutions;

 

7. The Guarantor violates the Guarantee Contract, or events of default occurring from other contracts concluded by the Guarantor and the Borrower, or by the Guarantor and other branches of Bank of China;

 

8. The Borrower is involved with suspending business, dissolution, revocation, bankruptcy;

 

9. The Borrower is or will be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its assets are seized, impounded or enforced, or other similar proceedings made by judicial bodies, tax authorities, or administrative bodies for industry and commerce, which have already or may lead to a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligation under this Contract;

 

10. The principal investors, key management members of the Borrower alter abnormally, disappear, or are investigated, restricted the right to freedom by judicial bodies pursuant to laws, which have already or may lead to a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligation under this Contract;

 

11. Upon examination and verification on the financial status and ability of performance of the Borrower each year (referring to annually as of the date of effectiveness of this Contract), the Lender finds circumstances which have already or may lead to a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its obligation under this Contract;

 

12. Large and abnormal transfers of funds exist in the account to withdraw funds from circulation, and the Borrower fails to provide the elucidation materials recognized by the Lender;

 

13. The Borrower violates other stipulations on parties’ rights and obligations in this Contract.

 

Where the foresaid events of default occur, the Lender shall be entitled to adopt the following measures separately or in the meantime:

 

1. Require the Borrower, the Guarantee to rectify its violations within a specified time;

 

2. Reduce or suspend the line of credit partly or entirely, or cancel or stop the line of credit;

 

13

 

 

3. Suspend or stop accepting the drawdown application by the Borrower partly or entirely under this Contract, or under other contracts of the Borrower and the Lender; suspend, cancel, or stop the granting, disbursement and acceptance of the remaining loans;

 

4. Declare that all the principal, interest, and other fees of the remaining loans, trade financing under this Contract, or under other contracts of the Borrower and the Lender expire partly or entirely;

 

5. Terminate this Contract, as well as other contracts concluded by the Borrower and the Lender partly or entirely;

 

6. Require the Borrower to compensate the loss caused by its violations, including but not limited to court expense, lawyer’s fee, notarial fee, and expense of execution arising from the realization of creditor’s right;

 

7. Directly deduct the deposit in the account opened at the Lender, or other branches of Bank of China, to settle partial or all debts owed by the Borrower under this Contract. The undue loans in the account shall be deemed due in advance. In case of any inconsistency between the loan currency in this account and the currency used in the Lender’s business, the exchange rate should be converted based on the listed exchange rate applied by the Lender at that day;

 

8. Exercise the rights of guarantee;

 

9. Require the Guarantor to undertake the liability of guarantee;

 

10. Other measures deemed as necessary and possible by the Lender.

 

Article 13: Reserved Rights

 

Any party who fails to exercise partial or all rights under this Contract, or fails to require the other party to perform, undertake partial or all obligations, liabilities, does not constitute the abandon of the rights, or the immunity of the obligations and liabilities.

 

Any party who is given tolerance, extension, or delay to exercise its rights under this Contract, does not affect any rights of the other party under laws, regulations and this Contract, and shall not be deemed the abandonment of rights.

 

14

 

 

Article 14: Alteration, Modification, and Termination

 

This Contract may be altered or modified by both parties by a written agreement upon consensus.

 

Unless stipulated by laws, regulations, and the parties otherwise, this Contract shall not be terminated until all rights and obligations are fulfilled and performed.

 

Unless stipulated by laws, regulations, and the parties otherwise, any invalid terms of this Contract shall in no manner affect the validity of other terms.

 

Article 15: Applicable Law and Settlement of Dispute

 

This Contract shall be governed by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.

 

All disputes arising from the execution of, or in connection with this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiation. In case settlement of disputes cannot be reached through negotiation, any party may file a lawsuit to the People’s Court, which has jurisdiction pursuant to laws.

 

During the settlement, should the dispute does not affect the performance of other articles under this Contract, other articles shall be performed.

 

Article 16: Attachments

 

The following attachments and other attachments confirmed by both parties, constitute integral parts of this Contract, and are of the same legal effect.

 

1. Drawdown Application (format);

 

2. Loan Vouchers.

 

Article 17: Miscellaneous

 

1. The Borrower shall not transfer its rights or obligations to a third party, unless there is a written approval from the Lender;

 

2. In case the Lender has to entrust other branches of Bank of China to perform the Contract, or entitle other branches of Bank of China to take on the burden of and manage the loan business under this Contract, these branches shall be entitled to exercise all rights arising from this Contract, file lawsuits, submit the disputes for arbitrations, and apply for the compulsory implementations in their own names;

 

3. Without affecting other stipulations of this Contract, the Contract has binding force on the lawful successors and transferees of both parties;

 

4. Unless stipulated by the parties otherwise, the domicile specified in this Contract shall be the address for parties to communicate. Should the address of any party alter, a written notice shall be given to the other party;

 

15

 

 

5. Transactions under this Contract shall be based on parties’ independent benefits respectively. Should the object of transaction constitute an affiliated party or affiliated person pursuant to laws, regulations and supervision requirements, all parties shall not allow this affiliated relationship to affect the fairness of the transaction;

 

6. The headings and names of businesses under this Contract are only for convenient reference, which shall not be deemed as the basis of any interpretation to the contents of the Contract, or to the rights and obligations of parties;

 

7. The Lender shall be entitled to provide information related to this Contract and the Borrower to the credit investigation system of People's Bank of China, or other systems legally established pursuant to related laws and regulations, for the inquiry and use by qualified institutions and individuals. The Lender shall also be entitled to inquire information about the Borrower through these systems for conclusion and performance of this Contract;

 

8. In case the drawdown date or the repayment date comes across on an official holiday, it shall be extended to the first working day following that official holiday.

 

9. Due to termination or alteration of the Contract pursuant to the alteration of laws, regulations, or requirements made by the regulators, the lender shall be immune from liabilities for failing to perform the Contract.

 

Article 18: Effectiveness of Agreement

 

This Agreement becomes effective upon signature and affixing of common stamp/ contract stamp by the legal representatives/ main person in charge or duly authorized representatives of both parties.

 

This Agreement is executed in septuplicate, with the Lender, the Borrower, the Guarantor, and the mortgage registry organs each holding one copy of the same legal effect.

 

16

 

 

The Borrower:

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

 

/s/ Li Yuebiao

 

Li Yuebiao (Signature)

 

Date: 2016.10.25

 

The Lender:

Bank of China Corp., Yantai Bonded Port Areas Branch (Seal)

 

Legal Representative/Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

 

/s/ Zhang Xin

 

Zhang Xin (Signature)

 

Date: 2016.10.25

 

 

17

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Financial Support Policy Agreement

 

Party A: Yantai Laishan Economic Development Zone Management Committee (hereinafter called Party A)

 

Party B: Yantai Jinzheng Environment Technology Co., LTD. (hereinafter called Party B)

 

Party B uses wastewater treatment technology based on membranes, which is the core of a new environmental protection project. In view of the project's domestic technology, market prospects, tax potential, and economic and social benefits, Laishan Economic Development Zone will provide Party B the following support to promote its rapid development with the approval of the district party committee and the district government:

 

1. Financial support policy

 

In view that the project belongs to high-tech encouraged enterprises and the prospects for development, Party A, after review, agrees to give party B 9.732 million RMB for three science and technology funds. This investment will be used to promote the new product research and development and expand the scale of production. After obtaining its land-use right, Party B should begin construction of a new factory in 9 months and complete project construction in 20 months.

 

2. Tax policy support

 

Party B will produce tax revenue not less than 6 million RMB each year in 2016~2020. In 2016 turnover (business income plus value added tax) will reach 100 million RMB, during 2017-2020, the annual growth rate of turnover shall be not less than 40%, and in 2020 Party B's annual turnover share reach 600 million RMB. After Party B reaches the above millstones, Party A will provide Party B with tax incentives as follows; during 2016-2017, taxes paid by Party B and retained by local government, will be returned in full to Party B, during the 2018-2020, taxed paid by Party B and retained by the local government, will be returned to Party B at a rate of 50%.

 

This agreement shall take effect as of the date of signature of both sides, and seals. This agreement in quadruplicate, party A and party B each hold two copies.

 

Party A: Yantai Laishan Economic Development Zone Management Committee (Stamped)

 

Signature: /s/ Chenlin Huang

 

Party B: Yantai Jinzheng Environment Technology Co., LTD. (Stamped) Signature: /s/ Zhuo Zhang

 

Date of Signature: January 20th 2016

Exhibit 10.7

 

Contract for Assignment of the Right to the Use of State-owned Land

Laishan District, Yantai county, State-owned land transfer contract No.

 

Assignor: Yantai Aotesai Energy Co., Ltd.

Assignee: Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd

 

July 19, 2016

 

Contract for Assignment of the Right to the Use of State-owned Land

Contracting parties

Assignor (Party A): Yantai Aotesai energy Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative: Xiucheng Liu

Assignee (Party B): Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd

Legal Representative: Yuebiao Li

 

In accordance with the relevant state’s laws and regulations, the two parties conclude this Contract under the principle of equality, voluntariness.

 

Party A agrees to transfer 32441.61 m 2 , part of its land-used right to Party B, the land is located in Economic Development Area of Daishan district, land No. (2011) 2125, the total land area is 69500 m 2 and the usage of land is for industrial purpose. The right to use the state-owned land is 50 years when transferred to Party B in the form of entirety or segmentation.

 

The right to the use of the land transferred from party A to party B was obtained in the form of sold (transferred). Land Certificate No. (2011) 2125.

 

The right to the use of the land cost is 450 RMB per square meter, with a total cost of 14,599,724.5 RMB.

 

Term and the transfer fee: Before the land department accepts the transfer formalities (July 22, 2016). Party B shall pay all the fees 14,599,724.5 RMB of the land transfer. If Party B can’t pay at the appointment date, Party A has the right to decide whether to continue or cancel the contract.

 

 

 

 

Billing information is as follows:

 

Beneficiary: Yantai Laishan Economic Development Zone Administrative Committee

Bank: Agricultural Bank of China branch in Laishan

 

Both parties shall bear their own taxes according to law. Party B shall pay the expenses associated with planning, assessment, and land use for the 32441.61 square meters of land.

 

After the signing of this contract, both parties jointly go to Land and Resources Departments of Yantai to go through the land alteration registration procedures, and renew the state-owned land use certificate.

 

Party B obtain the right to use the land according to law.

 

After the transfer of the right to use the land, the relevant rights and obligations set forth in the land-use right contract (contract number 01-2008-00002) between Party A and the competent land use department, shall be voluntarily enjoyed and undertaken by Party B.

 

If a contract dispute occurs, the parties agree to submit their dispute to the land and resources department for resolution. If the parties cannot reach a resolution, the parties agree to submit their dispute to the Yantai Arbitration Committee for arbitration or to the competent people's court.

 

The parties may execute modifications to this agreement and attach as an appendix. The appendix (if any) and the contract shall have the same legal effect. .

 

Attachment of this contract:

 

The agreement between Party A and Yantai Qingquan Construction and Building Materials Co. Ltd. and Management Committee of Economic development Area of Laishan District signed at July 6, 2016.

 

This contract is in quadruplicate, Party A and Party B each hold two copies.

 

This contract shall become effective upon the signature and seal of both parties

 

Party A (stamp)

 

Legal Representative (entrusted agent): Dawei Qi 

Signature: /s/ Xiucheng Liu

 

Party B (stamp)

Signature: /s/ Yuebiao Li

 

Place of signing: Economic Development Area of Laishan District, Yantai City

Date of signing: July 19 th 2016

 

 

  2  
 

 

Attachment to Land Use Assignment Contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

Agreement

 

Party A: Yantai AoTesai Energy Co., LTD

Party B: Yantai Qingquan Building Material Co., LTD

Party C: Yantai Administrative Committee of Laishan Economic Development Zone

 

Party A, B, C have reached the following agreement through consultation and hereby agree to the following terms.

 

I. Party A owns the land-use right of a piece of land, which is located in Laishan Economic Development Zone (Land use NO: Yan state-owned (2011) No 2125), the land has been sealed up by Yantai Intermediate People’s Court upon Party B’s application. Party A still owes Party B RMB 11,103,587.83.

 

II. In order to repay all debt, after negotiating with Party C, Party A agrees to let Party C contact with a third party to purchase a portion of the land under seal (about 32,400 square meters). The transfer price is approximately RMB 14.58 million. Party C will collect payment of transfer on behalf of Party A.

 

III. After signing of this agreement, Party C will return part of the transfer fee, 4 million RMB to Party A. Party A will pay for applicable land taxes and expenses. Party A shall cooperate with Party C to handle procedures on the land transfer agreed on in Article 2.

 

IV. Upon Party B’s receipt of RMB 9.5 million paid by Party C on behalf of Party A, Party B will apply for the revocation of the property sealed up by the Yantai Intermediate People's Court. Party A and C shall handle the procedures for transferring the land-use right to the third party.

 

V. When Party C pays RMB 9.5 million to Party B, it shall pay the remaining RMB 1.08 million to Party A at the same time.

 

VI. If Party B breaches Article 4 of this agreement, Party B shall repay all payments to Party C. Party B will bear all tax burdens and cover all of the third party’s loss of interest in the property.

 

VII. Party C agrees that Party A shall pay land use tax since July, 2011 (the time when Party A acquired the land certificate), not only on the part of the transferred land-use right, but also on the property that is still owned by Party A.

 

  4  
 

 

Due to relevant regulations promulgated by administrative departments, Party A shall not be liable for any liability for breach of contract and will not return any paid taxes. If this land transfer needs the signature (or authorization) of Party A’s shareholders, which leads it to not signing the transfer contract between Party A and the land transferee and this agreement on time, Party A will not bear liability for breach of contract.

 

For any dispute arising from performance of this agreement, the parties shall first attempt to resolve the dispute through amicable consultation, if that is not successful; each party has the right to file a lawsuit in the Zhifu District People’s Court. This agreement is in triplicate, each party will hold one copy, and each copy has the same legal effect after execution and seal.

 

Party A: Yantai AoTesai Energy Co., LTD

Representative: /s/ Ping Gao

 

Party B: Yantai Qingquan Building Material Co., LTD

Representative: /s/ Haitao Zhang

 

Party C: Yantai Administrative Committee of Laishan Economic Development Zone

Representative: /s/ Chenlin Huang

 

6 th July, 2016

 

  5  
 

 

Assigned Contract Pursuant to Land Use Assignment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

Contract for State-Owned Construction Land Use Right Assignment

Contract No:Yantai-01-2008-0002

 

The Concerned Parties to the Present Contract:

Assignor: Yantai Land and Resources Bureau, Shandong Province, People’s Republic of China

Mailing Address:  7 th Xinyuan Road, Laishan District,Yantai                                               ;

Postal Code:               264003                                      ;

Name of Opening Bank:                                                     ;

 

Assignee:     Yantai Aotesai Energy Co. Ltd.                                                ;

Mailing Address:      Laishan Economic Development Zone,  Yantai                              ;

Postal Code:        264000                                             ;

Name of Opening Bank:         Yantai Branch of Everbright Bank                                        ;

 

Chapter I  General Provisions

 

Article 1 In accordance with the Real Right Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Law of Land Administration of the People’s Republic of China, the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Administration of the Urban Real Estates , relevant administrative regulations and rules on land supply policies, the two parties enter this contract based on the principles of equality, voluntariness, compensation, honesty and credibility.

 

Article 2 The ownership of the assigned land belongs to the People’s Republic of China. The Assignor can only assign the state-owned construction land use right to the Assignee in accordance with laws. The resources and objects buried there under shall continue to be owned by the State.

 

Article 3 The holder of the right to use construction land (the Assignee) has the right to possess, use and seek proceeds from the land owned by the state, and shall be entitled to the construction of buildings, fixtures and their auxiliary facilities by making use of such land.

 

Chapter II Delivery of the Assigned Land and Payment of the Assignment Charge

 

Article 4 The Registered No. of the land parcel under this contract is: No.Yan (12008)2002 _________, with a total area of (in Upper Case) 69,657 square meters (in Lower Case_ 69,657 ________square meters). Of which, the assigned land area of the land parcel is 69,657 (in Upper Case) square meters ( in Lower Case 69,657 square meters).

The assigned land under this contract is located at       Laishan Economic Development Zone                .

The ichnographic boundaries of the assigned land under this contract: J1(4143252.548, 491082.366), J2 (4143214.508, 491385.326), 

J3 (4142921.507, 490969.475),   J4(4142946.686, 490900.724),

J5(4143140.280, 490925.031),    J6(4143122.568, 491065.920), ;

 

Please see the Sketch of Ichnographic Boundaries of the Assigned Land (Affix I).

The vertical limits of the assigned land under this contract are to take / as its upper limit while to take / as its lower limit, with the altitude difference of / meters. Please see the Sketch of Vertical Limits of the Assigned Land (Affix II).

The spatial extent of the assigned land refers to the closed space formed by the above-said boundary points posed by the vertical plane and the upper and lower elevation level.

 

  7  
 

 

Article 5 The use purpose of the assigned land under this contract is Industrial land.

 

Article 6 The Assignor agrees to deliver the assigned land to the Assignee prior to the date of 30/7/2008 . And the Assignor agrees that the assigned land shall meet the following land conditions regulated in Item 1 of this article upon delivering the land:

1. To level the land and make it meet the conditions of              /                                     ;

The infrastructure around the land shall include  Paths, Electricity, Water,etc.            ;

2. Current Status                  /                                                                                                   .

 

Article 7 The use term of the state-owned construction land use right under this contract is 50 years, counting from the date when the assigned land is delivered according to the Article 6 of this contract. In case applying for completion of the formalities on state-owned construction land use right, which is previously allotted (or leased), the use term shall be counted from the date when the contract is signed.

 

Article 8 The assignment charge for the state-owned construction land use right under this contract is RMB (in Upper Case)        19,100,000                                            (in Lower Case) RMB     19,100,000                               , with RMB (in Upper Case)                      274                         (in Lower Case) RMB                   274                                   for per square meter.

 

Article 9 The advance deposit for the assigned land under this contract is RMB (in Upper Case)      500,000                         , (in Lower Case) RMB       500,000                           . The advance deposit shall be regarded as a part of the payment for the assignment charge.

 

Article 10 The Assignee agrees to pay the assignment charge in a lump-sum payment for the state-owned construction land use right according to Item 1 of this article:

 

1. The assignment charge for the state-owned construction land use right shall be paid up in lump-sum payment within   60     days after this contract is signed.

 

2. The assignment charge for the state-owned construction land use right shall be paid in     /        installments according to the following time and amount.

The first part of Capital of RMB                    /                         Yuan(lowercase       /          Yuan), payment time:           /            Prior to the date.

Phase II Capital of RMB                 /                              Yuan(lowercase      /           Yuan), payment time:                /       Prior to the date.

Phase        Capital of RMB                        /                      Yuan(lowercase       /          Yuan), payment time:        /               Prior to the date.

Phase        Capital of RMB                       /                       Yuan(lowercase         /        Yuan), payment time:           /            Prior to the date.

 

  8  
 

 

In case the assignment charge for the state-owned construction land use right is paid in installments, the Assignee agrees to pay interests to the Assignor. When the second installment and each installment thereafter are paid according to payment schedule, the interests shall be paid based on the interest rate published by the People's Bank of China (PBOC) on the date when the first installment occurs.

 

Article 11 After paying up all the assignment charges of the land parcel in accordance with this contract, the Assignee may apply for the Registration of State-owned Construction Land Use Right Assignment by presenting this contract and payment receipt of the assignment charge.

 

Chapter III The Development, Construction and Utilization of the Assigned Land

 

Article 12 The Assignee agrees the investment intensity to develop the assigned land under this contract shall be meet the criteria stipulated in Item   1   of this article:

 

1. Where the assigned land under this contract is used for construction of industrial projects, the Assignee agrees the fixed assets invested in the land under this contract are not less than the approved amount or the amount put on file, RMB (in Upper Case)         210,000,000                      Yuan(in Lower Case RMB     210,000,000               Yuan) and the investment intensity is not less than RMB (in Upper Case)                      3015                      Yuan(in Lower Case RMB_____ 3015_ _____ Yuan) per square meter. The investment of fixed assets to the assigned land under this contract shall include buildings, fixtures and their auxiliary facilities as well as the assignment charge.

 

2. Where the assigned land under this contract is used for construction of non-industrial projects, the Assignee guarantees the total investment to the assigned land under this contract is not less than RMB (in Upper Case)                /               Yuan(in Lower Case RMB                 /              Yuan).

 

Article 13 The new buildings, fixtures and their auxiliary facilities established on the assigned land under this contract shall be satisfied with the planning conditions for the assigned land regulated by the municipal (county) planning administrations. (Please see Appendix III).Of which:

The nature of the main building      Factory buildings                                               ;

The nature of the affiliated buildings            /                                         ;

The total construction area               >70,000                                       square meters;

The floor area ratio (FAR) is not more than           /          not less than         0.8                 ;

Building Height Limitation                          /                           ;

Building Density is not more than            /               not less than        35%                  ;

Greening Rate is not more than          15%                 not less than        /                  ;

Other requirements for the land use / .

 

Article 14 The Assignee agrees to develop the assigned land under this contract according to Item 1 of this article:

 

1. The assigned land under this contract is used for construction of industrial projects. In accordance with the planning and designing conditions regulated by the planning departments, within the boundaries of the assigned land under this contract, the land used for office buildings and life and service facilities shall not be more than        7      % of the total area of the assigned land, that is, not more than   4876 square meters, and the construction area shall not be more than   3901         square meters. The Assignee agrees not to build unproductive facilities on the assigned land under this contract, including residential packages, experts’ floor, hotel, guest house or training center etc.;

 

  9  
 

 

2. The assigned land under this contract is used for construction of residential projects. In accordance with the planning and construction conditions regulated by the planning and construction departments, within the boundaries of the assigned land under this contract, the total number of apartments shall not be less than     /    sets, of which, the apartments with the construction area of less-than 90 square meters shall not be less than   /      sets and requirements for the construction of residential dwelling are                     /                                 . Within the boundaries of the assigned land under this contract, the land area used for developing apartments under 90 square meters shall not less than    /     % of the total area of the assigned land. In case the economically affordable housing and low-rent housing are developed within the boundaries of the assigned land under this contract, the Assignee agrees to do according to Item    /     of this item upon completion of construction;

 

1. To transfer to the local government;

2. To be purchased by the local government;

3. To implement relevant administrative regulations on construction and sales of economically affordable housing and low-rent housing;

4.                        ________  /                           ___________________________  ;

5.                            ___         /  ________________________________                .

 

Article 15 The Assignee agrees to construct the following necessary facilities within the boundaries of the assigned land under this contract, and voluntarily transfer to the government upon completion of construction:

1.                      ________________________    / ___ ________                           ;

2.            ____________________       ____       / ___________                            ;

3.                                ___________________     / ________________                 .

 

Article 16 The Assignee agrees that the construction projects on the assigned land under this contract shall commence prior to    30     /     7     /   2008         , and complete prior to    30     /    7      /     2010       . In case the commencement of construction needs to be deferred, the Assignee shall submit the application for deferral to the Assignor 30 days in advance. After the deferral of commencement is approved by the Assignor, the time of completion shall be deferred accordingly. But the deferral shall not exceed one year.

 

Article 17 During the construction on the assigned land under this contract, where water supply, gas supply, power supplies, sewage disposal, and other facilities need to be connected with the main pipelines outside of the assigned land, the Assignee agrees to do according to relevant rules.

 

The Assignee agrees the entering, passing and crossing of any kind of pipelines laid by the government for public purposes. However, in case where the land use functions are affected, the government or relevant departments shall make reasonable compensations.

 

  10  
 

 

Article 18 The Assignee shall utilize the land according to this contract. Any alteration of land-use purpose and plot ration is prohibited. Within the assignment term, where the land use purpose needs to be altered, both parties agree to do according to Item  1    of this article:

 

1. The Assignor shall withdraw the construction land use right with compensation to the Assignee;

 

2. To go through the approval formalities of altering the land use purpose in accordance with laws, to sign an alteration agreement on the state-owned construction land use right assignment or sign a new contract on the state-owned construction land use right assignment. The Assignee shall make a supplementary payment for the balance between the evaluated market price of the construction land use right with the new purpose and the evaluated market price of the construction land use right with the previously approved purpose. The evaluated market price shall subject to the time when the alteration of the land use purpose is approved. The registration of altering the land use right shall be undertaken.

 

Article 19 Within the use term of the assigned land under this contract, the government reserves its right to adjust the planning of the assigned land under this contract. In case the original planning needs to be modified, it shall not affect the existing buildings on the assigned land parcel. But in case the transformation, renovation and rebuilding of the buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities on the assigned land within its use term, or when applying for renewal of the contract upon expiration of use term, the adjusted planning shall prevail.

 

Article 20 The Assignee shall utilize the state-owned construction land use right in accordance with law. The Assignor shall not withdraw before the use term in this contract expires. Under special circumstances, where the Assignor needs to withdraw the state-owned construction land use right for the purpose of social public interests before expiration of use term, approval formalities shall be needed in accordance with laws. And the Assignor shall compensate the Assignee according to the value of buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities on the assigned land at the time of withdrawal; the evaluated market price of the remained use term of the state-owned construction land use right; and the evaluated direct loss arising from the withdrawal.

 

Chapter IV The Transfer, Lease and Mortgage of the State-Owned Construction Land Use Right

 

Article 21 After paying up the assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right in accordance with this contract, and obtains the Certificate for the Use of State-owned Land, the Assignee is entitled to transfer, lease or mortgage all or part of the state-owned construction land use right to a third party. Where the first transfer occurs, it shall meet the conditions regulated in the Item 1     of this article:

 

1. The investment and development to the assigned land shall have begun in accordance with this contract, and 25% or above of the total investment have been made;

 

2. The investment and development shall have begun in accordance with this contract, and the assigned land has formed conditions for industrial purpose or other construction purposes.

 

  11  
 

 

Article 22 The contracts on transfer, lease and mortgage of the state-owned construction land use right shall not go against the laws and regulations of the country and the articles of this contract.

 

Article 23 Where all or part of the state-owned construction land use right is transferred, the rights and obligations specified in this contract and in the land registration documents shall be transferred accordingly. The use term of the transfer contract for the assigned land is the remainder of the use term specified in this contract minus the number of the years in which the Assignee has used the land.

 

Where all or part of the state-owned construction land use right is leased, the rights and obligations specified in this contract and in the land registration documents shall be still borne by the Assignee.

 

Article 24 Where the state-owned construction land use right is transferred or mortgaged, both parties related to the transfer and mortgage shall apply for registration of changes for the land use right at the land and resources administrative department by presenting this contract, contract on transfer or contract on mortgage, and the Certificate for the Use of State-owned Land.

 

Chapter V Expiration of Use Term

 

Article 25 When the use term agreed in this contract expires, and the land user continues using the assigned land under this contract, an application for renewal shall be submitted to the Assignor not less than one year prior to the use term expires. The Assignor shall approve the renewal unless the Assignor needs to withdraw the assigned land under this contract for the purposes of social and public interests. In respect of the construction land use right for residential purpose, when the use term expires, it shall be renewed automatically. When the Assignor agrees on the renewal, the land user shall handle the compensable land-use formalities in accordance with laws. The compensable land use contract on assignment or lease shall be signed again. And, the assignment charge or rental shall be paid.

 

Article 26 In case the use term of the assigned land expires and the land user applies for renewal, but fails to get approved by the Assignor for the purpose of social and public interests, the land user shall return back the Certificate for the Use of State-owned Land. The cancellation of registration for the state-owned construction land use right shall be undertaken in accordance with regulations. The state-owned construction land use right shall be taken back by the Assignor without compensation. In respect of the buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities on the assigned land under this contract, the Assignor and the land user agree to conduct according to Item  1    of this article:

 

1. The Assignor shall take back the above-ground buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities on the assigned land, and give reasonable compensation to the land user based on the residual value of these buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities at the time of taking back.

 

2. The Assignor shall take back the above-ground buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities on the assigned land without compensation.

 

  12  
 

 

Article 27 In case the use term of the assigned land expires, the land user fails to apply for renewal, the land user shall return back the Certificate for the Use of State-owned Land. And the cancellation of registration for the state-owned construction land use right shall be undertaken in accordance with regulations. The Assignor shall take back the state-owned construction land use right without compensation. The above-ground buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities on the assigned land shall be taken back by the Assignor without compensation. The land user shall guarantee the normal functions of the above-ground buildings and other objects thereon. Deliberate destructions are not allowed. Where the above-ground buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities lost their normal functions, the Assignor may request the land user to remove or dismantle the above-ground buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities to restore the leveled ground on the assigned land.

 

Chapter VI Force Majeure

 

Article 28 Either of the parties shall exempt from responsibility in case when force majeure occurs, all or part of this contract cannot be implemented. But the concerned party shall take any necessary remedial measures to reduce the losses caused by the force majeure. The concerned party shall not be exempted from responsibilities when force majeure occurs during delay of performance.

 

Article 29 When force majeure occurs, the prevented party shall notify the other party in written form by mail, cable or fax within 7 days to provide the detailed information of the events, and within 15 days after the occurrence of force majeure, a valid document for evidence shall be provided to the other party to explain its inability to implement or delay the execution of all or part of this contract.

 

Chapter VII Liabilities for Breach of the Contract

 

Article 30 The Assignee shall pay in due time the assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right according to the terms of this contract. In case the Assignee fails to pay on schedule the assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right, the daily penalty to the Assignee is to pay to the Assignor 1     ‰ of the deferred payment starting from the first day after exceeding the time limit. In case the Assignee fails to pay the assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right after 60 days, and neglects the Assignor’s urges for payment, the Assignor has the right to terminate this contract, and the Assignee has no right to request the Assignor to refund the advance deposit. The Assignor may claim damages to the Assignee.

 

Article 31 In case the Assignee terminates its investment and construction on the assigned land for any reason whatsoever attributable to the Assignee, and proposes to the Assignor to request to terminate the contract and return back the assigned land, the Assignor shall report for approval to the people’s government which approves the land right use assignment plan. After approval, the Assignor shall, according to the following agreements, refund all or part of the assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right (without interest) except for the advance deposit determined in this contract, and withdraw the state-owned construction land use right. All the established buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities within the boundaries of the assigned land shall not be compensated while the Assignor may request the Assignee to remove or dismantle the established buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities to restore the leveled ground. But in case the Assignor is willing to take advantage of the established buildings, fixtures and their affiliated facilities within the boundaries of the assigned land, the Assignor shall make reasonable compensation to the Assignee:

 

  13  
 

 

1. Where the Assignee makes an application to the Assignor not less than 60 days before one year expires after the commencement date of construction determined in this contract, the Assignor shall refund all the paid assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right except for the advance deposit.

 

2. Where the Assignee makes an application to the Assignor not less than 60 days before the first expires but the second year doesn’t expire after the commencement date of construction determined in this contract, the Assignor shall refund the reminder of the assignment charge of the state-owned construction land use right after the advance deposit and the charges for idle land are deducted in accordance with regulations.

 

Article 32 The assigned land is left unused for more than one year but less than two years for any reason whatsoever attributable to the Assignee, the Assignee shall pay the charge for idle land in accordance with laws. In case the construction on the assigned land doesn’t commence, resulting in the land left unused, for more than two years, the Assignor has the right to take back the state-owned construction land use right without compensation.

 

Article 33 In case the assignee fail to commence the construction on the date in accordance with this contract or the other date agreed for extension of commencement of the construction, should pay the penalty, for each delay day, which is equal to the 0.3 % of the total price of State-owned construction land transfer and the assignor is entitle to request the assignee make further performance of contract liability; 

 

In case the assignee fail to complete the construction on the date in accordance with this contract or the other date agreed for extension of acceptance of the construction, should pay the penalty, for each delay day, which is equal to the 0.3 ‰ of the total price of State-owned construction land transfer.

 

Article 34 In case of failure of total investment in fixed assets, investment intensity and total investing amount to meet the standard hereof, the assignor can require the assignee pay, at the rate in accordance with the actual difference in the agreed total investment and the target of invested intensity, the breach penalty which is equal to the same proportion amount of State-owned construction land transfer and the assignor is entitle to request the assignee make further performance of contract liability.

 

Article 35 In case any index of building volume rate, building density and other relating to the said land hereunder is lower than the minimum standard herein, the assignor can, in accordance with the proportion of actual difference to the agreed minimum standard, require the assignee pay the breach penalty as the same proportion of amount of State-owned construction land transfer and the assignor is entitle to request the assignee make further performance of contract liability. Where and if the any index such as building volume, building density and others is higher than the highest standard, the assignor is entitle to withdrawal the proportion which higher than the highest standard, and require the assignee, in accordance with the proportion of actual difference to the agreed minimum standard, pay the breach penalty as the same proportion of amount of State-owned construction land transfer.

 

  14  
 

 

Article 36 In case any of index such as the green land rate, proportion of the enterprise administration and the life serving of the industry item and construction areas of he enterprise administration and the life serving and other, the consignee shall pay the breach penalty be equal to _ 200 ___% of the price of assigned land and removal of the greening and construction facilities by itself.

 

Article 37 The assignor should, upon the payment of the State-owned land use right have been effected by the assignee hereunder, deliver the assigned land on schedule agreed herein. Where the extension of occupation of such land due to the failure of deferred delivery by the schedule, the assignor should pay the breach penalty of ___1__% , per each day, of the price for the State-owned land use right to the assignee and the term of land use-year shall be commencement from actual delivery. In case of the extension of delivery exceed 60 (sixty) days and the failure to do so upon the urge of the assignee, which is, entitle to rescind this contract. The assignor should make the refund of double the deposit and the other parts of the price of assigned State-own land use paid by the assignee by which the damages could be claimed.

 

Article 38 In case of the failure of land’s delivery in schedule or of satisfaction of the conditions agreed herein, or alteration of the condition of use in unilateralism, the assignee shall have the rights and authority to require the assignor to fulfill its performance of responsibilities hereunder and indemnify the direct damages resulting the delay of the performance. The term of land use-year shall be commencement from the day on which the satisfaction of agreed conditions.

 

Chapter VIII Applicable Laws and Disputes Settlement

 

Article 39 The formation, validity, interpretation, performance of settlement of disputes shall be governed by the laws of People's Republic of China.

 

Article 40 Any dispute arising from the performance of this contract shall be resolved through consultation by the parties hereto, in case of failure of negotiation, any dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Item __1__ hereof.

 

1. Submitted to Yantai Municipal People's Government Arbitration Committee for arbitration;

 

  2. Submitted to People’s Court for litigation.

 

Chapter IX Supplementary Provisions

 

Article 41 The scheme of the transferring land have been proved by the People’s Government of_______ Yantai ________. This contract shall be take effect from the date of signature of the parties hereto.

 

  15  
 

 

Article 42 The parties hereto hereby guarantee that the contents such as name, mail address, phone number, facsimile, bank account and agent and so on are in authenticity and full force and effect, in case of any change of each party, shall give, within 15 days from the change, the notice in writing to other party, otherwise the responsibilities to fail to inform shall be born by the party with changing information.

 

Article 43 This contract is written in Chinese and English, total pages hereof include this contract and annex are____14_____. In case any divergency or variance in interpretation, the Chinese version shall be prevail.

 

Article 44 The price, sum and acreage and other items herein should be written in word and number which should be accordant, otherwise the word shall be prevail.

 

Article 45 the items without being stipulated herein could be made in the annex hereto and with same legal force.

 

Article 46 This contract is made in__4__copies, the assignor and assignee shall hold copies respectively with same legal force.

 

The Assignor (Seal): The Assignee ( Seal):
Yantai Land and Resources Bureau Yantai Aotesai Energy Co. Ltd.

 

The Legal Representative ( The Agency) The Legal Representative ( The Agency):

( Signature ): /s/ Zaifan Lv ( Signature ): /s/ Xiucheng Liu   

 

 

  The date of 3/10/2008

 

 

16

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

The Maximum Amount of Financing Contract

 

Number: YT03 (financing) 20160008

Party A: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Ruida Road, Laishan District, Yantai

Zip code: 264000

Legal representative: Yuebiao Li

Telephone: 0535-6264177       Fax: 0535-6264177

Basic account bank: Bank of Communication XingFu Branch

 

Party B: Huaxia Bank Co., LTD. of Yantai XingFu Branch

Address: No. 46, Xingfu Road, Zhifu District, Yantai

Zip code: 264000

Legal representative: Zhang Liang

Telephone: 0535-6857151               Fax: 0535-6857151

 

According to the provisions of relevant laws and regulations in our country, on the basis of follow the principle of fairness, after the consensus of the parties, conclude the following contract.

 

Article 1 The Maximum Financing Amount and Category

 

1.1 Party A, within the effective period of maximum financing amout (hereinafter referred to as “ effective period”), under this contract may apply to Party B for use of the maximum financing amount as follows: the currency, Chinese yuan, the amount (capital): twenty million yuan (if the business is in foreign currency, the amount is being converted to yuan based on the exchange rate on that business date).

 

This contract does not constitute financing obligations that Party B must provide financing to Party A, in any case, Party B shall be entitled to limit and adjust the valid date and maximum amount under this contract.

 

1.2 This contract under the maximum credit line of financing, includes, but is not limited to: loan, bills acceptance, bills discounting, trade finance, guarantee or other types of credit recognized by Party B.

 

 
 

 

1.3 During the effective period of this contract, the specific business types for which Party A is allowed to use the financing, amount, term, and usage shall prevail to the specific loan agreement under this contract. The two sides deal with corresponding use according to the specific loan agreement.

 

Specific loan agreement can be in the form of the contract signed by both sides and other legal documents submitted by Party A to Party B and approved by Party B, such as “ letter of credit.”

 

Article 2 The effective period

 

For the first article of this contract agreement, the effective period starts on July 19, 2016 and ends on June 30, 2017.

 

2.2 Party B has the right to review the usage of maximum financing amount under this contract at any time, and shall have the right to adjust the effective period.

 

Article 3 the guarantee

 

3.1 In order to ensure the creditor’s rights and debt repayment under this contract, Party A can take collaterals, pledges, guarantees, or several guarantees which are allowed by law, any guaranty contract should be signed by the guarantor and Party B separately.

 

3.2 When Party A and Party B sign specific loan agreements under this contract, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to provide additional guarantees besides those under this article.

 

Article 4 the usage of maximum credit amount

 

4.1 Before each use of the financing amount, Party A should put forward a written application to Party B ten working days in advance, and Party B has the right to review.

 

After review and consent by Party B, both parties shall sign corresponding specific loan agreements.

 

4.2 during the effective period, Party A may pay down the credit line and apply to use it again in the amount that has been paid off, the credit line which is not used in the period is null and void automatically after the expiration of the effective period.

 

4.3 Party A must apply to use the financing amount within the effective period as described in Article 2, each specific loan agreement signing date shall not exceed the deadline of the effective period, and the date of issue of each loan or the date of Party B’s acceptance, the date of the letter of credit, the date of delivery against bank guarantee should not exceed the deadline of the effective period.

 

If Party B adjusts or both parties agree to extend the effective period, then the deadline shall be the deadline after adjustment. The effective period for use of the maximum amount on every loan shall be in accordance with the specific loan agreement, and its term are not restricted by the expiration of the effective period.

 

  2  
 

 

4.4 under this contract, for the business of bills of exchange, letters of guarantee, international trade finance, the terms for fees, the interest rates and exchange rates, the discount rate for bills discounting shall be agreed in each specific loan agreement by Party A and Party B.

 

Article 5 Statement and Guarantee of Party A

 

Party A states and guarantees to Party B as follows:

 

5.1 Party A is incorporated and validly existing according to law, shall have the right to dispose of its assets, and shall have the right to operate the relevant business under loan agreements, and has the right to sign and perform this contract and other related specific contracts.

 

5.2 Party A has the approval from its board of directors or proper officers of the company to sign this contract and its loan agreements, and obtain all the necessary authorization.

 

5.3 The entry into this contract by Party A does not violate any laws and contracts, including but not limited to guarantee agreements signed with others, or a commitment contract of guarantee to others.

 

5.4 All documents and data provided are true, accurate, legal and effective.

 

5.5 There are no known environmental risks or significant litigation.

 

Article 6 The Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 During this contract and its specific business period, Party A shall according to the request of Party B, cooperate with the inspection requests, and timely provide including but not limited to the following:

 

6.1.1 business licenses, organization code certificates, certificates of legal representation, necessary personal information, members of the board of directors, list of major principals, business licenses, tax registration certificates, tax documents and loan agreements;

 

6.1.2 all bank records, accounts and information on deposits and lending;

 

6.1.3 in accordance with the requirements of Party B audited balance sheet, income statements, statements of changes in owner’s equity, sales information, cash flow statements, and notes to financial statements;

 

6.1.4 production management plan, statistics, engineering budget data;

 

6.1.5 information on all external guarantees (including those to any organization of Party B);

 

6.1.6 information on all affiliated enterprises and relationships with Party A, and information on related parties transactions that have already happened or are impending and transactions that represent more than ten percent of net asset value of Party A, and information on the guarantees among entities controlled by Party A;

 

6.1.7 litigation, arbitration, administrative penalties, management and staff personal debt disputes, criminal matters.

 

6.2 Party A shall use the credit line in compliance with law and this contract as well as the specific loan agreements entered into under this contract.

 

  3  
 

 

6.3 Party A should i) submit a written notice to Party B ii) and make the debt liability repayment under this contract (need to obtain the written consent from party B first), or provide new guarantees approved by Party B in written form at least 30 days in advance of the following activities: including but not limited to contracting, leasing, trust, asset restructuring, debt restructuring, shareholding system reform, pool, mergers, division, property right transfers, joint venture (cooperative), reduction in its registered capital or ceasing business operations, applications for reorganization, the dissolution and bankruptcy, otherwise the above activities should not be undertaken before all debts in the contract are paid off.

 

6.4 Party A shall provide written notice to Party B three days in advance before it ceases its business operations, closes, dissolves or applies or files for reorganization, bankruptcy or other legal status changes, and take full effective measures to protect Party B’s rights.

 

6.5 Party A should give written notice to Party B three days in advance when its normal business operations are endangered or if Party A believes credit claims of Party B are endangered, and take full effective measures to protect Party B's rights.

 

6.6 If Party A has not paid off the principal and interest under this contract, it may not, without the written consent of Party B, sell specific assets, prepay other long-term debts, or provide additional debt guarantees for a third party.

 

6.7 Party A is not allowed to sign contracts with any third party that are against the rights and interests of Party B under this contract and specific loan agreements.

 

6.8 For changes such as the name, residence, legal representative, or other major changes, such as changes in executives, Party A should give written notice to Party B within 7 days after the change.

 

6.9 Party A shall pay under this contract the principal and interest and accrued expenses on time.

 

6.10 If Party A uses the credit line for purposes of international trade financing business (including packaged loans, import and export trade, open letters of credit, letters of guarantee, discount and acceptance) Party A guarantees: to strictly abide by the international chamber of commerce for the business in the uniform customs and practice for documentary credit (latest version), “the uniform rules for collections” collections (URC522) and other relevant international practices, and not damage the interests of Party B's credit standing and commercial interests due to the disputes with others.

 

6.11 If due to the breach of this contract and any specific loan agreement by Party A, which causes Party B to initiate creditor’s rights proceedings through litigation, arbitration or other actions, Party A shall pay Party B’s appraisal fees, valuation fees, auction fees, arbitration fees, notary fees, legal fees, and other reasonable expenses and fees incurred by Party B when performing its creditor’s rights.

 

6.12 When Party A belongs to a group of companies that has several members (legal entities or companies):

 

  4  
 

 

6.12.1 shall provide to Party B the relevant group company related information, including but not limited to members of the group client name, legal representative, actual controllers, registered capital, the main business, equity structure, senior management, financial condition, material assets project, and guarantees.

 

6.12.2 shall timely report to Party B in writing the related party transactions that are more than ten percent of the net asset value, including but not limited to the parties relationship, the nature of the trading projects and trading, description of the transaction, or the corresponding proportion and pricing policies.

 

6.13 Party A should strengthen the environmental and social risk management, and accept and cooperate with Party B or its approved third party for supervision and inspection requests of Party B, and timely submit to Party B environmental and social risk reports.

 

Article 7 The Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

7.1 Party B has the right to according to the relevant management regulations of Huaxia Bank and credit approval process to decide whether to sign the specific loan contracts with Party A, and shall have the right to do an inspection and supervision of the business situation of Party A at any time.

 

7.2 Party B agrees that the usage of the financing amount by Party A shall be in accordance with the specific loan agreement and in a timely manner.

 

7.3 Party B shall keep confidential relevant debt, property, production, management and other aspects of the data and information provided by Party A to Party B, but with exception of those related to laws and regulations and regulatory policy.

 

Article 8 Credit Risk Control

 

8.1 During the period of using the maximum financing under this contract, to meet the requirements of Party B’s risk control, Party A ensures to continuously meet the following financial indicators requirements: / if the specific loan agreement has other provisions, the specific loan agreement shall prevail.

 

8.2 During the period of using the maximum financing under this contract, to meet the requirements of Party B's risk control, Party A ensures that the business settlement is according to the following agreement:

 

If Party B is the main clearing bank of Party A, then Party A's main settlement/clearing business must be done through its accounts at Party B.

 

If Party B is not the main settlement/clearing bank of Party A, then Party A must provide statements or other relevant materials of the main settlement account to Party B each month.

 

Article 9 Repayment in Advance

 

9.1 In the process of performance of this contract, Party B has the right to require repayment in advance according to the following conditions:

 

9.1.1 Party A provides false materials or conceals important financial facts;

 

  5  
 

 

9.1.2 Changes the use of funds without Party B’s agreement or Party A engages in illegal and improper trading with financing funds;

 

9.1.3 Party A violates any contract, agreement, guarantees signed with others (including Party B in this contract), or promises made unilaterally; or commits serious breaches to other debts obligations;

 

9.1.4 the guarantee ability of the guarantor to this contract is not sufficient, or the pledged property or the collaterals are expropriated, damaged, or its value decreases significantly, and Party A can't provide a new guarantee according to the request of Party B;

 

9.1.5 during the effective period of this contract, Party A clearly states or with their own behavior shows that it can’t follow or perform according to this contract or specific loan agreement obligations;

 

9.1.6 Party A transfers assets, capital, incurs debts, and engages in behavior that damages Party B's interests;

 

9.1.7 Party A fails to fulfill its commitment under Article 5 of the contract or fails to perform the obligations as agreed in the contract or specific loan agreements;

 

9.1.8 Refuses to accept Party B’s supervision and inspection to its credit funds usage and relevant business activities;

 

9.1.9 Party A uses false contracts entered between related parties, drafts with no real trade backing, accounts receivable and other claims or improper financing to obtain financing from Party B

 

9.1.10 Using transactions with affiliates to evade creditor’s rights and interests of Party B;

 

9.1.11 Without Party B’s written consent and if debt is still owed under this contract or specific loan agreements, or without providing Party B with new guarantees approved by Party B, when there are changes to Party A’s mode of operation, its own system, or legal status, including but not limited to, contracting, leasing, trust, asset restructuring, debt restructuring, shareholding system reform, pool, mergers, division, property right transfer, joint venture (cooperative), reductions to its registered capital, applications for dissolution (or cancelations), applications for restructuring, reconciliation and bankruptcy.

 

9.1.12 If the group of companies that Party A belongs to overall credit conditions, operating and financial conditions appear in serious crisis, and pose major threats to Party B loan rights;

 

9.1.13 Party A sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any major assets; operating and financial conditions deteriorate, which lead to it not being able to repay debts; or involves major economic litigation or arbitration, and other legal disputes, involving major administrative penalties, which may have a negative impact or serious consequence on Party B’s rights and claims;

 

9.1.14 Party A is in the situation of termination, dissolution, suspension, closure, being ordered to close down, or its business license is being revoked and cancellation;

 

9.1.15 violation of this contract by Party A, or the guarantor under this contract is in violation of any obligation of the guaranty contract, which Party B deems to have adverse impact on its creditor's claims;

 

  6  
 

 

9.1.16 Party A due to violation of food safety, production safety, environmental protection, and other environmental and social risk management laws, regulations or industry standards, resulting in an accident with significant liability, causes significant environmental and social risk events, has or may affect its obligations and performance under this contract or specific loan agreement.

 

9.2 Applying for prepayment, Party A shall submit a written application ten working days in advance to Party B; after Party B's written consent, it should be treated in the following way:

 

Applied: Party B collects interest according to the specific loan agreement under this contract lending rates and the actual use of days;

 

Not applied: other than collecting interest in accordance with the specific loan agreement under this contract of loan interest rate and the actual use days, Party B according to the prepayment amount % charges compensation. But the compensation amount shall not exceed the prepayment amount * specific business contract lending rates / 360 x number of days in advance.

 

Article 10 The Contract Comes into Effect, Transfer and Change

 

10.1 This contract is effective from the date of both parties execution of the contract; but before Party A and the guarantor at the request of Party B enter into a guaranty contract and complete guarantee procedures agreed in the guaranty contract and the guaranty contract has become effective/collateral has been set up/pledge has been set up, Party B has no obligation to allow Party A to use any of the credit line.

 

10.2 Party A agrees that, after the contract comes into force, Party B can transfer the creditor's rights and claims under this contract and the specific loan agreement in whole or in part to a third party.

 

10.3 After this contract comes into force, if Party A transfers the debt under this contract and the specific loan agreement in whole or in part to a third party, Party A shall submit the written documents to Party B that the guarantor agrees to continue to undertake the obligation to guarantee or provide a new guarantee and this must be agreed by Party B in writing.

 

10.4 After this contract comes into force, neither party can make changes without authorization and agreement from the other party. If change is needed, both parties shall reach a written change agreement.

 

Article 11 Confidentiality

 

Either party bears the confidentiality obligation to the commercial secrets, contract terms and any information related to the interests of the other party obtained during the contract signing process and in the course of implementation of the contract. Unless otherwise required by the laws and regulations and regulatory policy, without the consent of the other party, either party shall disclose to any third party such information.

 

  7  
 

 

Article 12 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

12.2 This contract is governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China.

 

12.2.1 All disputes related to this contract and/or specific loan agreements shall be negotiated for solution; If negotiation fails, any party can solve in the following way, unless there are agreed provisions in the specific loan agreement for the jurisdiction of the dispute:

 

Applied: Prosecution in the people's court in the venue of of Party B’s address;

 

Not applied: apply for arbitration to the arbitration commission.

 

Article 13 Notice and Delivery

 

During the effective period of the contract, if there are changes to the contract information on the first page of the contract (the name of the legal person, the legal representative of Party A, residence, telephone and other information) and Party A fails to send written notice to Party B, and Party B sends all the documents to Party A according to the information contained in this contract, it shall be deemed as delivered.

 

Article 14 the bylaws

 

14.1 Any specific loan agreement made by the parties under this contract are part of this contract, and are made as a whole; if the specific loan agreements are inconsistent with this contract, the specific loan agreements shall prevail.

 

14.2 Party A authorizes Party B according to the provisions of relevant laws and regulations or other normative documents or financial regulatory requirements, to provide information about the contract and other relevant information to the credit information database of the people's bank of China or other credit databases established in accordance with laws, which allows organizations or individuals with appropriate qualifications to query and use. In addition, Party A authorizes Party B the right to search and query the relevant information of Party A at the credit information database of the people's bank of China and other lawfully established credit databases for the purpose of setting up the contract and fulfilling contract obligations.

 

14.3 .This contract uses the check mark √ or applied and X when choices are provided within the contract. “√” denotes the clause would be applied and “X” means the clause would not be applied.

 

14.4 Party A has one copy of this contract, Party B has two copies and the guarantor/copy, all these have the same legal effect.

 

14.5 other matters as agreed upon by both parties

 

1, the above products and services provided under the contract price (including price, income, expenses, etc.) all include VAT price quotation.

 

2, if the contract involves two or more tax or levy rates, its corresponding tax rates are calculated respectively.

 

  8  
 

 

14.6 Party B has taken a reasonable way to remind Party A to pay attention to the terms under this contract that exclude or limit Party B's responsibility and provide sufficient explanation to the related terms and conditions at the request of Party A.; There is no disagreement on the interpretation and understanding of the terms and conditions of the contract by both parties.

 

Party A: (Seal)

 

Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

(Signature)

 

/s/ Yuebiao Li  
Yuebiao Li  
Date:  July 19, 2016  

 

Party B: (Seal)

 

Legal Representative/Main Person in Charge or Authorized Representative:

(Signature)

 

/s/ Zhang Liang  
Zhang Liang  
Date:  July 19, 2016  

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

INDEMNIFICATION ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

This INDEMNIFICATION ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of [●], 2017 is entered into by and among Newater Technology, Inc. (the “ Company ”), ViewTrade Securities, Inc. (the “ Placement Agent ”), and Pearlman Schneider LLP (the “ Escrow Agent ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company is offering (the “ Offering ”) on a best efforts, all-or-none basis to certain investors a offering amount of 1,600,000 common shares of the Company, par value $0.001 (the “ Shares ”) at an offering price of $5.00 per share;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Placement Agent expect that the Offering will close on or before the close of business on [●], 2017 (collectively, the “ Closing Date ”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the closing of the Offering, the Company has agreed to deposit an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000)(the “ Escrowed Funds ”) from the proceeds of the Offering to be received by the Company with the Escrow Agent in a non-interest bearing escrow account, to be held, invested and disbursed by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Escrow Agent is willing to hold the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds (as such term is defined below) in escrow pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Appointment of Escrow Agent . The Company and the Placement Agent hereby appoint the Escrow Agent as escrow agent in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

  2. Delivery of the Escrowed Funds . Upon the closing of the Offering, the Escrowed Funds shall be delivered on behalf of the Company to the Escrow Agent, as escrow agent into a non-interest bearing escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent (the “ Escrow Account ”) by wire transfer in accordance with the wire transfer instructions set forth on Schedule A hereto. In no event shall the aggregate amount of Escrowed Funds delivered to the Escrow Account be less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

  3. Escrow Agent to Hold and Disburse the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds . The Escrow Agent will retain the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds in an escrow account and disburse the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, as follows:

 

a. The Escrowed Funds shall be held by the Escrow Agent for the purpose of satisfying the initial $500,000 of the indemnification obligations of the Company, with respect to the Escrowed Funds, pursuant to Section 2 of the Placement Agency Agreement dated [●], 2017 by and between the Company and the Placement, for a period of two (2) years from the closing of the Offering. Disbursement of such Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds shall be determined by an independent third-party trustee, to be chosen by mutual consent of the Company and Placement Agent.

 

  1  

 

 

b. Notwithstanding the last sentence of the prior paragraph, in the event that any litigation or proceeding arising out of any matter in connection with the Offering in connection to the Placement Agent acting in its capacity as placement agent within two (2) years following the Closing Date and in which the Company, the Placement Agent, the Escrow Agent or the Escrowed Funds becomes the subject of such litigation or proceeding, the Placement Agent and the Company hereby authorize the Escrow Agent, at the Placement Agent’s sole instruction upon Placement Agent’s written notice to the Escrow Agent if not otherwise so required, to release and deposit the Escrowed Funds with the clerk of the court in which the litigation is pending for the purpose of indemnifying and defending the Placement Agent in such litigation and proceeding, and thereupon the Escrow Agent shall be relieved and discharged of any further responsibility with regard thereto to the extent determined by any such court. The Company and the Placement Agent further hereby authorize the Escrow Agent, if it receives conflicting claims to any of the Escrowed Funds, is threatened with litigation in its capacity as escrow agent under this Agreement, or if the Escrow Agent determines it is necessary to do so for any other reason relating to this Agreement or the Offering, to interplead all interested parties in any court of competent jurisdiction and to deposit the Escrowed Funds with the clerk of that court and thereupon the Escrow Agent shall be relieved and discharged of any further responsibility hereunder to the parties from which they were received to the extent determined by such court.

 

c. Upon instruction of the Company, the Escrow Agent may invest the Escrowed Funds during the term of the Agreement as follows:

 

i. The Escrowed Funds may be invested in issuers listed on U.S. national securities exchanges; provided that (1) no investments may be made in the Company’s securities; (2) no more than 20% of the Escrowed Funds may be invested in one issuer; (3) no more than 50% invested in issuers that have; (A) a market capitalization of less than $1.0 billion; (B) have been public for less than two years; and (C) have less than $1.0 million in average daily volume for last 30 days.

 

ii. In the event the aggregate value of the Escrowed Funds plus the Investment Gain Funds in the Escrow Account decreases to less than 81% of the original amount ($500,000) of Escrowed Funds (“Minimum Equity”) for more than 20 consecutive trading days the Company shall promptly (but no later than 10 calendar days following the 20 consecutive trading days following the decrease of less than 81%) add funds to the Escrow Account to maintain the Minimum Equity.

 

iii. Upon the account reaching Minimum Equity, the Company may not open any additional positions until the account is above the Minimum Equity.

 

iv. As soon as possible after the Closing, the Escrow Agent shall establish a brokerage account in the Company’s name with a FINRA registered broker-dealer chosen by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Placement Agent (the “Escrow Broker”). All proposed transactions will be submitted by the Company in writing to the Placement Agent with a confirmation by the Company that such transaction(s) meet the criteria set forth in Sections 3(c)(i)-(iii). The Placement Agent will have two business days after receipt to review the submission. Unless the Placement Agent disagrees in writing that the transaction(s) meet the criteria set forth in Section 3(c)(i)-(iii) prior to the end of the second business day after receipt of the written submission by the Company, the Company may submit the transaction request to the Escrow Agent for submission to the Escrow Broker with a copy to the Placement Agent. The Escrow Agent shall instruct the Escrow Broker to submit confirmations of all transactions to the Escrow Agent, the Company and the Placement Agent.

  2  

 

 

v. All income derived from the investments pursuant to this Section 3(c) in excess of the Escrowed Funds (“Investment Gain Funds”) shall be disbursed to the Company provided in the manner of Section 3(a) of this Agreement, provided that to the extent Investment Gain Funds exceed $50,000 in excess of the Minimum Equity, the Company shall be permitted to request a disbursement of such excess funds in an amount of no less than $50,000 on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 of any year during the term of this Agreement prior to the two year period set forth in Section 3(a).

 

  4. Exculpation and Indemnification of Escrow Agent .

 

a. The Escrow Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities other than those expressly set forth herein. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty to enforce any obligation of any person to make any payment or delivery, or to direct or cause any payment or delivery to be made other than as set forth herein, or to enforce any obligation of any person to perform any other act. The Escrow Agent shall be under no liability to the other parties hereto or anyone else, by reason of any failure, on the part of any party hereto or any maker, guarantor, endorser or other signatory of a document or any other person, to perform such person’s obligations under any such document. Except for amendments to this Agreement referenced below, and except for written instructions given to the Escrow Agent by the Company and the Placement Agent relating to the Escrowed Funds, the Escrow Agent shall not be obligated to recognize any agreement between or among any of the Company and the Placement Agent, notwithstanding that references thereto may be made herein and the Escrow Agent has knowledge thereof.

 

b. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable to the Company, the Placement Agent, or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent), statement, instrument, report, or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained), which is reasonably believed by the Escrow Agent to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper party or parties hereunder. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any of the terms thereof, unless evidenced by written notice delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties hereunder and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto.

 

c. The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for the sufficiency or accuracy of the form, or of the execution, validity, value or genuineness of, any document or property received, held or delivered to it hereunder, or of any signature or endorsement thereon, or for any lack of endorsement thereon, or for any description therein; nor shall the Escrow Agent be responsible or liable to the Company, the Placement Agent, or to anyone else in any respect on account of the identity, authority or rights, of the person executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any document or property or this Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the use or application of the Escrowed Funds pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

  3  

 

 

d. The Escrow Agent shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary from the proper party or parties hereunder, that a fact or an event, by reason of which an action would or might be taken by the Escrow Agent, does not exist or has not occurred, without incurring liability to the Company, the Placement Agent, or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, in reliance upon such assumption.

 

e. To the extent that the Escrow Agent becomes liable for the payment of taxes, including withholding taxes, in respect of the Investment Gain Funds, or any payment made hereunder, the Escrow Agent may pay such taxes from the Escrowed Funds; and the Escrow Agent may withhold from any payment of the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds such amount as the Escrow Agent estimates to be sufficient to provide for the payment of such taxes not yet paid, and may use the sum withheld for that purpose. The Escrow Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless against any liability for taxes and for any penalties in respect of taxes, on such investment income or payments in the manner provided in Section 4(f).

 

f. The Escrow Agent will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company and Placement Agent from and against all expenses, including all counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Escrow Agent in connection with any action, suit or proceeding involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand, which in any way, directly or indirectly, arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Escrow Agent hereunder, except for claims relating to gross negligence or reckless misconduct by the Escrow Agent or breach of this Agreement by the Escrow Agent, or the monies or other property held by it hereunder. Promptly, but no later than ten (10) business days, after the receipt by the Escrow Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Escrow Agent shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the Escrow Agent against the Company, notify the Company in writing, but the failure by the Escrow Agent to give such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to the Escrow Agent hereunder, unless the failure of the Escrow Agent to give such notice prejudices or otherwise impairs the Company’s ability to defend any demand, claim, action suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding any obligation to make payments and deliveries hereunder, the Escrow Agent may retain and hold for such time as it deems necessary such amount of monies or property as it shall, from time to time, reasonably deem sufficient to indemnify itself for any such loss or expense.

 

g. For purposes hereof, the term “expense or loss” shall include all amounts paid or payable to satisfy any claim, demand or liability, or in settlement of any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding settled with the express written consent of the Escrow Agent, and all costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, counsel fees and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding.

 

  5. Indemnification by the Company . The indemnification provisions subject to this Agreement are set forth in Section 6 of the Placement Agency Agreement dated [●], 2017 by and between the Company and the Placement Agent, which Section 6 shall be deemed to part of this Agreement.

 

  4  

 

 

  6.  Termination of Agreement and Resignation of Escrow Agent.

 

a. This Agreement shall terminate upon disbursement of all of the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds provided that the rights of the Escrow Agent and the obligations of the Company and the Placement Agent under Section 4 shall survive the termination hereof.

 

b. The Escrow Agent may resign at any time and be discharged from its duties as Escrow Agent hereunder by giving the Company and the Placement Agent at least fifteen (15) business days written notice thereof (the “ Notice Period ”). As soon as practicable after its resignation, the Escrow Agent shall, if it receives notice from the Company and the Placement Agent within the Notice Period, turn over to a successor escrow agent appointed by the Company and the Placement Agent all Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds (less such amount as the Escrow Agent is entitled to continue to retain and hold in escrow pursuant to Section 4(f) and to retain pursuant to Section 7) upon presentation of the document appointing the new escrow agent and its acceptance thereof. If no new agent is so appointed within the Notice Period, the Escrow Agent shall return the Escrowed Funds and Investment Gain Funds to the Company without interest or deduction.

 

  7. Form of Payments by Escrow Agent .

 

a. Any payments of the Escrowed Funds by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer unless directed to be made by check by the Placement Agent and/or Company.

 

b. All amounts referred to herein are expressed in United States Dollars and all payments by the Escrow Agent shall be made in such dollars.

 

  8. Compensation . Escrow Agent shall be entitled to $12,500 as compensation for its services rendered under this Agreement, which amount shall be delivered by the Company to an account designated by the Escrow Agent on the same date when the Escrowed Funds are delivered into the Escrow Account.

 

  9. Notices . All notices, demands, consents, requests, instructions and other communications to be given or delivered or permitted under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be delivered and received by the intended recipient as follows: (i) if personally delivered, on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the receipt of the personal delivery service), (ii) if mailed certified or registered mail return receipt requested, on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the signed certified mail card), (iii) if delivered by overnight courier (with all charges having been prepaid), on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by the receipt of the overnight courier service of recognized standing), (iv) if delivered by facsimile transmission, on the business day of such delivery if sent by 6:00 p.m. in the time zone of the recipient, or if sent after that time, on the next succeeding business day (as evidenced by the printed confirmation of delivery generated by the sending party’s telecopier machine), or (v) if delivered by email on the business day of such delivery (as evidenced by delivery confirmation). If any notice, demand, consent, request, instruction or other communication cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given (in accordance with this Section 9), or the refusal to accept same, the notice, demand, consent, request, instruction or other communication shall be deemed received on the second business day the notice is sent (as evidenced by a sworn affidavit of the sender). All such notices, demands, consents, requests, instructions and other communications will be sent to addresses or facsimile numbers as applicable set forth hereunder.

 

  5  

 

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

c/o Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai city

Shandong Province

People’s Republic of China 246000

Email: [liyuebiao999@163.com]

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Haneberg Hurlbert PLC

1111 East Main St., Suite 2010

Richmond, VA 23219

Attention: Bradley A. Haneberg, Esq.; Matthew B. Chmiel, Esq.

Email: brad@hbhblaw.com; matt@hbhblaw.com

 

If to the Placement Agent, to:

 

ViewTrade Securities, Inc.

Attn: Doug K. Aguililla

7280 West Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310

Boca Raton, FL 33433

Email: dougagui@viewtrade.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, FL 33131

Attention: Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Email: clayton.parker@klgates.com

 

If to the Escrow Agent, to:

 

Pearlman Schneider LLP

2200 Corporate Blvd., NW, Suite 210

Boca Raton, FL 33431

Attn: Charles Pearlman

Email: Charlie@pslawgroup.net

 

  6  

 

 

  10. Further Assurances . From time to time on and after the date hereof, the Company and the Placement Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments and shall do and cause to be done such further acts as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request (it being understood that the Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to make any such request) to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, to evidence compliance herewith or to assure itself that it is protected in acting hereunder.

 

  11. Consent to Service of Process . The Company, the Placement Agent and the Escrow Agent hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Florida and of any Federal court located in such state in connection with any action, suit or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any action taken or omitted hereunder, and waives personal service of any summons, complaint or other process and agrees that the service thereof may be made by certified or registered mail directed to it at the address listed hereto.

 

  12. Miscellaneous .

 

a. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument to be drafted. The terms “hereby,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” and any similar terms, as used in this Agreement, refer to the Escrow Agreement in its entirety and not only to the particular portion of this Agreement where the term is used. The word “person” shall mean any natural person, partnership, corporation, government and any other form of business of legal entity. All words or terms used in this Agreement, regardless of the number or gender in which they were used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. This Agreement shall not be admissible in evidence to construe the provisions of any prior agreement.

 

b. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Company and the Placement Agent may not be assigned without the consent of the Escrow Agent, other than by laws of descent or operation of law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Escrow Agent may be assigned by the Escrow Agent, with the prior consent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party’s respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns. No other person shall acquire or have any rights under or by virtue of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be changed orally or modified, amended or supplemented without an express written agreement executed by the Escrow Agent, the Company and the Placement Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This Agreement is intended to be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns, and none of the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be, nor shall they be construed to be, for the benefit of any third person.

 

c. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Florida. The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and any investigations made by any party. The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms thereof.

  

  13. Execution of Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as of those whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more of the counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, are signed by all parties hereto.

 

 

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THE PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

  

  7  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

  

ESCROW AGENT:  
     
PEARLMAN SCHNEIDER LLP  
     
By:                 
Name:    
Title:

  

COMPANY:

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

  

By:    
Name:   Yuebiao Li
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

PLACEMENT AGENT:

 

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

  

By:    
Name: Douglas K. Aguililla
Title: Director, Investment Banking

  

 

 

 

Indemnification Escrow Agreement

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

   

ACCOUNT NAME:                                           TRUST ACCOUNT

ACCOUNT NO.:

ABA ROUTING NO.:

SWIFT CODE:

BANK:

REFERENCE: ATTN:

 

 

 

TO BE WIRED IN U.S. DOLLARS

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

 

With regards to

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is signed among the following parties in Yantai City on June 6, 2016.

 

(1) Newater HK Limited, (the “ Party A ”), a company incorporated under the law of Hong Kong and with Company Number as 2303771, Currently holds 100% shares of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(2) Hairong Wang (Investor, the “ Party B ”), a Chinese natural person with a complete civil capacity.

 

(3) Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. (Investee, the “ Party C ” or “ Target Company ”), a company incorporated under the law of People’s Republic of China and having its registered office at No.6 of Guangchang South Rd, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

 

(4) Newater Technology, Inc. (the “ Party D ”), a company incorporated under the law of British Virgin Islands with Company Number as 1891454, which is Party C’s offshore parent company.

 

Whereas

 

The parties intend to introduce Party B as an investor by using the method of convertible debt arranged hereon by this Agreement. In order to carry out the deal smoothly, parties agree as follows.

 

Article One Loan Amount

 

Party B has wired RMB 3,000,000 and RMB 3,000,000, for a total of RMB 6,000,000, free of interest, to Party C on May 4, 2016 and June 2, 2016, respectively. The payments to Party C were wired to Party C’s bank account as designated below:

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Bank: Yantai Free Trade Port District Branch, Bank of China

 

 

 

 

Party C’s offshore parent company, Party D shall convert Party B’s loans and issue shares to Party B in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Through the process of share issuance, Party A and Party D shall assist Party B with relevant registrations unconditionally.

 

Article Two Conversion Method, Price, and Repayment of Debt

 

2.1 Conversion Method

 

All parties agree that Party D shall issue shares in consideration of the loans before June 30, 2016 in accordance with the Agreement. When Party D completes relevant registrations for share issuance to Party B, it shall be deemed that the debt owed to Party B has been fully paid off. Party D no longer owes anything to Party B, and Party B releases Party D from all obligations and liabilities.

 

2.2 Conversion Price and Number of Shares

 

The conversion price is USD 4.25 per share, the exchange rate of USD to RMB is 1:6.5, the number of shares to be converted and received by Party B’s designee is 217,200 shares.

 

Article Three Effectiveness and Termination

 

3.1 This Agreement shall be effective only if signed by all parties.

 

3.2 This Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

 

3.2.1 by consensus of all parties;

 

3.2.2 the investment is stopped because of force majeure or objective reasons out of parties' control;

 

3.2.3 any one party substantially fails to perform in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or regulations about applicable law, under this situation, the other parties have the right to initiate the termination in writing unilaterally.

 

Article Four Confidentiality

 

Each party shall treat the Agreement and any information disclosed to them by the other parties pursuant to this Agreement as private and confidential. Neither party shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof without the consent of the others (except under law or requirements by regulators, a party is asked to make a disclosure it shall be free to do so).

 

  2  

 

 

Article Five Taxes

 

5.1 Each party shall bear its own taxes in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.2 Each party shall bear its own expenses and costs during the process of negotiation, drafting, signing and executing the Agreement.

 

Article Six Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

6.1 This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

6.2 Disputes or other matters in question among parties to this Agreement shall initially be resolved through friendly consultations. If a mutually agreeable resolution is not reached within sixty days after the happening of disputes, any party can bring a lawsuit in people’s court of Party C’s domicile.

 

6.3 During the dispute resolution, except for the controversial provisions, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

6.4 In case any one or more provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

  3  

 

 

(Signature Page)  
   
Party A: Newater HK Limited  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party B: Hairong Wang  
   
/s/ Hairong Wang  
   
Party C: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party D: Newater Technology, Inc.  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

 

With regards to

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is signed among the following parties in Yantai City on June 6, 2016.

 

(1) Newater HK Limited, (the “ Party A ”), a company incorporated under the law of Hong Kong and with Company Number as 2303771, Currently holds 100% shares of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(2) Honghua Liu (Investor, the “ Party B ”), a Chinese natural person with a complete civil capacity.

 

(3) Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. (Investee, the “ Party C ” or “ Target Company ”), a company incorporated under the law of People’s Republic of China and having its registered office at No.6 of Guangchang South Rd, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

 

(4) Newater Technology, Inc. (the “ Party D ”), a company incorporated under the law of British Virgin Islands with Company Number as 1891454, which is Party C’s offshore parent company.

 

Whereas

 

The parties intend to introduce Party B as an investor by using the method of convertible debt arranged hereon by this Agreement. In order to carry out the deal smoothly, parties agree as follows.

 

Article One Loan Amount

 

Party B has wired RMB 4,990,000 and RMB 10,000, free of interests, totally RMB 5,000,000 to Party C on March 21, 2016 and March 25, 2016, respectively. The payments to Party C were wired to Party C’s bank account as designated below:

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Bank: Yantai Free Trade Port District Branch, Bank of China

 

 

 

   

Party C’s offshore parent company, Party D shall convert Party B’s loans and issue shares to Party B in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Through the process of share issuance, Party A and Party D shall assist Party B with relevant registrations unconditionally.

 

Article Two Conversion Method, Price, and Repayment of Debt

 

2.1 Conversion Method

 

All parties agree that Party D shall issue shares in consideration of the loans before June 30, 2016 in accordance with the Agreement. When Party D completes relevant registrations for share issuance to Party B, it shall be deemed that the debt owed to Party B has been fully paid off. Party D no longer owes anything to Party B, and Party B releases Party D from all obligations and liabilities.

 

2.2 Conversion Price and Number of Shares

 

The conversion price is USD 2.80 per share, the exchange rate of USD to RMB is 1:6.5, the number of shares to be converted and received by Party B’s designee is 275,000 shares.

 

Article Three Effectiveness and Termination

 

3.1 This Agreement shall be effective only if signed by all parties.

 

3.2 This Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

 

3.2.1 by consensus of all parties;

 

3.2.2 the investment is stopped because of force majeure or objective reasons out of parties' control;

 

3.2.3 any one party substantially fails to perform in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or regulations about applicable law, under this situation, the other parties have the right to initiate the termination in writing unilaterally.

 

Article Four Confidentiality

 

Each party shall treat the Agreement and any information disclosed to them by the other parties pursuant to this Agreement as private and confidential. Neither party shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof without the consent of the others (except under law or requirements by regulators, a party is asked to make a disclosure it shall be free to do so).

 

  2  

 

 

Article Five Taxes

 

5.1 Each party shall bear its own taxes in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.2 Each party shall bear its own expenses and costs during the process of negotiation, drafting, signing and executing the Agreement.

 

Article Six Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

6.1 This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

6.2 Disputes or other matters in question among parties to this Agreement shall initially be resolved through friendly consultations. If a mutually agreeable resolution is not reached within sixty days after the happening of disputes, any party can bring a lawsuit in people’s court of Party C’s domicile.

 

6.3 During the dispute resolution, except for the controversial provisions, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

6.4 In case any one or more provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

  3  

 

 

(Signature Page)  
   
Party A: Newater HK Limited  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party B: Honghua Liu  
   
/s/ Honghua Liu  
   
Party C: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party D: Newater Technology, Inc.  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

 

With regards to

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is signed among the following parties in Yantai City on June 6, 2016.

 

(1) Newater HK Limited, (the “ Party A ”), a company incorporated under the law of Hong Kong and with Company Number as 2303771, Currently holds 100% shares of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.
   
(2) Yang Gao (Investor, the “ Party B ”), a Chinese natural person with a complete civil capacity.
   
(3) Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. (Investee, the “ Party C ” or “ Target Company ”), a company incorporated under the law of People’s Republic of China and having its registered office at No.6 of Guangchang South Rd, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai City, Shandong Province.
   
(4) Newater Technology, Inc. (the “ Party D ”), a company incorporated under the law of British Virgin Islands with Company Number as 1891454, which is Party C’s offshore parent company.

 

Whereas

 

The parties intend to introduce Party B as an investor by using the method of convertible debt arranged hereon by this Agreement. In order to carry out the deal smoothly, parties agree as follows.

 

Article One Loan Amount

 

Party B has wired RMB 6,200,000 and RMB 3,800,000, for a total of RMB 10,000,000, free of interest, to Party C on April 11, 2016 and April 13, 2016, respectively. The payments to Party C were wired to Party C’s bank account as designated below:

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Bank: Yantai Free Trade Port District Branch, Bank of China

 

 

 

 

Party C’s offshore parent company, Party D shall convert Party B’s loans and issue shares to Party B in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Through the process of share issuance, Party A and Party D shall assist Party B with relevant registrations unconditionally.

 

Article Two Conversion Method, Price, and Repayment of Debt

 

2.1 Conversion Method

 

All parties agree that Party D shall issue shares in consideration of the loans before June 30, 2016 in accordance with the Agreement. When Party D completes relevant registrations for share issuance to Party B, it shall be deemed that the debt owed to Party B has been fully paid off. Party D no longer owes anything to Party B, and Party B releases Party D from all obligations and liabilities.

 

2.2 Conversion Price and Number of Shares

 

The conversion price is USD 4.25 per share, the exchange rate of USD to RMB is 1:6.5, the number of shares to be converted and received by Party B’s designee is 362,000 shares.

 

Article Three Effectiveness and Termination

 

3.1 This Agreement shall be effective only if signed by all parties.

 

3.2 This Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

 

3.2.1 by consensus of all parties;

 

3.2.2 the investment is stopped because of force majeure or objective reasons out of parties' control;

 

3.2.3 any one party substantially fails to perform in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or regulations about applicable law, under this situation, the other parties have the right to initiate the termination in writing unilaterally.

 

  2  

 

 

Article Four Confidentiality

 

Each party shall treat the Agreement and any information disclosed to them by the other parties pursuant to this Agreement as private and confidential. Neither party shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof without the consent of the others (except under law or requirements by regulators, a party is asked to make a disclosure it shall be free to do so).

 

Article Five Taxes

 

5.1 Each party shall bear its own taxes in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.2 Each party shall bear its own expenses and costs during the process of negotiation, drafting, signing and executing the Agreement.

 

Article Six Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

6.1 This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

6.2 Disputes or other matters in question among parties to this Agreement shall initially be resolved through friendly consultations. If a mutually agreeable resolution is not reached within sixty days after the happening of disputes, any party can bring a lawsuit in people’s court of Party C’s domicile.

 

6.3 During the dispute resolution, except for the controversial provisions, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

6.4 In case any one or more provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

  3  

 

 

(Signature Page)  
   
Party A: Newater HK Limited  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party B: Yang Gao  
   
/s/ Yang Gao  
   
Party C: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party D: Newater Technology, Inc.  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  

 

 

4

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

 

With regards to

 

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Newater Technology, Inc.

 

The Convertible Debt Investment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is signed among the following parties in Yantai City on June 6, 2016.

 

(1) Newater HK Limited, (the “ Party A ”), a company incorporated under the law of Hong Kong and with Company Number as 2303771, Currently holds 100% shares of Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(2) Yuxiang Qi (Investor, the “ Party B ”), a Chinese natural person with a complete civil capacity.

 

(3) Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd. (Investee, the “ Party C ” or “ Target Company ”), a company incorporated under the law of People’s Republic of China and having its registered office at No.6 of Guangchang South Rd, Laishan Economic Development Zone, Yantai City, Shandong Province.

 

(4) Newater Technology, Inc. (the “ Party D ”), a company incorporated under the law of British Virgin Islands, which is Party C’s offshore parent company.

 

Whereas

 

The parties intend to introduce Party B as an investor by using the method of convertible debt arranged hereon by this Agreement. In order to carry out the deal smoothly, parties agree as follows.

 

Article One Loan Amount

 

Party B should loan RMB 4,000,000, free of interest, wired to Party C’s bank account as designated below:

 

Account Name: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Bank: Yantai Free Trade Port District Branch, Bank of China

 

 

 

 

Party C’s offshore parent company, Party D shall issue shares to Party B in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Through the process of share issuance, Party A and Party D shall assist Party B with relevant registrations unconditionally.

 

Article Two Conversion Method, Price, and Repayment of Debt

 

2.1 Conversion Method

 

All parties agree that Party B shall wire RMB 4,000,000 to Party C before June 30, 2016. Within three (3) days receiving Party B’s wire, Party D shall issue shares in consideration of the loan in accordance with the Agreement. When Party D completes relevant registrations for share issuance to Party B, it shall be deemed that the debt owed to Party B has been fully paid off. Party D no longer owes anything to Party B, and Party B releases Party D from all obligations and liabilities.

 

2.2 Conversion Price and Number of Shares

 

The conversion price is USD 4.25 per share, the exchange rate of USD to RMB is 1:6.5, the number of shares to be converted and received by Party B’s designee is 144,800 shares.

 

Article Three Effectiveness and Termination

 

3.1 This Agreement shall be effective only if signed by all parties.

 

3.2 This Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

 

3.2.1 by consensus of all parties;

 

3.2.2 the investment is stopped because of force majeure or objective reasons out of parties' control;

 

3.2.3 any one party substantially fails to perform in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or regulations about applicable law, under this situation, the other parties have the right to initiate the termination in writing unilaterally.

 

Article Four Confidentiality

 

Each party shall treat the Agreement and any information disclosed to them by the other parties pursuant to this Agreement as private and confidential. Neither party shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof without the consent of the others (except under law or requirements by regulators, a party is asked to make a disclosure it shall be free to do so).

 

  2  

 

 

Article Five Taxes

 

5.1 Each party shall bear its own taxes in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.2 Each party shall bear its own expenses and costs during the process of negotiation, drafting, signing and executing the Agreement.

 

Article Six Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

6.1 This Agreement shall be governed, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

6.2 Disputes or other matters in question among parties to this Agreement shall initially be resolved through friendly consultations. If a mutually agreeable resolution is not reached within sixty days after the happening of disputes, any party can bring a lawsuit in people’s court of Party C’s domicile.

 

6.3 During the dispute resolution, except for the controversial provisions, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

6.4 In case any one or more provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way affected or impaired.

 

  3  

 

 

(Signature Page)  
   
Party A: Newater HK Limited  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party B: Yuxiang Qi  
   
/s/ Yuxiang Qi  
   
Party C: Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  
   
Party D: Newater Technology, Inc.  
   
/s/ Yuebiao Li  
By: Yuebiao Li, Legal Representative  

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

Contract Number: JM50310120160074

 

Working Capital Loan Contract

 

Borrower (Party A): Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: RuiDa Road, LaiShan District, Yantai

Legal Representative: Li Yuebiao

 

Creditor (Party B): Hua Xia Bank, Xing Fu Sub-branch, Yantai

Address: No. 41, XingFu Road.

Legal Representative (Person In-Charge): Zhang Liang

 

 

 

Whereas Party A applies for a loan from Party B and Party B agrees to grant a loan to Party A for the purpose as specified in Section 2.1 hereunder. To specify their rights and obligations, Party A and Party B hereby enter into this contract after negotiation in accordance with the Contract Law, General Rules of Loan and relevant laws and regulations.

 

Article 1 Type of Loan

 

1.1      The loan under this contract is (middle-term or short-term ) working capital loan.

 

Article 2 Amount of Loan and Currency

 

2.1      The currency of the loan under this contract is RMB.

 

2.2      The amount of the loan under this contract is (in word): Ten Million Yuan Only .

 

Article 3 Purpose of Loan

 

3.1      The loan hereunder shall be used for the purpose mentioned and approved in attached “Withdrawal application” only. Party A shall not change the purpose of the loan hereunder without the written consent of Party B.

 

Article 4 Term of Loan

 

4.1      The term of the loan hereunder is 12 months, from July 26, 2016 to June 28, 2017.

 

4.2      Party A shall collect the loan in one time on July 26, 2016 . Party A shall submit withdrawal application at least one working day in advance to get the approval of Party B.

 

4.3      Party A choose to repay loan principal in one time on June 28, 2017.

 

4.4      The practical withdrawal and repayment date shall be the date stated on the indebtedness certificate under this contract. The indebtedness certificate, withdrawal form or any other attachment approved by both parties is the integral part of the contract. In case of any discrepancy between indebtedness certificate and withdrawal form, the indebtedness certificate shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

Article 5 Interest Rate of the Loan

 

5.1      The interest rate under this contract is 5.655% per annum. If the benchmark interest rate of the corresponding grade of the People’s Bank of China is adjusted before the actual release date of the loan, the interest rate under this contract shall be conducted subject to the adjustment as specified in 5.5 hereunder.

 

5.2      The interest rate of the loan will be accrued effective from the actual withdrawal date. Interest Amount = Actual loan balance X actual days in interest accrual period X annual interest rate /360(days)

 

5.3      The interest of loan hereunder shall settle on a monthly (monthly/quarterly) basis. The interest payment day is the 20 th of each month . The interest shall be paid up upon maturity of loan.

 

5.4      If the benchmark interest rate of the corresponding grade of the People’s Bank of China is adjusted after the actual release date of the loan, the interest rate under this contract shall be unchanged.

 

5.5      The interest rate of the contract is calculated at    /    % (upwards/downwards) from the benchmark interest rate of the corresponding grade of the People’s Bank of China as specified in 5.1 and 5.4 terms.

 

Article 6 Withdrawal of Loan

 

6.1      Party A shall satisfy the following conditions before the withdrawal:

 

6.1.1   Borrow has satisfied all necessary government approval, permit, license and other legal formalities and other formalities, and such approval, permit or registration remains effective.

 

6.1.2   All related documents required by party B .

 

6.1.3   Right of guarantee has been effectively set up, this Contract together with the corresponding guarantee contract (if any) have been signed and remain effective.

 

6.1.4   Party A does not breach this contract.

 

6.1.5   All declarations and guarantees shall be authentic, correct and effective before the withdrawal date;

 

6.1.6   No significant adverse change has happened to Borrower’s operation and financial status before the withdrawal date.

 

 

2

 

 

 

6.2      Party A shall make withdrawal in accordance with this contract, and sign the indebtedness certificate, which is an integral part of this contract.

 

6.3       if the Borrower fails to fulfill the drawing procedure , Party B has the right to cancel or release the loan . Party A shall submit all related documents when conditions are satisfied.

 

Article 7 Advance and Payment of Loan

 

7.1      Method: Payment by the Party B in a fiduciary capacity

 

7.2      Not applicable.

 

7.3     The Method means Party B shall pay the Loan via Party A’s account in accordance with party A’s withdrawal form and declaration of intentionin the form, then directly to Party A’s third-party payee who shall use such loan in compliance with this contract, after Party B reviews whether the information like payment object (third-party payor), and payment amount in the payment application is consistent with relevant documents provided by Party A.

 

7.4      Not applicable.

 

7.5      Not applicable.

 

7.6      Party A shall provide the third-party payor party information, supporting documents about the purpose of loan requested from Party B. Party B shall not be responsible for termination or suspension of the payment due to untruthfulness, inaccuracy, incompleteness and ineffectiveness of the abovementioned documents.

 

7.7      Party A shall not use the loan the pay the relevant fees to its brokerage firm or to third-party payees that are affiliated with Party A and not conform to the purpose of the loan.

 

Article 8 Payment Monitoring

 

8.1      Party A’s capital return account designated by Party B has been identified.

 

8.2      Party B has right to manage and monitor the capital return account. Party A shall provide information about the capital return account on time.

 

8.3      Upon credit and financing status of Party A , Party B has right to negotiate and sign account management agreement with Party A, to specify the management of the designated account.

 

 

3

 

 

 

Article 9 Repayment of Loan

 

9.1      Party A shall repay the loan hereunder with the capital from the sources, including but not limited: sales income. No provisions any in other contracts in which Party A is a party shall effect Party A’s repayment obligation under the contract. 

9.2 Party A shall repay the due amount (interest or principal) before the end of the business time on the repayment date of the specified account which Party A opened with Party B. If the repayment date falls on a legal holiday, it shall be rescheduled for the next working day.

 

9.3      Party B has right to directly deduct any unpaid amounts from Party A’s accounts set up in Party B.

 

9.4      payments shall be made based on following order: expenses to realize the creditor’s right and guarantee rights, damage remedy, breaching penalty, compound interest, overdue interest and interest penalty, interest, principal. Party B has right to change the order.

 

9.5      Party A shall not repay the Loan in advance without written consent of Party B. Party A shall notify Party B 10 working days earlier and Party B will accrue the interest based on agreed rate and actual loan days.

 

Article 10 Security

 

10.1    The security method of the loan here under: Guarantee

 

10.2    Party A shall be obliged to actively assist Party B and procure Party B to enter into the security contract (No:  YT03(Gaobao)20160008 ) with the guarantor ( Yantai Ruitai Medical Co., Ltd.), to specify the maximum guarantee amount under the contract.

 

Article 11 Financial agreement

 

Within the effective period of this contract, Party A shall follow the financial index agreement as follows.

 

NO CONTENTS.

 

Article 12 Statements and Warranties of Party A

 

Party A makes the following statements and warranties to Party B.

 

12.1    Party A is an independent legal entity who possesses all of the necessary rights and abilities and is able to perform the obligations under this Contract in its own name and independently assume civil liability.

 

 

4

 

 

 

12.2    Party A is entitled to sign this Contract and has completed all authorizations and approvals from the shareholders, board of directors and other authorities necessary for the signing of the Contract and performing the obligations here-under.

 

12.3    The signing and performance of the Contract will not be in violation of the law (the law referred to herein includes laws, rules, regulations, local laws, and judicial interpretation etc., same hereunder), relevant documents of competent authorities, judgments, rulings which should be observed by Party A and are not in conflict with any article in any association, contract, agreement signed by Party A, or any other obligation undertaken by Party A.

 

12.4    Party A is in strict compliance with the policy of honesty and integrity in the course of signing and performance of the Contract, all the information and documents supplied to Party B by Party A are true, valid, accurate and complete.

 

12.5    Party A produces and operates in compliance with laws and regulations, and has the ability to operate sustainably, and have a legitimate source of repayment. Senior management of the Borrower has no illicit record.

 

Article 13 Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

13.1    Party A has the right to withdraw and use the loan in accordance with the terms and purpose as specified in the Contract.

 

13.2    Party A shall set up settlement account upon Party B’ designation and accept Party B’s investigation and supervision over the use of loan under the Contract.

 

13.3    Party A shall apply the loan in accordance with this Contract, and shall not apply the loan for other purposes, or use such loan for fixed asset investment, equity investment or in any other industry or for any other purpose prohibited by the State.

 

13.4    Party A shall comply with the practices and policies of operations of Party B and the loan business, including but not limited to cooperating with Party B in loan payment management and monitoring the use of the loan and the operation of Party A , and shall provide all the financial statements, loan application records and materials, affiliates and transaction information of such affiliates and other materials and information as required by Party B. Party A shall ensure that all such documents, materials and information are true, complete and accurate.

 

13.5    Party A shall repay principal and interest of the loan hereunder as stipulated in the Contract.

 

 

5

 

 

 

13.6     In case of contracting, lease, joint stock restructuring, joint operation, merger, acquisition joint venture, division, decrease of registered capital, changes in equity, major assets transfer and other activities that that may impair Party’s right and interest, Party A shall notify Party B in a written form at least thirty days in advance and obtain the written consent of Party B. Otherwise, Party A shall not undertake the above activities until all the debts are discharged.

 

13.7    In case of going out of business, dissolution, cessation of production for rectification, cancellation or revocation of business license, Party A shall notify Party B within 3 days in writing and ensure the ability to repay the principal and interest immediately.

 

13.8    In case of any circumstances, which threaten the normal operation and seriously affect the obligation of repayment under this contract, including but limited to material economic disputes, bankruptcy, deteriorated financial position, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within 3 days.

 

13.9    Party A shall inform Party B of any change of its domicile, corresponding address, business scope, legal representative, and other industrial and commercial registration within 7 days after the change.

 

13.10    Before repayment of the principal and interest under this Contract, Party A shall not sell specified assets, prepay other long-term debts and provide extra guarantee for third parties without Party B’s consent, which causes any significant adverse effect on its economic and financial status, or on its ability of performance of this contract.

 

13.11    Party A cannot sign any contract that has significant adverse effect on this Contract;

 

13.12    Guarantor violates any of its obligations or statements; Party A shall supply a new guarantee immediately for Party B’s approval or prepay the loan.

 

13.13    Party A shall sign for the notice letter or documents posted by Party B in a timely manner.

 

13.14   Party A shall strengthen environmental and social risks management, accept the supervision and inspection of the third party recognized by Party B, and submit the related reports upon Party B’s requirement.

 

Article 14 Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

14.1    to ask Party A to provide all the relevant materials;

 

14.2    to supervise and examine the use of the loan and be informed of the operation and financial status of Party A.

 

 

6

 

 

 

14.3    to ask Party A set up settlement account and supervise this account in accordance with the Contract.

 

14.4    to protect its creditor’s right.

 

14.5    to alter conditions and method of loan payment, or stop advancing and payment and unilaterally declare early maturity of all the principal of the advanced loan hereunder, and require Party A to immediately repay all the principal of the due loan and settle the interest.

 

14.6    to recover the loan in advance in its own discretion according to the situation of capital recovery of party A, and exercise other rights hereunder or provided by law.

 

14.7    to grant loan to Party A on time and in full as specified in the Contract.

 

14.8    to keep confidential the materials provided by Party A concerning information of liabilities, finance, production, and operation, unless otherwise required by the contract and laws and regulations.

 

14.9    Within the validity of the contract, Party A shall issue notice of any address changes in a timely manner.

 

Article 15 Breach of Contract

 

15.1    Both Parties hereto shall fulfill the obligations as specified in the contract after the contract goes into effect. Any party who fails to fulfill the obligations hereunder shall bear the liabilities of breach of contract.

 

15.2    Should Party A fail to apply for or withdraw the loan or the guarantor fails to complete related procedures exceeding 30 days (including holidays) as stipulated in this Contract, Party B has the right to terminate the contract and recover all principal and interest under the loan.

 

15.3    Should Party A fail to repay the principal and interest under the contract on time, Party B has the right to request for repayment within a specified time. Party B will collect an additional 50% on the original interest rate in this Contract as a penalty interest rate, calculated as overdue interest.

 

15.4    Should Party A fail to use the loan for the purpose as stipulated in the contract, Party B has the right to cease to issue the loan, reclaim part of or all loan proceeds or terminate the contract. In addition, Party B will collect an additional 100% on the original interest rate in this contract as a penalty interest rate, calculated as penalty interest and compound interest from the date of breach.

 

15.5    Should Party A fail to use the loan for the purpose as stipulated in the contract, Party B has the right to claim overdue interest, interest penalty and compound interest on monthly basis.

 

 

7

 

 

 

15.6    Should Party A fails to repay the principal or pay the interest of the loan in the full amount and on time, it shall bear the fees for collecting overdue payments, litigation (or arbitration), including attorney’s fees, or any other reasonable fees for recovering the loan.

 

15.7    Should Party B fail to release loan within 7 working days after Party A fulfills all drawing conditions and submits the withdrawal application, Party A has right to charge penalty as specified in 15.3 this Contract.

 

Article 16 Early recovery of Loan

 

This Contract shall terminate in advance when any of the following events occurs:

 

16.1    Party A fails to repay the principal or pay the interest of the loan in the full amount and on time, or fails to use the loan for the purposes provided herein.

 

16.2    Party A fails to use the loan in the payment method stipulated in the Contract.

 

16.3    Party A fails to fulfill the financial index.

 

16.4    Party A fails to withdraw and use the loan in the agreed ways.

 

16.5    Party A violates the contract by evading the payment of Party B in a fiduciary capacity.

 

16.6    Party A provides false financial statements or other loan documents.

 

16.7    Party A refuses Party B’s supervision over the use of loan and relative production, operation and financial activities.

 

16.8    Party A engages in equity investment with the loan.

 

16.9    Party A uses the loan in securities, futures, real estate, to engage in speculative business or engage in, illegal transactions.

 

16.10   Party A obtains the loan for lending to seek illegal income.

 

16.11  Party A uses fraud to obtain the loan.

 

16.12  Uses false documents to obtain the bank funds.

 

16.13  Uses fraudulent transfers to try and avoid its debt.

 

 

8

 

 

 

16.14  Party A signing any contract or agreement, or to unilaterally make promises or guarantees with others (including Party B in this contract), which causes a breach of the loan.

 

16.15  Important changes of Party A in its internal organization and legal status, including but not limited to: contracting, leasing, joint operation, external investment, shareholding, merging (acquisition), joint venture (cooperation), division, share transfer, practical increase in debt financing, subsidiary set up, transfer of property rights, reduction in registered capital, stoppage of operation, dissolution, file a petition for bankruptcy, reformation and other actions, and such changes do not receive the written consent of Party B and Party A can not ensure the ability to repay the loan or provide new guarantees requested by Party B.

 

16.16  Major economic disputes, deteriorated financial situation, which may seriously affect or endanger the exercise of Party B’s rights; any other event that may endanger or cause serious losses to the execution of the creditor’s rights under the contract.

 

16.17  Going out of business, dissolution, cessation of production for rectification, cancellation or revocation of business license

 

16.18  Any other event that may endanger or cause serious losses to the exercise of the creditor’s rights under the contract.

 

Article 17 Validity of Contract

 

17.1    The Contract shall come into effect on signing date of both parties.

 

Article 18 Transfer and modification of Contract

 

18.1    Party A agrees that, during the validity of the contract, Party B could transfer the debt partially or completely to a third party.

 

18.2    After the commencement of the contract, if Party A transfers all or part of the debts under the contract to a third party, it should provide written documents of agreement and guarantee obligations or provide new guarantees approved by Party B.

 

18.3    After the contract takes effect, any party shall not modify or terminate the contract unless otherwise specified in the contract. The modification or termination of the contract, if required, shall be subject to the written agreement of both parties hereto through consultation.

 

18.4    In case Party A wants to extend the loan, it shall submit written application for Party B’s approval. The term of loan shall not be extended until Party B agrees to extend the Loan after inspection and they execute an agreement for extension. The loan contract shall remain in force before the parties hereto execute the extension agreement.

 

 

9

 

 

 

Article 19 Confidentiality

 

Both Parties shall keep confidential all the trade secrets and other information and materials marked as confidential in writing, unless required to be disclosed by the applicable laws and regulations or listing rules and judicial authorities or government authorities. Above information is not allowed to disclose to any third party without other party’s consent.

 

Article 20 Applicable Laws and Dispute Resolution

 

20.1    The Laws of the People’s Republic of China are applicable to this contract.

 

20.2    Any dispute arising from execution of the contract shall be firstly settled by both parties hereto through consultation. In case no settlement can be reached through consultation, the disputes shall be submitted to People’s Court where Party B is located for litigation.

 

 

Article 21 Notices and delivery

 

Should Party A fails to notify Party B in writing in time on any changes of the information shown in the first page of this contract (including Party A’s legal name, address and telephone number), the notice and all documents, which Party B sends out to Party A shall be deemed as served on the date of delivery.

 

Article 22 Supplementary Provisions

 

22.1    Should Both Parties signed Maximum Financing Contract (No. YT03 (Rongzi) 20160008), this contract will be the practical business contract under the Maximum Financing Contract.

 

22.2    According to relevant laws and regulations, Party A authorizes Party B to supply information in this contract to Credit Database of People’s Bank or any other credit database legally established, in order to let appropriate persons obtain relevant information by researching the databases. Party A authorizes Party B to obtain relevant information about Party A by researching the credit databases, in order to enter into and perform this contract.

 

22.3    Should one Party modify the contract based on applicable laws and stipulations, the other party shall coordinate and agree. Otherwise, unreleased loan proceeds will be suspended.

 

22.4    Other agreed matters

 

1.   Quotations for agreed products (including pricing, revenue and expenses) include VAT prices.

 

2.   If two tax rates are involved in the contract, the products will be calculated separately.

 

 

10

 

 

 

22.6    The contract is made in quadruplicate with the equal legal effect. Each of Party A, Party B and     /     shall hold one.

 

22.7    Any appendices under this Contract are an integral part of this contract and has the same legal effect as the main text.

 

22.8    Both parties have no disagreement towards any of the provisions herein and have an accurate understanding of the legal implications of the provisions with respect to the rights and obligations, restrictions of responsibility or release provisions of the subject persons.

 

Signing page (no main text)

 

PartyA (official chop)

Legal Representative or Duly Authorized Representative

(signature or chop): /s/ Li Yuebiao

Date: July 26, 2016

 

Party B (official chop)

Person in Charge or Duly Authorized Representative

(signature or chop) : /s/ Zhang Liang

Date: July 26, 2016

 

 

11

 

 

 

Annex:

 

Working Capital Loan Withdrawal Application

 

(applicable to Party B in a fiduciary capacity )

 

The Applicant (the client, Party A):

 

Yantai Jinzheng Environment Technology Co., Ltd.

 

The Lender (the trustee, Party B):

 

Hua Xia Bank, Xing Fu Sub-branch, Yantai

 

Based on the Working Capital Loan Contract signed between Party A and Party B with serial number of : JM50310120160074 (hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Contract”), Party A applies to withdraw (currency) RMB (amount in words), Ten Million yuan only for purchasing raw materials . The withdrawal date is July 26, 2016, and repayment date is June 28, 2017. Party B has the right to adjust the repayment date of this withdrawal according to the provisions in the Loan Contract. Party A confirms to meet all withdrawal conditions agreed on in the Loan Contract, and provides Party B with all necessary materials for this withdrawal application to review. After approval by Party B, the withdrawal amount will be transferred to Party A’s account, which is opened with Party B. Party A, unconditionally and irrevocably, entrusts Party B to pay particular third party for the deal according to the following payment information; Party A promises, after the amount is transferred to its account, except for the above entrusted payment, will not use the withdrawal amount in any other way or transfer to any other party, break of the promise will constitute a breach of the Loan Contract and give Party B the right to ask Party A to bear the responsibility of breach according to the provisions in the Loan Contract.

 

 

 

 

Serial Account Name Amount Bank Purpose
1 Yantai Kang Xing Trade Co., LTD Ten Million yuan China Construction Bank, Er Ma Road Sub-branch Purchasing materials
         
         

 

Applicant (the client) (seal) : Yantai Jinzheng Environment Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Date of application (entrustment) : July 26, 2016

 

The following are filled in by the bank:

 

Opinion of

 

person in charge :

Agree

 

Person in charge: Jing Sun

Date: July 26, 2016

Opinion of

 

head of unit:

Agree

 

Head of unit: Liang Zhang

Date: July 26, 2016

 

(Note: this withdrawal application form is in triplicate, the first copy is kept by accounting department, the second copy is kept by leading department, the third copy is kept by operation department.)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

NEWATER TECBOLGY, INC,

List of Subsidiaries

 

Company Name   County of Incorporation/Formation   Ownership

Newater HK Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Wholly owned subsidiary of Newater Technology, Inc.

         

Yantai Jinzheng Eco-Technology Co., Ltd

 

China

 

Wholly owned subsidiary of Newater HK Limited

         

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated April 18, 2017 with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements of Newater Technology, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP

www.malonebailey.com

Houston, Texas

April 18, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

NEWATER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics covers a wide range of business practices and procedures. It does not cover every issue that may arise, but it sets out basic principles to guide the employees of Newater Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). All of our employees must conduct themselves in accordance with these principles and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. The Company’s agents and representatives, including consultants and directors, to the extent practicable, shall also follow this Code.

 

This Code is in addition to and supplements the other policies and procedures which have been implemented by the Company. If a law conflicts with a policy in this Code, you must comply with the law; however, if a local custom or policy conflicts with this Code, you must comply with the Code. If you have any questions about a conflict, you should ask your supervisor how to handle the situation.

 

All claims of violations of this Code will be investigated by appropriate personnel. Those who violate the standards in this Code will be subject to disciplinary action. If you are in a situation that you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code, follow the guidelines described in Section 14 of this Code.

 

1.            Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

 

Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which this Company’s ethical standards are built. All employees must respect and obey the laws of all jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Any employee who is unsure about any aspect of these laws should seek advice from supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel.

 

2.            Record-Keeping

 

Accuracy and reliability in the preparation of all business records is critically important to the Company’s decision-making process and to the proper discharge of its financial, legal, and reporting obligations. All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements shall be maintained in reasonable detail, shall appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and shall conform both to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets shall not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.

 

Many employees regularly incur business expenses, which must be documented and recorded accurately. If you are not sure whether a certain expense is appropriate, consult the policy or ask your supervisor.

 

Business records and communications often become public, and we should avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork, or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies that can be misunderstood. This applies equally to e-mail, internal memos and formal reports. Records shall always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies.

 

 

 

 

3.            Conflicts of Interest and Related Party Transactions

 

A “conflict of interest” exists when a person’s private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the Company. A conflict situation can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or director, or members of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, employees and their family members may create conflicts of interest. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, directors, executive officers and their family members are prohibited.

 

A conflict of interest almost always exists when a Company employee works concurrently for a competitor, customer or supplier. You are not allowed to work for a competitor as a consultant or board member. The best policy is to avoid any direct or indirect business connection with the Company’s competitors, customers or suppliers, except on the Company’s behalf.

 

A conflict of interest may occur when an employee of the Company has an ownership or financial interest in another business organization that is doing business with the Company. These transactions between the Company and the other organization are characterized as related party transactions. While not all related party transactions are improper, the Company must be aware of the details of each such transaction so that it can make a judgment as to the appropriateness of the transaction. If you or a family member have any ownership or financial interest in another organization that conducts business or seeks to conduct business with the Company, you must report the situation to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and cooperate with the legal staff by providing all relevant facts. The CEO will determine whether or not the related party transaction is a conflict of interest.

 

Conflicts of interest are prohibited as a matter of Company policy, except under guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. Conflicts of interest may not always be clear, so if you have a question, you should consult with higher levels of management or the Company’s CEO. Any employee, officer or director who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict shall bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or other appropriate personnel or consult the procedures described in Section 14 of this Code.

 

4.            Confidentiality

 

Employees must maintain the confidentiality of confidential information entrusted to them by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized by the CEO or legally mandated. Even within the Company, you should disclose confidential information only to those employees who need to know the information. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed. It also includes information that suppliers and customers have entrusted to us. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends.

 

2

 

 

5.            Insider Trading

 

Employees who have access to confidential information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except the conduct of the Company’s business. All non-public information about the Company shall be considered confidential information. To use non-public information for personal financial benefit or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is not only unethical but also illegal. If you have any questions, you should consult the Company’s CEO.

 

6.            Corporate Opportunities

 

Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without the consent of the Board of Directors. No employee shall use corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain, and no employee shall compete with the Company directly or indirectly. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 

7.            Competition and Fair Dealing

 

The Company seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly. The Company seeks competitive advantages through superior performance, never through unethical or illegal business practices. Stealing proprietary information, possessing trade secret information that was obtained without the owner’s consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Each employee shall endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee shall take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.

 

The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with customers. No gift or entertainment shall ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Company employee, family member of an employee or agent unless it:

 

  ●   is not a cash gift,
  ●   is consistent with customary business practices,
  ●   is not excessive in value,
  ●   cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff, and
  ●   does not violate any laws or regulations.

 

3

 

 

8.            Discrimination and Harassment

 

The diversity of the Company’s employees is a tremendous asset. The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and shall not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment or any kind. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial, gender, religious, or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances.

 

9.            Health and Safety

 

The Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthful work environment. Each employee has the responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthful workplace for all employees by following safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.

 

Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted. Employees must report to work in condition to perform their duties, free from the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs. The use of alcohol or illegal drugs in the workplace is not tolerated.

 

10.          Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

 

All employees shall endeavor to protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. All Company assets should be used for legitimate business purposes. Any suspected incident of theft, carelessness, or waste of or with Company assets shall be immediately reported for investigation. Company equipment shall not be used for non-Company business, although incidental personal use may be permitted by your supervisor.

 

The obligation of employees to protect the Company’s assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate Company policy. It could also be illegal and result in civil and/or criminal penalties.

 

11.          Accounting and Related Matters

 

All employees participate, in some measure, in the gathering of information made available to the Company’s accounting department for use in the Company’s financial reports and other information required to be publicly disclosed by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Each employee should endeavor to ensure that such information is accurate and complete in all material respects through full compliance with the Company’s accounting requirements, internal disclosure and accounting controls and audits.

 

4

 

 

12.          Waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Any waiver of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Nominating Committee of the Board and shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

13.          Administration of Code

 

This Code shall be administered by the Company’s CEO, who shall act as the Corporate Compliance Officer of the Company, Company employees are encouraged to seek guidance regarding the application or interpretation of this Code from the CEO and are expected to cooperate fully in any investigation of any potential violation of this Code.

 

15.          Reporting Violations; Compliance Procedures

 

All employees shall work to ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code. However, in some situations it is difficult to know right from wrong. Since no one can anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important to have a way to approach a new question or problem. These are the steps to keep in mind:

 

Make sure you have all the facts . In order to reach the right solutions, you must be as fully informed as possible.

 

Ask yourself: What specifically am I being asked to do? Does it seem unethical or improper ? This will enable you to focus on the specific question you are faced with and the alternatives you have. Use your judgment and common sense; if something seems unethical or improper, it probably is.

 

Clarify your responsibility and role . In most situations there is shared responsibility. Are your colleagues informed? It may help to get others involved and discuss the problem.

 

Discuss the problem with your supervisor . You are encouraged to talk to your supervisor about any issues concerning illegal, unethical or improper behavior and when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation. This is the basic guidance for all situations. In many cases your supervisor will be more knowledgeable about the question, and will appreciate being brought into the decision-making process. Remember it is your supervisor’s responsibility to help solve problems.

 

5

 

 

Report serious violations to the Company’s CEO . You should report serious violations that have not been properly addressed by your supervisor or other resources of the Company to the CEO. However, if it is not appropriate to discuss an issue with the CEO, or if you believe that the CEO has not properly addressed the violations, you may contact any independent director of the Board of Directors. In the rare case that you become aware of a material legal violation or a breach of fiduciary duty by an employee of the Company, address your concerns to: Nominating Committee Chairman, Newater Technology, Inc., c/o Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd., 8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai City, Shandong Province, People’s Republic of China 264000.

 

Reporting of accounting issues . If you are aware of an issue concerning accounting, auditing or the Company’s internal accounting controls, address your concerns with the Company’s internal audit function or to the CEO. In the event that you believe that the Company has not properly responded to the issue, you may address your concerns to: Audit Committee Chairman, Newater Technology, Inc., c/o Yantai Jinzheng Environmental Technology Co., Ltd., 8 Lande Road, Laishan District, Yantai City, Shandong Province, People’s Republic of China 264000.

 

You may report any possible violation in confidence and without fear of retaliation . If your situation requires that your identity be kept secret, your anonymity will be protected and you will be guaranteed confidentiality in the handling of your claim. It is the policy of the Company not to allow retaliation for reports of misconduct by others made in good faith by employees. Employees are expected to cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct.

 

Always ask first, act later : If you are unsure of, what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act .

 

 

  6